Blog

Sinaumed’s must be familiar with one of the national identities of the Republic of Indonesia, namely the national symbol which we know as the Garuda Pancasila Emblem . This symbol was created through a fairly long process. The originator of Garuda Pancasila was Sultan Hamid II in 1950.

This part of the Garuda Pancasila symbol has quite a deep meaning and in the selection of the Garuda bird, the number of feathers, the color and the symbols have quite a meaningful philosophy. What is the history of making this Garuda Pancasila symbol? The following is an explanation of Garuda Pancasila, starting from the meaning, history, and philosophical meaning of its symbols:

Understanding Pancasila

Pancasila, Tegar is perched on almost every wall of Indonesian citizens’ rooms, buildings and houses. A Garuda bird that has been modified by an artist, becomes a symbol of the state, proudly carrying the ideological pillars that will later be called PANCASILA.

Pancasila is also often defined as the Indonesian nation’s way of life which means that the crystallization of life experiences in the course of the history of the Indonesian people has shaped attitudes, character, behavior, values, philosophical views, morals, ethics that have given birth to them which are discussed in the book Pancasila Democracy System Edition. Both below.

History reveals that on the Morning of 18 August 1945, or Saturday Pahing, 10 Ramadhan 1364, an initial meeting was held to formulate the ideological basis of the nation and state, Pantjasila (Pancasila), as well as the constitution of the 1945 Constitution:

· Wachid Hasjim : Nahdlatul Ulama
· Ki Bagoes Hadikoesoemo : Muhammadiyah Association
· Kasman Singodimedjo : Muhammadiyah Association
· Mohammad Hatta : West Sumatra
· Teoekoe Muhammad Hasan : Aceh

According to the Preparatory Committee for Indonesian Independence, the names of the representatives above were not in the name of an organization, but a meeting of three Muslim representatives from Java and two representatives from Sumatra. (by writer and historian, Ahmad Mansur Suryanegara in his book “Fire of History” Volume 2)

Even though there is a bit of debate on the first precepts, you can make a joint agreement for the sake of winning the common goal, namely the achievement of an independent Indonesia as a sovereign, just, prosperous, calm country in the grace of Allah.

In language, the meaning of Pancasila consists of two Sanskrit words: Panca which means five and sila which means principle or principle. These Five Precepts are actually a formula for all people who are “born” and live in Indonesia which are used as guidelines for the life of the nation and state.

The historical values ​​that have been owned by the Indonesian nation since prehistoric times have become the basic source of philosophy for the formation of Pancasila. Later it will become a unifying ideology of cultural pluralism in the archipelago, becoming a unified Unitary State of the Republic of Indonesia.

Pancasila, which forms the basis of the state philosophy and philosophy of life for the Indonesian people, contains values ​​that are systematic, fundamental, and comprehensive, as discussed in the Pancasila book below.

In a book written by Sulastomo, with the title Ideals of the Pancasila State, it is explained indirectly that Pancasila is a unifying tool so that it does not need to be forced into a unified form. Pancasila has elements of the ideology of religious socialism, not materialistic or communist.

It is interesting what Nurcholis Madjid expressed in his book entitled “The Doors to God,” that communism is a Utopian ideology, promising empty dreams of the happiness of worldly life. So they (the communists) are not atheists but polytheists, rejecting theism (religion or gods) in religions, but on the other hand worshiping fellow human beings, this is nothing but a primitive form of worship.

Rayno Dwi Adityo in his article entitled Geneology of Islamic Values ​​in Pancasila and the 1945 Constitution, that the birth of Pancasila was the result of deep digging from sources, a lineage of Islamic religious values ​​as well as the 1945 Constitution of the Republic of Indonesia.

History of the Garuda Pancasila Coat of Arms

Starting from being hit by the retreat of Japan by the allies, heavy defeats everywhere to the heart of the strategic city of Hiroshima and Nagasaki were devastated by the allied Atomic Bomb. One by one the Japanese territory was reclaimed by the allies, and Japan was pressed helplessly.

In this urgent situation, Japan tried to attract the sympathy of the Indonesian people to support its interests. This was a Japanese political strategy, but for the Indonesian people or Indonesian struggle movements this was an important opportunity to prepare for Indonesian independence.

So a body was formed to prepare all matters related to Indonesian independence, known as the BPUPKI (Investigating Agency for Preparatory Efforts for Indonesian Independence). This body formulated the basic points of the state which would later become the Pancasila precepts.

After the opportunity to proclaim independence on Friday, the 9th of Ramadan 1364 Hijriyah coincided with 17 August 1945, the Netherlands also recognized Indonesian sovereignty at the Round Table conference in 1949, then felt the need for the United Republic of Indonesia at that time, to have a national symbol.

1. Establishment of the State Badge Committee

Then a Technical Committee was formed under the name Committee for State Badges, on January 10, 1950, under the coordinator of State Minister Zonder Porto Folio Sultan Hamid II. The composition of the technical committee is that the Chair is led by Muhammad Yamin while the members include: Ki Hajar Dewantoro, MA Pellaupessy, Moh. Natsir, and RM Ng Poerbatjaraka. It is they who are in charge of selecting various proposed designs for the state emblem to be further selected and submitted to the government.

Bung Hatta in his book “Bung Hatta Responds” explained that Minister Priyono had held a competition as the executor of the Cabinet Meeting decision.

So the two best designs for the state emblem were chosen, namely the work of the 6th Sultan of Pontianak’s eldest son, Sultan Hamid II and the work of the pioneer of the youth oath, Prof. Mr. Mohammad Yamin, SH

Then in the next process the draft of Sultan Hamid II was accepted by the government and the DPR, while M. Yamin’s work contains elements of Japanese influence, namely including the sun’s rays in its design.

In order to finalize and refine the selected design concept, RIS President Soekarno and Prime Minister Mohammad Hatta conducted an intensive dialogue with Sultan Hamid II, as the designer. The agreement occurred on a change in the ribbon that was gripped by Garuda, a plain white color with the motto “Unity in Diversity” replacing the previous red and white ribbon design.

Furthermore, Sultan Hamid II, as the designer who also served as Minister of State for RIS, submitted his design to President Soekarno on February 8, 1950.

The Masyumi Party (the party with the largest Muslim membership) criticized the design of this state symbol, they objected because it contained a mythological character in the image of the Garuda bird with human hands and shoulders holding a shield.

Sultan Hamid II accepted this positive aspiration and then perfected his design to become the Rajawali-Garuda Pancasila. Abbreviated as Garuda Pancasila .

Through Moh. Hatta as prime minister, President Soekarno then submitted the draft to the RIS Cabinet. On February 11, 1950, the RIS Cabinet Meeting finally formalized the design of the state emblem by Sultan Hamid II. (“About Pancasila” a book by AG Pringgodigdo published by the Department of Defense, ABRI History Center). President Soekarno for the first time introduced the national symbol, Garuda Pancasila with a “bald” head, to the general public at the Des Indes Hotel Jakarta.

However, Soekarno still continued to improve the shape of this State Emblem, he reasoned that the bald Garuda was considered too similar to the Bald Eagle, the United States’ Symbol. So on March 20, 1950 Soekarno ordered, Dullah, the court painter to redesign it by adding a “crest” to the head of the Garuda Pancasila.

Not only that, then the position of Garuda’s claws gripped in front of the ribbon, previously it was behind the ribbon. Finally, Sultan Hamid II finalized the image of the state symbol by increasing the size and color of the image of the state symbol.

A masterpiece designed by Garuda Pancasila was formed in the form of a large statue of gold-plated bronze which was later used as a reference, stored neatly in the Independence Room of the National Monument. So this is a 3-dimensional shape scale, then designated as the symbol of the Republic of Indonesia, without changing the design until now.

In Hindu mythology, Garuda is described as having a golden body, white face, red wings, he is the king of birds who comes from the descendants of Kasyapa and Winata, one of Daka’s daughters has a beak and wings like an eagle, but a body like a human.

Meanwhile, Prof. Ahmad Mansur Suryanegara in his book “Fire of History” volume 2, explains, the Garuda Pancasila bird is not a Garuda Airlangga bird from Kediri, but a Rajawali Eagle Sayyidina Ali ra. Then where did Sultan Hamid II, as the winner of the design of the State Emblem, get inspiration from?

Various values ​​are contained in Pancasila and are often used as a guideline or legal basis in Indonesia, as discussed in the book People with Pancasila Character.

2. The similarity of the Garuda Pancasila symbol with the coat of arms of the Samudera Pasai Kingdom

Sourced from the claims of R Indra S Attahashi who is a descendant of the lineage of the Samudera Pasai Kingdom in Aceh. According to him, the Garuda Pancasila symbol bears a resemblance to the symbol of the Samudera Pasai Kingdom, so it is considered to be imitating.

The Kingdom of Samudera Pasai, founded in the 13th century or in 1267, was the first Islamic kingdom in Indonesia with its founder Sultan Malikussaleh (Meurah Silu).

An adventurer named Ibnu Battutah wrote in his book Tuhfat Al Nazha, about the Kingdom of Samudera Pasai known as a madrasah or Islamic study center in Southeast Asia. The emblem of this kingdom was designed by Sultan Zainal Abidin, who is also the sultan of the Islamic kingdom of Samudera Pasai. This emblem is a symbol that means a STRONG ISLAMIC MESSAGE.

Indra tried to compare the Garuda Pancasila symbol with an image from the legacy of Muluk Attahashi bin Teuku Cik Ismail Siddik Attahashi. After the Cumbok War of the Young Sultan of Aceh, Teuku Raja Muluk Attahashi was appointed sultan in 1945. At that time the Sungai Iyu Kingdom was founded in Aceh Tamiang.

If we look at the painting of the symbol of the legacy of the Aceh kingdom, at first glance it is shaped like a bird, similar to the Garuda Pancasila. Golden Arabic writing shaped like an eagle.

In the middle of the bird’s body, it looks like a shield inscribed with a series of red and blue.

According to Indra, the state symbol of Samudera Pasai contains the words Tauhid and the Pillars of Islam. So in detail the sentence “BASMALLAH” forms the head of a bird, while the wings and legs are the words of the two sentences of the Creed. Then the sentence of the Pillars of Islam is found on the bird’s body.

Teuku Raja Muluk Attahashi is a descendant of the Ottoman commander, when he came to Aceh to help Sultan Iskandar Muda face the Portuguese. Teuku Raja Muluk Attahashi painted the coat of arms as a symbol of the kingdom.
Aswi Warman Adam as LIPI historian, emphasized that this claim is not a negative thing, it shows proof of the love of the Indonesian nation.

The Meaning of Each Precept on the Garuda Pancasila Symbol

Before we discuss the meaning and significance of each of the Pancasila precepts , it is helpful to know briefly the history of the formation of these five precepts.

At the first BPUPKI session, the basic formulation of the state had not yet been agreed upon, so a Recess Period occurred on June 22, 1945, and then a small committee was formed, known as the Committee of Nine, to re-formulate basic state proposals and accommodate ideas. After these nine committees held their session, a basic formulation of the state was produced which was later listed in the opening of the 1945 Constitution, with the name JAKARTA CHARTER.

The Jakarta Charter became the forerunner to the basic formulation of Pancasila with the first principle, namely: “Divinity with the obligation to carry out Islamic law for its adherents.”

However, after the signing of the Jakarta Charter, when KH Achmad Sanoesi and Ki Bagoes Hadikoesoemo, who were not part of the Committee of Nine, proposed that the words for their adherents be abolished and become “Godhead with the obligation to carry out Islamic Sharia.” Bung Karno as President at the Dokuritsu Zyunbi Sakai Plenary Meeting on July 14, 1945, rejected the proposal, on the grounds that it had been approved by the entire Committee of Nine. Bung Hatta himself made this suggestion on August 18, 1945, to abolish the seven words in the Jakarta Charter which had been approved by the Committee of Nine.

Quoting Ki Bagoes Hadikoesoemo’s advice written in the book “Fire of History” Volume 2, Ahmad Mansur Suryanegara:

Then, it was suggested to Ki Bagoes Hadikoesoemo that we as the majority Muslims are temporarily giving in, namely erasing these seven words, for the sake of the Victory of our shared ideals, namely the achievement of an independent Indonesia as a sovereign, just, prosperous, calm and peaceful country blessed by Allah.

Finally at the PPKI meeting, August 18, 1945 produced a decision, namely:
· Ratify the Constitution of the State
· Elect a President and Deputy, namely Ir. Soekarno and Moh. Hatta
· The President will temporarily be assisted by a Central Indonesian National Committee (KNPI) until state institutions are formed.

Then produce the basic formulation of the state with 5 precepts which we will discuss later according to their meaning and significance.

There are symbols on the Garuda Pancasila depicted on the shield, symbolizing the precepts in Pancasila, namely:
· First Precept Single Star
· Second Precept Gold Chain
· Third Precept Banyan Tree
· Fourth Precept Bull Head
· Fifth Precept Rice and Cotton
(In book PKN and Pancasila (2020) by Ni Putu Candra Prasetya)

According to Prof. Ahmad Mansur Suryanegara shield on the chest of the Pancasila Garuda Bird, the bottom right and left color is Red and White in the middle, it is black in the shape of a square and a curve at the bottom as a symbol of the Ka’bah and Hijir Ismail.

How to read it from the star symbol in the middle, down to the Chain, up to the Palace Tree (Bayan Tree), then turn right to the Bull, down to Cotton and Rice called Thowaf like circling the Kaaba.

Pancasila, which was formulated by the founding fathers of the state, is a crystallization of the social and cultural values ​​of the ancestors of the people and nation of Indonesia. With various positive values ​​drawn from all aspects of people’s lives, the formulation of Pancasila contains the values ​​of divinity, humanity, unity, democracy, and justice which are fully discussed in the book Pancasila Existence & Actualization.

1. Single Star

A single star that has five angles, is in the middle of the Garuda bird’s shield. Used as a symbol of the first precept, namely Belief in One Supreme God. The symbol on the Garuda Pancasila emblem is considered a “light”, like the spiritual light that radiates from God to each of His servants, Humans. The black background signifies eternity and the original natural color that belongs to God.

2. Gold Chain

From the Single Star then to the lower right, namely Just and Civilized Humanity, a gold chain symbol is drawn which represents the second precept of the Pancasila. The chain links are rectangular and circular, representing men and women. These rectangles and circles are interrelated which means that every human being, both male and female, is a social being who needs one another. The bonds are united to be strong like a chain.

3. Banyan Tree

Continue to the top right, there is an image in the form of a tree. This is a symbol of the banyan tree which symbolizes the third precept, namely the Unity of Indonesia. The symbol of the banyan tree is a symbol of shelter or shelter, because this tree grows big and is fertile. It can be interpreted that in the Unitary State of the Republic of Indonesia, the people who live in it can “take shelter” safely. The roots and tendrils of the banyan tree spread in all directions, this means the diversity of ethnic groups that unite under the name Indonesia.

4. Bull Head

Then turning left there is a bull’s head or the top left of the shield, there is a bull’s head symbol which symbolizes the fourth precept of Pancasila, namely Democracy Led by Wisdom in Representative Deliberations. The philosophical meaning of the head of the Bull is an animal as a social animal who likes to gather. People discussing to make a decision is the meaning of deliberation in Pancasila.

5. Rice and Cotton

Then down the bottom left, namely Social Justice for All Indonesian People, symbolized by the symbols of rice and cotton which symbolize the fifth precept of Pancasila. This symbol represents food and clothing (clothing) which are basic human needs.

You can learn a complete explanation of Pancasila as the basis and ideology of the state, starting from the long process of Pancasila from its initial formulation, philosophical and ideological interpretations in the Pancasila book by Prof. Drs H. Achmad Fauzi DH.MA below.

 

The meaning of the Garuda Pancasila symbol

The Meaning of the Head of the Garuda Bird Symbol Facing Right

In the Garuda Pancasila bird symbol, we will see that the Garuda bird’s head is facing to the right. The meaning of the Garuda Pancasila head facing right is virtue.

The meaning of the Garuda Pancasila Shield

In the Garuda Pancasila, in the center there is a shield-like symbol in which there are many Pancasila symbols, from the 1st precept to the 5th precept.

The Meaning of the Number of Feathers on the Garuda Bird Coat of Arms

According to Prof. The Garuda Pancasila Bird Mansyur is a reflection of the Eagle Eagle Sayyidina Ali ra.

The wings of the Pancasila Garuda bird on the right and left are 17 strands each. Then on the tail there are 8 strands. While on the tail of the Garuda Pancasila, there are 19 strands of feathers. Meanwhile, on the neck of the Garuda Pancasila there are 45 strands. So, if all the strands on Garuda Pancasila mean the Proclamation Day or the Independence Day of the Republic of Indonesia (17-08-1945).

The meaning of the Garuda Bird’s Foot Grabbing the White Ribbon with the Motto of the Unitary State of the Republic of Indonesia (NKRI)

The white ribbon is a symbol of the equator, Garuda Pancasila’s feet hold a ribbon that reads “Unity in Diversity”. (“Fire of History”, Volume 2 by Ahmad Mansur Suryanegara.)

This motto is quoted from Kakawin Sutasoma by Mpu Tantular, used to describe the unity and oneness of the Nation and the Unitary State of the Republic of Indonesia.

The sentence on the Garuda Pancasila symbol has different meanings but in fact it is still one unit, binding various cultures, regional languages, races, ethnic groups, religions and beliefs.

The Meaning of the Colors on the Garuda Pancasila Coat of Arms

1. Black Color

On the Garuda Pancasila symbol there is a black color located on the shield lines and the background of the star symbol. The meaning of black is immortality.

2. Red Color

The red color is also present on the Garuda Pancasila symbol which is located on the background color of the bull’s head and the background color of the chain. This red color has a meaning as courage.

3. White Color

The white color is also present on the Garuda Pancasila symbol, which is located on a background of the color of a banyan tree and a background of the color of rice and cotton, as well as on a ribbon that reads “Unity in Diversity”. The white color in Garuda Pancasila has the meaning of purity and holiness.

4. Yellow color

Almost all of the Garuda Pancasila bird symbols are yellow in color. Besides that, the yellow color is also in the rice symbol and the chain symbol. The yellow color on the Garuda Pancasila symbol means grandeur and greatness.

5. Green Color

The banyan tree symbol and the cotton symbol on the Garuda Pancasila symbol are green. The meaning of the green color is fertility and prosperity.

 

Biography of Ganjar Pranowo –  Ganjar Pranowo SHMI P is a Governor of Central Java who has served two terms. Then how was Mr. Ganjar’s childhood life until he could become a Governor who is loved by his people? The following is a more detailed explanation about Mr. Ganjar Pranowo.

Profile of Ganjar Pranowo

Ganjar Pranowo was born to a simple family on October 28, 1968 in the village of Mount Lawu, Karanganyar. Ganjar Pranowo’s real name is Ganjar Sungkowo which means reward for trouble or sadness. However, when Ganjar was about to enter elementary school, Sungkowo’s name was changed to Pranowo by his parents. This name change occurred because of the fear of Ganjar’s parents, if the name Sungkowo remained then the child would always wallow in bad luck and trouble.

Ganjar’s father’s name is S. Pamudji and his mother’s name is Sri Suparni. Ganjar is the fifth child of six siblings. The names of his siblings are Pri Kuntadi, Pri Pambudi Teguh, Joko Prasetyo, Prasetyowati, and Nur Hidayati. Ganjar’s own father works as a police officer and was also assigned to take part in the PRRI or Permesta crackdown operations.

Since childhood, Ganjar has shown his leadership spirit. This was proven when Ganjar was in elementary school, he was always elected as class president. When he was about to enter junior high school, his family moved to Kutoarjo following the place where his father was assigned. Ganjar continued his studies at Bopkri 1 Yogyakarta High School. In high school he was active in participating in scouting activities or the Ambalan Council.

When he was about to graduate from high school in 1980, his father retired from serving in the National Police. To make a living and meet the economic needs of the family, his mother opened a grocery shop. While Ganjar also experienced selling gasoline on the side of the road.

After high school graduation arrived, Ganjar continued his studies at the Faculty of Law at Gadjah Mada University. On campus, he joined the Indonesian National Student Movement (GMNI). During his college days, Ganjar admitted that he had taken two semesters off from college. This is because he does not have the cost for lectures. Ganjar admitted that he had a hobby of demonstrations during college. Ganjar once took part in demonstrating UGM rector for the 1986-1990 period, namely Koesnadi Hardjasoemantri.

In 1994 Ganjar met Siti Atikoh Supriyanti while doing KKN in Temanggung, Central Java. Atikoh is the son of a Nahdlatul Ulama figure from Purbalingga, Central Java.

What is interesting about their relationship is that Ganjar Pranowo has a GMNI and PDI background, while Atikoh has a pesantren background in Purbalingga which is affiliated with NU and PPP. The two married in 1999 and have one son named Muhammad Zinedine Alam Ganjar. Zinedine was born in 2003 and is now studying at SMAN 3 Semarang, Central Java.

Ganjar Pranowo’s Early Career

After Ganjar Pranowo graduated from the Faculty of Law UGM, he worked at an HRD consulting agency in Jakarta, namely PT Prakarsa. Ganjar has also worked at PT Prastawana Karya Samitra and PT Semeru Realindo Inti. Ganjar was active in GMNI and admired Soekarno’s figure, and Ganjar was a PDI sympathizer.

In 1996, PDI had an internal conflict between supporters of Soerjadi and Megawati Soekarnoputri as a representative of the Bung Karno family. Ganjar is in Megawati’s camp, despite the fact that Ganjar’s father is a policeman and his older brother is a judge whereby the New Order banned all public officials from engaging in politics and had to fully support Golkar. And in the end Ganjar chose a political career through the PDIP Party led by Megawati Soekarnoputri.

Ganjar Pranowo, Chairman of KAGAMA

In November 2014, to be precise at the congress of KAGAMA (Gadjah Mada University Alumni Family) in Kendari, Ganjar was elected by deliberation to replace Sri Sultan Hamengkubuwono X as general chairman of KAGAMA or Gadjah Mada University Alumni Family for the period 2014 to 2019.

Ganjar was elected after holding a consensus meeting with three other general chairman candidates, namely Sri Sultan Hamengkubuwono X who was the General Chair of KAGAMA for the period 2009 to 2014, Budi Karya Sumadi who was the Chairman of KAGAMA DKI Jakarta Pengda, and also Usman Rianse who was KAGAMA Southeast Sulawesi Pengda. The deliberation took place at the Grand Clarion Hotel, Kendari, Southeast Sulawesi on Saturday, 8 November 2014.

After being elected, Ganjar Pranowo gave his speech stating that KAGAMA’s work program should not forget the values ​​of struggle, democracy and nationality that have been taught by Gadjah Mada University. One of the programs that will be carried out by Ganjar Pranowo is to establish synergy with the Regional Management so that a harmonious community is built between KAGAMA members. Ganjar also added that communication between KAGAMA members can be done physically or virtually.

Ganjar Pranowo Member of the DPR-RI

Initially, Ganjar Pranowo failed to qualify as a member of the DPR-RI in the 2004 general election. However, Ganjar accepted the assignment as an interim replacement or PAW to replace his party partner who was in the same electoral area, namely Jakob Tobing, who was assigned by President Megawati. Soekarnoputri became ambassador to South Korea.

When he was a member of the DPR-RI for the period 2004 to 2009, Ganjar Pranowo was assigned to Commission IV which also supervised the Agriculture, Plantation, Forestry, Maritime Affairs, Fisheries and Food sectors. Not only that, Ganjar has also been placed on the Special Committee or Special Committee on Political Party Bills as chairman of the special committee, Member of the DPR-RI Legislative Body, and also Chair of the Special Committee on the MPR, DPR, DPD and DPRD in the DPR-RI.

In his second period as a member of the DPR-RI, Ganjar was placed on Commission II which oversees the fields of Domestic Administration, Regional Autonomy, State Apparatus, Bureaucratic Reform, Elections, Land Affairs, and Agrarian Reform. Ganjar Pranowo began to be recognized by the public when he became a member of the Special Committee on Century Bank Inquiry Rights as well as Deputy Chairman of Commission II DPR-RI.

Ganjar Pranowo has been a postgraduate student at FISIP UI since 2009, but was forced to take time off because of his busy schedule as a member of the DPR-RI. Even though being a member of the DPR-RI has quite a busy schedule, Ganjar continued his studies until he was able to complete his postgraduate studies at the Faculty of Social and Political Sciences, University of Indonesia in 2013.

Profile When As Governor of Central Java

In 2013 Ganjar Pranowo advanced as a candidate for Governor in the Central Java Governor General Election. Ganjar took Heru Sudjatmoko who was promoted by the Indonesian Democratic Party of Struggle or PDIP. Ganjar and Heru are known by the jargon ” Mboten Korupsi Mboten Ngapusi” which means no corruption does not lie. Both of them became winners with a vote of 48.82%.

On Friday, 23 August 2013 the inauguration of Ganjar Pranowo and Heru as governors. The inauguration was carried out by the Minister of Home Affairs, Gamawan Fauzi at the Central Java DPRD, Jalan Pahlawan, Semarang. Ganjar Pranowo is again running as a candidate for Governor of Central Java.

This time, Ganjar teamed up with Taj Yasin Maimoen, who is a member of the Central Java DPRD for the 2014-2019 period from the PPP faction and from the Electoral District of Central Java 3. Victory again sided with Ganjar with 58.78% of the vote, with 10,362,694 votes. Ganjar Pranowo and Taj Yasin Maimoen officially become Governors of Central Java from 2018 to 2023.

In the leadership led by Ganjar Pranowo when he was the Governor of Central Java, such as:

1. Sudden Inspection at Weighbridge

Ganjar caught the public’s attention when he expressed his anger at the Transportation Agency officers who carried out a sudden inspection at the Subah Weigh Bridge, Batang Regency, the incident occurred on April 27 2014. Ganjar saw directly several kernet give money ranging from IDR 10,000 to IDR 20,000 or below a fine the highest official is IDR 60,000 to officers.

By discovering the practice of extortion in Subah, following the policy of closing the Weigh Bridge in Central Java since May 2014. However, this policy caused Central Java to lose revenue of IDR 10.118 billion as recorded by the Supreme Audit Agency or BPK for Central Java’s financial reports for year 2014.

One of the leaders of the local DPRD commission, Alwin Basri, said that this policy actually caused losses for the province itself. The closing of the Weighbridge was not followed by a review and evaluation of the duties and functions of the employees on duty at each Weighbridge.

2. Twitter

Ganjar utilizes social media Twitter to communicate with the public. This has been done by Ganjar since before he became Governor until now he has become Governor. In inaugurating regional head officials, Ganjar asked officials to be active on social media accounts so they could quickly receive complaints from residents and be able to respond and find out the latest information from their respective regions. For Ganjar, through social media he can listen to input, criticism and even protests from people who don’t like the policies being made.

3. Indonesian Cement Dispute Case

Ganjar was considered to be less communicative in responding to the dispute between Semen Indonesia and Rembang residents. Since 2015 residents have rejected the construction of a cement factory in the Kendeng mountains by taking legal action and holding demonstrations.

The Kadeng residents’ lawsuit to cancel the cement factory permit was granted after the Supreme Court issued a Judicial Review decision on August 2 2016 which canceled the Decision Letter regarding the Environmental Permit for Mining Activities by PT Semen Gresik in Rembang Regency. Even though the PK ruling has prohibited mining and drilling above groundwater basins in the Kendeng mountain region.

On November 9, 2016 Ganjar issued a new addendum or decree by changing the name of PT Semen Gersik Tbk to PT Semen Indonesia Tbk. According to Ganjar, the court has yet to provide an explanation regarding whether the factory will continue or not, so the construction of the Indonesian cement factory will continue because there is no order to close it.

The Indonesian Forum for the Environment, one of the plaintiffs for the environmental permit, stated in a written release that Ganjar as the governor of Central Java ” played the law for the benefit of the industry “. Walhi Nur Hayati as the Executive Director said that Ganjar had made a strategy to circumvent the obligation to comply with the law and court decisions when residents obey and respect the law.

On December 19, 2016 hundreds of Kendeng residents demonstrated again to demand the closure of the cement factory in Rembang because they were disappointed with Ganjar’s attitude which seemed to divert the matter by questioning the list of residents’ names which contained the names of Ultraman and Power Rangers. There were many pressures from residents to the governor to cancel the factory construction environmental permit according to the Supreme Court decision.

Ganjar issued a Decree on January 17 2017 canceling the addendum he had previously issued. Ganjar decided to postpone the process of establishing the Semen Indonesia factory in Rembang until a Permit Decree was issued which had been adjusted to the PK MA decision. However, a new permit “with a slight change in area” was re-issued on 23 February 2017.

Considered bad for law enforcement in Indonesia, the Legal Aid Institute or LBH Semerang also criticized the issuance of the new permit. Zainal Arifin as the Director of LBH Semarang said that the new environmental permit was legally flawed and was a form of the governor’s arrogance.

Meanwhile, during Ganjar Pranowo’s leadership, credit financing from the Bank of Central Java for MSMEs with KUR Mitra 25 products was subject to a seven percent interest rate per year. While Mintra 02 is two percent, without collateral and without administrative costs. When it was launched, the credit interest was recorded as the lowest in Indonesia and was widely imitated by other regional governments throughout the country and even received attention and appreciation from President Joko Widodo.

The Corruption Eradication Commission awarded Ganjar as the most gratuity reporter in 2015. This achievement was given for Ganjar’s seriousness in controlling the giving of gratuities to both governors and Central Java provincial government officials.

Ganjar Pranowo also made a new breakthrough by inviting all state civil servants or ASN totaling more than forty thousand in the Central Java Provincial Government to pay zakat. ASN income is cut directly by 2.5%. Within a month a total of IDR 1.6 billion can be collected which can be used for disaster relief, repair of uninhabitable houses (RTLH), education and Islamic boarding schools, mosques, the health sector and so on.

In 2014 Ganjar Pranowo also planned a program to form a disaster-resilient village. The target is that by 2018 all of the 2204 disaster-prone villages in Central Java have formed resilient villages. Ganjar Pranowo also formed one hundred self-sufficient villages which are village areas that can develop their potential from tourism to natural resources and energy for economic empowerment in the community.

For the health sector, Ganjar Pranowo plans to build a modern, international standard hospital at the MAJT or the Great Mosque of Central Java. Ganjar Pranowo also launched the ” Central Java Gayeng Nginceng Wong Mateng ” program which Ganjar initiated at the beginning of his reign.

Ganjar Pranowo also made Farmer Cards. The Farmer Card contains the farmer’s identity, land area, type of plant, and also the need for fertilizer. On the outside, no farmer can access subsidized fertilizer, thereby minimizing crime and abuse of authority. President Joko Widodo appreciated and made the Farmer Card a national program.

If Sinaumed’s wants to know more about Mr. Ganjar Pranowo who is the Governor of Central Java, Sinaumed’s can add information by reading books and get his books which are available at www.sinaumedia.com . As #FriendsWithoutLimits we always try to give the best!

Author: Yufi Cantika Sukma Divine

Also Read:

1. Biography of Ir. Sukarno, the proclaimer of Indonesian independence
2. What is a Government System?
3. Biography of Joko Widodo, President of the Republic of Indonesia
4. Learn about the Theory of Legal Certainty
5. Biography of Suharto, President of the New Order Era
6. Biography of BJ Habibie, Visionary President
7. What is Pancasila Democracy?

Futurism – Fine art is a branch of art that is in great demand. The existence of this fine art is still maintained even in the current digital era. The existence of this art can be seen from the many young artists who are starting to be born and are still involved in the world of fine art.

Fine art is the result of the application of an individual’s creativity through a two-dimensional field, such as canvas, paper, board or other media. When he is about to jump in and want to work on fine art or painting, Sinaumed’s needs to know the currents in fine art, one of which is futurism. Furthermore, see this article to the end!

Definition of Futurism

Futurism is one of the streams of art that wants and tries to forget the past and tries to see the future with a dynamic and universal perspective.

This flow also does not only compartmentalize one concept or theme on one side, as is the case with classical art. Futurism became one of the artistic and social movements that developed in the 20th century.

The flow of futurism aims to capture the beauty of the speed and energy of technology that is present in a modern and dynamic society. Therefore, the flow of futurism places more emphasis on visual beauty, motion, lines and colors.

Futurist artists are also very concerned about science, technology and modernity. Futurist artists also rejected the past and oppressed aristocrats who were considered to be hindering progress from industry and technology.

Futurist, the term for an artist with a flow of futurism has the goal of capturing the dynamic side of modern society that is fast and full of energy in a work of art.

As a flow of art that depicts technological and industrial advances, this futurism school has a manifesto on a flow that has the same nuances of thought as one of the basic concepts of quantum physics.

Quantum physics in the flow of futurism is present, especially in the super position section, which means the middle position that exists between two main states that can be opened and closed.

The term futurism comes from French or English, namely futur or future, which means the future. Futurism is a science that studies the future, according to its definition.

The flow of futurism is an avant garde flow or before its time, namely in 1909 and is strongest in Italy. This flow was founded by an artist, named Filippo Marinetti in 1908.

Initially, this flow of futurism was inspired by human life which continued to experience changes due to the presence of the invention of machines capable of producing elements of motion and speed which greatly influenced human life in the early 20th century.

Typography in the flow of futurism developed into a medium of expression in design and not only about meaning, but also form. Visualized like poetry that uses typography as a form of expression of feelings that support a work of poetry.

 

 

History of Futurism

The flow of futurism was first introduced to the public on February 20, 1909. This flow was first introduced when a well-known newspaper, namely Paris Le Figaro published a manifesto from an Italian poet and editor named Filippo Tommaso Marinetti.

In the manifesto published by the Paris newspaper Le Figaro, Tommaso Marinetti wrote that futurism exists as a reflection of its goal to throw art away from the past while celebrating change, innovation and originality in culture and society.

The manifesto was made after Tommaso Marinetti tried to try to turn around to avoid cyclists and crashed his car into a ditch. Tommaso Marinetti’s simple experience then inspired Marinetti to write a manifesto.

For Marinetti, progress and modernity are like a car that can beat bicycles, like the arts of the past. Departing from that thought, several young artists in Italy then began to mourn the movement made by Marinetti through the manifesto he published. Several young artists who joined Marinetti at that time were Umberto Bocciono, Luigi Russolo, Carlo Carra who joined in 1910, then after these three young artists Gino Severini and Giacomo Balla also joined Marinetti.

After the first world war began, many futurist artists began to support fascism and some of the futurists began to follow the flow of cubism in Paris which made the flow of futurism begin to fade. However, after the world war ended, Marinetti also managed to revive this flow of futurism.

The rise of the futurism movement after the first world war ended, the flow of futurism was then referred to as il secondo Futurism, which means it was the second Futurism by writers in the 1960s.

Historians including Giovanni Lista later classified the history of futurism into decades. The first decade as well as the early decades are referred to as plastic dynamism. Meanwhile, the second decade of futurism is referred to as mechanical art, which began in the 1920s. Later on the mention of aero aesthetics for futurism in the 1930s.

Futurism Flow Concept

The concept of futurism is based on the idea that natural energy must be displayed in works of art as part of a dynamic sensation that can create a unified reality. One way to display this sensation is to display it through the use of light and motion.

Apart from using light and motion, another way is to change limitations into something dynamic. By applying cubist-inspired forms of cabbage and compiling text and words through the science of typography.

The science of typography in this case will arrange the beauty of the text itself, and not just decorate it with decorative shapes. The main theme of the futurism manifesto is dynamism and universality. The theme seeks to find optical sensations, motion and sensations from the greatness of Messi’s existence, industry and human achievements in technology at that time.

All these friends of the futurism manifesto are parts that classical artists have neglected to pay attention to. For example, is in describing a woman who is at the window.

When depicting the woman, an artist should include other elements that surround the woman. Other elements in question can be the noise from passing vehicles, how busy life can be seen through the window, even to the associations generated in the thoughts of the woman sitting at the window.

Therefore, art with the flow of futurism also tries to convey other elements in order to describe dynamism and universality in a work of art.

Characteristics of the Flow of Futurism

The flow of futurism, is a stream of modern art which has several characteristics and peculiarities that distinguish the flow of futurism from other art streams. Here are the characteristics of the flow of futurism.

• His art departs from the traditions of classical art.
• Using a variety of styles and techniques that are new and keep up with the times.
• Fight the remnants of inner devastation, the cause of the first world war.
• Implementing universal dynamism, which means that futurism works of art do not only look at a concept from one side, but also look at all aspects, including things that are often overlooked by artists.
• Contains a variety of elements in the new modern everyday life. Examples include industry, cars and various other mechanical technologies that were developing rapidly in the 1900s.
• Artwork with futurism flow has a dynamic image.
• His works have a fast and energetic impression.
• Expressive elements in futurism design, using typography.
• Artwork with the flow of futurism, is able to utilize visible principles and multiple viewpoints or have many perspectives.

 

 

When we see examples of modern art using futurism, art connoisseurs will try to appreciate the artist’s work. However, in art appreciation, art connoisseurs must carry out active activities. Like seeing, experiencing, observing and understanding.

The goal is to be able to find out the goals, intentions and elements that the artist tries to display in his work. To do a good art appreciation, Sinaumed’s can find out more by reading the book “Art Appreciation”. Sinaumed’s can buy this book only at sinaumedia.com!

Figures of the School of Futurism

Futurism is an art and cultural movement in general that developed and gained a large number of followers after Marinetti sent his manifesto. Here are some of the most influential figures from the flow of futurism.

1. Fortunato Depero

Depereo is an artist and poet who focuses on futurism. Apart from being a fine arts artist, namely painting, Depereo is also known for his literary works and is also known as a leading graphic designer.

As an artist, Depereo manages advertising for many companies in New York. he is also one of the legendary illustrators who has made covers of well-known magazines, namely Vogue and The New Yorker in various publications. Even today, The New Yorker magazine still uses art illustration styles that are similar to the Depereo style.

2. Lucio Venna

Venna was born in Venice, then in 1912 she decided to move to Florence. When moving from Venice, Venna then worked with an illustrator named Emilio Notte and then met the originator or initiator of the flow of futurism, namely Filippo Marinetti in Florence.

After meeting with Marinetti, Venna then followed the flow of futurism. Lucio Venna’s work includes covers such as Grand Sport from 1930 to 1932, then his work in advertising for Debenham and Freebody, briefly collaborating as an artistic director at Scena Illustrata and London.

In 1917, Lucio Venna and Emilio Notte wrote a book called The Basic Linear Geometrics. Then in 1922, Lucio Venna worked more with painting. Some of Lucio Venna’s works are quite famous, such as Alberi, Luna Park and of course the picture posters he made.

3. Nocolay Diuldherof

Nocolay Diuldheroff is a typographer, he was born in Bulgaria and had studied at the Vienna School or Arts and Crafts from 1920 to 1921, then continued his studies at The New School of Art in Dresdenn in 1922 and had taken a short study period for several months at Johannes Itten in Germany, the Bauhaus.

Having an outstanding educational background in the arts, Diuldheroff became a renowned designer and designed a wide range of products from ceramics to lamps to glass. Like other futurist artists, Diuldheroff also worked for advertising firms for Campari, Cinzano and Unica.

Nocolay Diuldheroff also had a hand in one of the biggest events for the flow of futurism, the event was the Turin International Exhibition which was held in 19129. Then, in the same year, the mastery of the flow of futurism art owned by Nocolay Diuldherof was finally exhibited in Turin for a period of time quite a long time.

4. Filippo Tommaso Marinetti

Marinetti was the originator of the flow of futurism which first introduced and spread his ideas about art from a small incident when he was driving.

Apart from being the originator of the flow of futurism, Marinetti was a poet who was born in Egypt in 1876. When he sparked this flow of futurism, there was one statement that was quite famous in the manifesto he published in newspapers.

“Attacking the past and upholding life in the present has been markedly changed by modern science and technology.” With this statement, Marinetti succeeded in collaborating with a number of artists who also used the futurism flow that was sparked at that time.

5. Carlo Carra

Another influential figure in the birth and spread of futurism was Carlo Carra. Carra was one of the artists who immediately joined the flow of futurism, after Marinetti spread futurism through a manifesto in a newspaper.

Despite having contributed and played a major role in the spread of futurism, previously Carlo Carra had been a supporter of the artistic tradition in Italy and had painted for Giotto.

In addition to having painted with Giotto, Carlo Carra has also seen works by post-impressionists such as Turner, Cezanne, Gauguin and Constable. Although he once supported traditional art schools, Carra eventually became an artist who participated in futurism from the very beginning of this genre.

6. Gino Severini

Having considerable attention to light and cubism, Severini is one of the artists who played a role in the spread of futurism. Similar to Carlo Carra, Severini also had time to learn directly from impressionist artists.

Gino Severini is one of the artists who joined the flow of futurism in the early days of Futurism which was spread and sparked by Marinetti.

Before joining the flow of futurism along with other artists, Severini had studied color theory which changed the perceptions of impressionist painters.

The color theory that he studied discussed the freedom of color, as an independent element that is not just a mere label for other things. However, color also functions as an element of art.

That is the explanation of futurism in modern art that Sinaumed’s knows. If Sinaumed’s wants to know more about the flow of futurism or modern art such as futurism, Sinaumed’s can find out by reading the books available at sinaumedia.com.

The function of water for plants – Water is the main source for life on earth. The availability of water on earth itself reaches almost 70% and almost all living things actually need water to survive.

Water can come from seas, rivers and groundwater by making wells. The real fact about water is that humans can only live for one week without water with an average need of at least 50 liters per day. By breathing the body then requires about 1.7 liters of water every day.

The earth is covered with water with a content of 75% and the atmosphere is in the form of steam. Meanwhile, water from the ground can be found in the wells dug for bathing.

Based on its type, the water on the surface of the earth is then divided into two parts, namely salt water in the oceans. It is called brine because of the salt content in it. Because of this, sea water is often used as a raw material for making salt.

The sum of the percentage of salt water itself is 97% of 100%. For fresh water, the amount is the rest of sea water, which is 3%.

Fresh water has no taste and is usually used for washing, drinking, cooking and many more. Then what are the functions of water for plants and animals? Check out the following reviews.

Functions of Water for Plants

Plants need water to carry out various processes. One of the benefits of water for plants is for the process of photosynthesis. This photosynthesis will then produce oxygen which is needed for the various needs of living things.

In addition to carrying out the process of photosynthesis, water also has several other important functions as follows.

• As the main component in the process of photosynthesis and transpiration in plants. Water then becomes a source of energy in the process of photosynthesis. There is a lot of energy which is then used in the photosynthesis process which causes the plant’s need for water to be higher.
• Water also contains compounds that function in the formation of protoplasm.
• Water can work as a nutrient solvent in the process of entering minerals from the soil into plants and distributing them to all parts of the plant body.
• Water functions as a compound used for plant metabolic reaction processes.
• Water can work as a reactant that affects various reactions in metabolic processes.
• Water also works as a producer of mechanical energy in the process of enlargement and cell division.
• Water will maintain the turgidity of the cells and keep them in good condition.
• Water functions as a compound that can be used to regulate the mechanism of movement of opening or closing stomata in plants. Water can also work as a hydraulic system which can cause turgor in the cell walls because it puts pressure on plant cells.
• Water functions to extend plant cells, as well as a material for various plant growth and development activities.
• Water functions to help the process of respiration in plants.
• Water also functions as a transport medium that will move the results of the photosynthesis process.
• Water is used as a medium in the process of biochemistry, because water is also an excellent solvent in biochemical processes.
  Water functions to regulate the temperature in plants to remain stable, because it has high heat and can regulate heat in plants.

Almost all processes of plant growth and development require water. All the details of the activities carried out by plants also require the role of water in them.

If the plants lack water, it will cause the plants to become weak. Plant growth is disrupted due to lack of energy, which eventually withers and dies, due to reduced turgor pressure on the plants.

Minerals that come from the soil itself cannot climb into the stem and cannot be absorbed by the roots. Due to lack of water, it will cause the plant to lack minerals which will interfere with plant growth and health.

The health of these plants is disrupted because the results of photosynthesis are not properly transported to all parts of the plant. Thus resulting in a decrease in the health of plants and roots.

Water is an essential need for plants. Plants need water to carry out every process of living, growing and developing. However, it should be noted that each plant actually has different water content requirements.

There are plants that require large amounts of water, such as aquatic plants. While there are also plants that only need a little water, so if you get too much water it will rot or damage the cells in the plant.

Therefore, plants can control their own water content needed by themselves so that they can survive.

Functions of Water for Animals

As in humans and plants, water is also very necessary in the daily life of animals, such as regulating body temperature, helping the digestive process of substances, and others.

The important function of water for animals as follows.

1. Smooth Digestion

The first benefit of water for animals is to facilitate digestion. Digestion in animals is as important as humans. Digestive animals can experience various disorders such as the digestive system is not smooth.

So the way to expedite the digestive system is to use water as a means of facilitating digestion. There are many things that then disrupt the digestive system in animals, for example if you eat wrong or eat food that is too hard so you need water to dissolve it.

2. Maintain Body Temperature

The next function of water is to maintain body temperature to face winter and summer. Where the workings of these animals are by soaking in the water when the heat is very hot and when it rains animals that live on the plains prefer to spend their days sleeping. By keeping the animal’s body temperature can then prevent themselves from getting sick.

3. Milk Production

When experiencing the mating period, each female animal will then lay eggs and some will contain them for mammals. After going through these periods, mammals will produce milk naturally. Where natural milk production then still needs water to keep producing. So that the mother can provide breast milk for her children.

4. Drink

Water is also useful for drinking and almost all living things need water to drink. Drinking will fulfill the needs of every living creature’s body, of which almost a fraction of a percent consists of water.

The amount of water needed by the animals themselves varies depending on the body weight of each animal. Likewise with animals that live in water still need water to drink as usual.

5. Water serves as a place to live

There are a number of animals that live in water, such as fish, shrimp, dolphins, and others.

6. Water Serves As A Cleaning Tool

Water for animals also serves to cleanse the body. Like humans, animals also need water to clean their bodies. For example, in buffalo animals that cleanse the body by entering the water.

7. Water serves as a means of protection.

For example, the hippopotamus then spends most of its time in the water to escape the scorching sun during the day.

Properties of Water that Can Be Utilized by Plants

Water is a very important element for all life on earth. Humans also will not be able to survive without drinking water within 3 days. Not only in humans, animals and plants also really need water to survive.

Water is a very important ingredient in life because all necessities of life then require water. Every process carried out by humans, animals and plants requires water.

Water comes from nature, whether it falls as rain, water that flows in rivers, or needs to be taken with the help of a drilling machine. The importance of water for life makes almost all living things. Plants need water to survive and always grow to produce taller trees, producing leaves, seeds and fruit perfectly.

Without water, plant growth will be stunted and stunted. The water content in plants is about 80 percent of the plant’s dry weight. That is why water is a component in plants that cannot be ignored.

Even if the roots cannot find water for a long time, the plant will dry out and then die from lack of water.

Water has several special characteristics and properties so that it becomes an important component of all life, one of which is in plants. Some of the properties of water that can be utilized by plants include the following.

1. Have a Cohesive Style

Water has cohesive properties and forces that are able to absorb water vertically in plants. Cohesion itself has three concepts with the difference in water potential between the soil and the atmosphere so that it can function as a driving force with the hydration power of the xylem vessel walls so that it is able to maintain water molecules in gravity, and finally, the cohesive force between water molecules can then help maintain the integrity of the water column in the soil. xylem vessels.

2. Has Adhesion Style

Adhesion forces in plants actually occur in the xylem walls. The adhesion force on the plant will then cause capillarity in the plant and will cause the liquid to rise into the narrow tube of the plant.

3. The Nature of Polarity

Water with polarity properties which will then allow it to change its shape after passing through the xylem in plants. After passing through the xylem, water will then turn into a droplet form because of the polarity that it has.

4. As a Solvent

Water is also known to be very good for three groups of important biological substances, namely organic matter, ions with a charge (K+, Ca2+, NO3) and small molecules.

5. Evaporate on High Heat

Plants carry out various transpiration processes on themselves to then regulate the temperature in plants. Transpiration in plants itself occurs when water in plants evaporates when high temperatures occur in plants.

Books Related to Water as a Source of Life

1. What’s on Earth? Water

Without water, humans, animals and plants would not be able to survive on Earth. Why is that? Let’s find out! Explore the water cycle and how to use and save water. Investigate the properties and forms of water. Make your own iceberg, water filter, mini pond and rainbow!

Series What’s on Earth? Contains interesting science facts. Equipped with various experiments to hone creativity, this book invites children to explore the world around them in a fun way.

2. Piping Drinking Water Supply Techniques

Water is a vital element in human life. The availability of water in nature is very abundant, but the availability of water ready for consumption is still relatively small. Therefore, to obtain water that complies with drinking water standards, an effective and efficient processing and distribution process is needed.

In this book the author tries to present an outline of drinking water supply techniques beginning with discussing domestic water demand and its availability, techniques regarding drinking water supply including networks and accessories, followed by a discussion of surveys or data collection needed for planning, and ending with system computation methods. piping network for drinking water and its simulation.

This book is intended as a reference material or to assist professionals in planning drinking water supply piping networks. This book is also expected to be useful for university students who are studying drinking water supply.

3. Harvesting Rainwater: A New Source of Drinking Water

The idea to write this book was sparked when Indonesia was hit by many problems, especially those caused by heavy rains. Flash floods occur everywhere, but then give way to prolonged dry seasons, forest fires and drought.

Communities find it difficult to obtain water, both for agriculture and for daily drinking water needs. Rainwater that falls abundantly for free is allowed to pass, even though this is a golden opportunity to be harvested.

If all Indonesian people were willing to get used to using water and were more enthusiastic about harvesting rainwater and processing it for their daily needs, especially drinking water for the family, great benefits would certainly be obtained.

Those are some of the functions of water for plants and animals as well as the properties of water that are beneficial to plants. You can get books related to water at Sinaumedia.com.

The function of the lifting bones – Humans generally have bones in their bodies. It is impossible for a human to live without having bones. It gives shape to the human body. The human body consists of various bones, one of which is the rib cage.

The ulna is adjacent to the ulna. Even though they are located next to each other, they have different functions. However, in general, the functions of both are the same, namely as a support for the body, a place for muscles to attach, and so on.

To understand the meaning, function, problems, and how to treat a bone injury, You can listen to the following explanation.

Definition and Function of Bones

In the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), bone is defined as a skeleton or part of the skeleton of a human or animal body; fish bone; objects resembling bones or skeletons.

As in Wikipedia, bone is defined as rigid body tissue and consists of cells embedded in abundant hard intercellular. Calcium phosphate and collagen are the two components that make up bones. Bones begin to form from infancy in the womb and continue until the second decade in an orderly arrangement.

Bones take over the formation of the skeleton and locomotion. It is also a protector of internal organs and a place to store minerals in the body.

In line with the two definitions above, Faweett formulates bone as a connective tissue composed of cells, substance, and fiber, its function is to protect and support the skeleton and tendons as locomotion. The physical properties of bone are very strong, slightly elastic, resistant to compression, and composed of relatively light material.

Bone is responsive enough to respond to metabolic, endocrine, and metabolic influences. With all its hardness and strength, bone is composed of dynamic living matter, periodically and constantly renewed and rearranged throughout human life.

Gartner and Hiatt define bone as vascular connective tissue consisting of grouped cells and intercellular substance. For example solid bone (compact bone), spongiosa bone, and other types of bone. Its function is to protect, support, store minerals at the ends of joints where cartilage acts as a coating to facilitate movement.

In general, bones have the following functions.

• Place of attachment of muscles;
• As a place that provides protection for special tissues such as the blood-forming system (bone marrow);
• Place of formation of blood cells;
• Regulating the level of calcium and phosphate in circulating body fluids;
• Supporting and giving shape to the body;
• passive motion apparatus;
• Covers organs and soft tissues, such as those of the skull;
• Structural support for soft tissue mechanical actions, such as muscle contraction and lung expansion.

Bone Structure

In general, bone structure is divided into two, namely macroscopic and microscopic structures. Here’s an explanation of both.

1. Macroscopic Structure

Faweett classifies bones into two categories, namely compact bone (compact substance) and spongy or celadon bone (spongiosa substance). Compact blocks look like solid solid masses with tiny spaces that can only be seen with a microscope.

A typical long bone, such as the femur or humerus, is composed of a hollow cylinder of thick-walled compact bone with a cavity in the bone marrow. The ends of long bones consist of spongy bone covered with a thin, compact bone cortex, the growing long bones are called epiphyses.

Epiphyseal cartilage and adjacent metaphyseal spongy bone constitute the growth zone in all longitudinal increments in which bone growth takes place. Bone is covered by periosteum, a special layer of connective tissue that has osteogenic or bone-forming potential. If a functional periosteum is absent, it has no osteogenic potential and is not associated with fracture recovery.

The cavity of the marrow diaphysis and the cavity in the spongy bone are lined by endosteum which also has osteogenic properties. The compact substance in the flat bones of the skull is formed on the outer and inner surfaces which are often called the outer and inner tables. The periosteum on the outer surface of the skull is called the pericranium and the inner surface is called the dura mater. The connective tissue sheaths of flat bones have an osteogenic potential not different between the periosteum and the endosteum of long bones.

2. Microscopic Structure

Microscopic structures are very small and cannot be seen with the naked eye, so a microscope is needed to see them clearly. Most microscopic structures consist of bone matrix, mineralized interstitium, which is deposited in layers or lamellae 3–7 nm thick.

The interstitial substance of bone is lenticular spaces, called lacunae, each of which resides on an osteocyte cell. Lacunae radiate outward in all directions and penetrate the lamellae of the interstitial substance and anastomose with the canaliculi. The lacunae are widely spaced but they form intact cavities which are interconnected by a network of very fine channels. These fine channels are important for the nutrition of bone cells.

Faweet classifies compact bones in three general patterns, namely: 1). Arranged concentrically around the vascular channels lengthwise, forming cylindrical units called the Haversian system or osteons. 2). The Haversian system contains pieces of lamellar bone of various sizes and irregular shapes. 3). The outer surface of the cortical bone, just below the periosteum, on the inner surface, there are a number of lamellae that run continuously around the shaft.

The microscopic appearance of the periosteum varies according to its functional state. During embryonal and postnatal growth they have an inner layer of osteoblast cells that are in direct contact with bone, after bone growth stops, osteoblasts transform into inactive bone lining cells, but they still have osteogenic potential and if the bone is injured they change 11 again become osteoblasts and participate in the formation of new bone.

Definition and Function of the Lifting Bone

The radius or radius is the forearm bone that connects the elbow to the hand on the thumb side. It is located on the lateral side of the ulna (ulna). It is composed of dense and strong bones with a hollow front for the marrow.

The shape of the body of the smecaine lifting bone is getting bigger and will form the wrist joint. The upper end of the radius joint with the upper arm bone (humerus) at the elbow joint, precisely at the superior radioulnar joint . Meanwhile, the lower end is jointed with the scaphoid and lunate bones (one of the wrist bones). It also joints with the ulna at the inferior radioulnar joint.

The main function of the radius bone is as a framework for the forearm, a place for muscles to attach, and to connect the wrist and upper arm. Launching from the Suara.com page, here are the functions of the lifting bones in the human body.

• As a place for blood cell production because it contains marrow;
• Helping hands to lift weights;
• As a former bullet joint in the wrist;
• Arranging the forearm frame as part of the upper limb;
• As a place of attachment of the biceps;
• As a wrist activator;
• Supports the muscles for movement in the elbows and arms.

Umbrella Bone Parts

At the upper end of the picking bone there is a distinctive part, namely a bone hump with a round shape. The hump of bone is called the head radii (radius head). The surface of the head itself is in contact with the capitulum in the upper arm bone.

Around the head will be jointed with the ulna. Meanwhile, near the head there is a rough structure which is usually called the radial tuberosity. The body of the radius bone has a sharp interosseus (bone facing the ulna).

At the lower end of the bone there is a protrusion of the styloid process distally. There is a small rough structure on the posterior surface called the dorsal tubercle.

Problems with the Scapula

The radius bone is prone to cracking and breaking, especially when someone falls. This is due to the possibility of holding body weight using the lower hand. This causes greater pressure on the radius bone. The main symptom of a broken bone or fracture is pain in a certain part of the body. Like forearms, wrists, or elbows.

Several symptoms such as swelling, crackling sounds, bruises, numbness, protruding bones and a feeling of tenderness in the forearms should be a cause for concern and need to be watched out for because they have the potential to interfere with the function of the lifting bones. Falling position can potentially interfere with the function of the lifting bones. It’s like falling on your back. These conditions can increase the risk of severe injury to the radius bone.

Generally, fractures like this occur in the elderly. Meanwhile, in children, the cracks that occur rarely split into two parts. This happens because children still have not fully developed radius bones. Therefore, the radius bones in children are more flexible.

Management of Disorders of the Pickle Bone

Treatment for bone injuries varies depending on the severity. For example, handling using casts or other supporting devices, surgery, and other handling methods. fracture healing takes between two to three months for the bone to function normally.

The healing process can be accelerated by doing physical therapy or physiotherapy. When You has an injury to the radius bone, he must immediately consult a doctor so that proper treatment can be carried out immediately.

Tips on Caring for Bones

Bones need care from ourselves. If not ourselves then who will pay attention to our health? Body health is not only concerned with things that are visible to the eye, but also things that support the body that are not visible.

Bones need to be maintained for their health because they are a support for humans as long as they live. Launching from the alodokter.com page, You can apply the following things to treat bone health.

1. Don’t Skip Breakfast

Breakfast is something that is often missed by humans. Even though breakfast is important because it provides the nutrients and energy needed by the body to carry out daily activities.

Bones can be treated by consuming foods that contain lots of calcium and vitamin D. Therefore, a good breakfast menu consists of a variety of foods, one of which contains calcium and/or vitamin D.

You can consume calcium sources through milk, yogurt, cheese, cereals, and soybeans. Vitamin D can be obtained from fish oil and eggs. These menus can be supplemented by consuming vegetables and fruit to maintain bone strength and health.

2. Exercise regularly

Rarely moving makes You’ muscles and bones weak. Some research says that people who rarely exercise are more susceptible to bone problems, such as osteoporosis.

Exercise is useful for bones because it can maintain bone density and strength. There are several types of exercise that are good for bone density by doing weightlifting exercises, jogging, yoga, leisurely walks, and rhythmic gymnastics.

3. Taking Supplements

Sources of calcium and vitamin D intake can not only be obtained from consuming nutritious foods, but also from supplements. The supplement is recommended for women who have experienced menopause. Because, when menopause, bone tissue becomes weak.

The need for calcium intake for adults is 1,000 to 1,200 milligrams per day. Meanwhile, the need for vitamin D is 15 to 20 micrograms or approximately 600-800 IU per day.

The proper supplement dosage can be obtained by consulting a doctor.

4. Bask in the Morning Sun

Sunlight is one of the free sources of vitamin D. If You lacks vitamin D, the bones will become more porous. Not as long as sunrise is the perfect time to sunbathe. The right time to sunbathe is at nine in the morning for 5 to 15 minutes. The intensity is 2 to 3 times a week.

5. Limit Consumption of Alcoholic Beverages and Not Smoking

Smoking and consuming alcoholic beverages are included in unhealthy lifestyles. It will harm the body including loss of bone density. This habit makes the body susceptible to calcium and vitamin D deficiency so that the bones will become more brittle.

Therefore, to care for bone health, You is advised not to drink alcoholic beverages and not smoke.

6. Maintain Weight

Maintaining an ideal body weight is important to note because it affects bone health and strength. Several studies have stated that body weight plays a role in increasing the risk of damage, injury, and bone problems.

Therefore, You is recommended to maintain body weight so that bone health will be protected and avoid health problems related to bones.

The function of the ulna, ulnar bones and upper arms – In the human body, humans have bones or muscles that function to move. If you don’t have it, you can’t move. Examples are the ulna, radius and upper arm.

When these bones have their respective functions in the movement of the human body. This article will discuss the function of the ulna, radius and upper arm.

The Function of the Eight Bones

The ulna is the bone in the human arm. This bone is the forearm in the human hand. The ulna bone connects the human wrist to the human upper arm.

Specifically, the ulna is on the side where the little finger is. The ulna is the bone that joins the little finger bone. This bone extends to the elbow.

The function of the ulna is actually the same as any other bone in the body. However, because this bone is in the hand, this bone really has a role in hand movements.

To find out various interesting facts about the function of bones in the human body, along with various other things related to the human body, You can read the book Oh, It Turns Out… The Human Body is Full of Miracles!

There are several functions of the ulna, including the following:

1. Forming the forearm structure

The ulna serves to form the structure of the forearm. The ulna will support the structure of the arm. The forearms and ulna will be supported by the ulna.

2. Help the rotation of the wrist

The next function of the ulna is so that the rotation that occurs in the wrist is assisted. The ulna will help the wrist rotate. In this process the ulna is assisted by the ulna and carpal bones.

From this process, the wrist can move perfectly. So that it will help the body carry out daily activities. Examples such as writing, moving something, lifting objects and doing other things.

3. Where the muscles are attached

The next function of the ulna is to place the muscles attached. The muscles attached to these bones are the muscles in the forearm. Another muscle attached to the ulna is the hand muscle.

4. Forms the humerus and elbow joint

The next function of the ulna is to form the humerus and elbow joints. This happens because the joints in the elbow have an important role. The role of these joints is to stretch the arm and bend the arm. This will help the forearm to move. Therefore there is no longer any need for elbow joint movement.

5. Save mineral intake

One of the main functions of the ulna is to store mineral intake. Minerals that enter the body are stored in the ulna. Then these minerals will produce blood cells. These blood cells are called marrow.

The presence of mineral intake in the ulna also supports movement. Movement in the upper back and shoulders. In addition, the minerals in the ulna will connect vital ligaments to all the muscles in the body.

Learn other interesting facts about the human body through the book Come on, Find Out! The Human Body is equipped with interesting pictures and illustrations.

The function of the lever bone

The radius bone is a tube-shaped bone in the human hand. The radius bones are the bones that make up the forearm. The radius bone is elongated from the lateral side, or away from the midline. This bone originates from the thumb of the wrist to the elbow.

The size of the ulna is shorter than the ulna. This bone has two ends on the sides of the forearm. The lifting bone will connect thick fibrous tissue or commonly called the interosseous ligament.

The shape of the claw bone is strong and dense. However, not all radius bones in humans are perfectly shaped. Due to several factors such as disability, the radius bone may be shorter than it should be.

In maintaining complete bone health, we can also learn from You in the book For Healthy Bones, which explains tips and tricks that you can learn.

There are several functions of the lever bones, including the following:

1. Assembling the forearm frame

The most important and most important function of the radius bone is to make up the framework of the forearm. The arrangement of this framework is part of the framework for the locomotion apparatus of humans, or commonly called the extremities of humans.

2. Where the muscles are attached

The next function of the ulna is the same as the ulna. The function of this ulna is to place the muscles attached. The muscles will be attached to the arm.

3. Drawing up the lower arms

Another function of the ulna is to make up the arms. The arms that are arranged are the lower arms. This arrangement occurs together with the ulna.

Bones, which are part of the components and structures of the human body, can be studied by You in the book Anatomy of the Human Body for Nursing Students, Edition 2, which explains the whole and part of the relationship between the organs of the body with each other.

4. Where the biceps attach

The biceps is attached to the radius bone. This bicep extends all the way from the end of the upper arm. The lever bones and bicep muscles will work so that the hands are able to lift objects up.

In addition, another function of the biceps muscle and the lever bone is to allow extension and flexion movements to occur. Besides that, it can cause movements such as bending and straightening the hands.

5. Move the wrist

The next function of the lever bone is to play a role in moving the wrist. In this case, the muscles and joints in the wrist. In addition, the lifting bones also have a role in the production of blood cells. This is because there is a lot of bone marrow or pipe bones.

Apart from the above functions, the ulna also works together with the ulna. The ulna and ulna work together. The two bones connect to the upper arm bones. The connection is through a hinge joint in the elbow.

To understand the human body, regarding body systems and important concepts that You must know, the book At A Glance Anatomy & Physiology can be the right choice which is accompanied by a full color visual display of anatomy and physiology.

Upper Arm Function

The upper arms are located at the joints. Located between the elbow and shoulder. To connect to the shoulder, the upper arm is connected via the scapula. Meanwhile from the elbow, the upper arm will be connected to the ulna at the end.

There are several functions of the upper arm, including the following:

• – To connect the swivel joint on the shoulder
• – Abduct or extend the hand
• – Raise your hands up
• – Lower your hands downwards
• – Returning the hand to its original position, after abduction
• – Move the arm behind the body or extension
• – Move the arm to the front of the body or flex it
• – Stretching or straightening the elbow or extension
• – Bending the elbow or
• – Protects muscles because there are ligaments
• – Provides movement in the shoulder joint

Here is some information about the function of the ulna, radius and upper arm. Find other interesting things about the human body at www.Sinaumedia.com .

Functions of the Tongue and Its Parts – One part of the body that has no bones is in the human mouth. That part is the tongue. The tongue is an arrangement of a group of muscles that have joined together. The color of the tongue is red, besides that the surface of the tongue is uneven.

However, the tongue has many functions that can help the mouth and body. To be able to carry out this task, the tongue is assisted by several muscles and nerves. The muscles and nerves are directly connected to the brain. Thanks to these muscles, the tongue can move freely in all directions in the oral cavity.

On average, the male tongue is 8.5 cm long. while the size of the female tongue is 7.9 cm long. However, the longest human tongue has ever been recorded. Reaches a size of about 10.1 cm. This article will discuss the parts that are in the tongue. In addition, the benefits or functions of the tongue will also be explained.

Tongue Function

1. As a tool of taste

The first function of the tongue is as a taster. It can also be said that this is the main function of the tongue. All papillae on the tongue have taste buds. The taste buds are used to taste food and drink. Apart from these two, the tongue immediately feels everything that enters the mouth.

In general, the tongue can taste several flavors. There are four main tastes that can be felt by the tongue. There are sweet, bitter, sour and salty. In addition to these four tastes, there are other flavors that can be felt by the tongue. The taste is umami. Umami is a savory taste that can be felt through MSG or monosodium glutamate.

2. Help communicate

The next function of the tongue is to assist in the communication process. The tongue will work together with the teeth and lips. The result of this cooperation will be sound. The sound comes from the throat. As a result, the sounds that come out can be easily and clearly understood by the other person. If there is no tongue, then the words that come out of one’s mouth are difficult to understand because they are not clear.

3. Chew food

Not only as a taste tool, the tongue also functions to help chew food. Thanks to the tongue, food can be chewed properly in the mouth. This is because the tongue can move freely in the mouth.

The tongue will play a role in helping to process food. Not only food, drinks will also be assisted by the tongue in its processing.

Because it can move freely in the mouth, the tongue functions to help process food and drinks from solid to soft, making it easy to swallow.

4. Help swallow

Besides helping in the process of chewing food, the tongue also has a role in the process of swallowing food. Food that is chewed in the mouth will turn out to be smooth. After that the tongue will help food to get into the throat.

You do this by pushing food. Food that is pushed will enter the stomach. After that, it will experience a process with the digestive organs.

5. Help suck

One of the functions of the tongue is to suck. The tongue will be one of the tools for sucking liquids. This can be seen clearly in babies. Generally, babies will use their tongue when sucking their mother’s milk.

6. Help touch

The tongue can also help to touch. The tip of the tongue is one of the most sensitive parts of the body. This allows the tongue to feel the texture of objects. In addition, thanks to the tongue, food can also be felt in the mouth.

This is what makes the body can be protected from the dangers that will befall the mouth. An example is the presence of fish spines. Or a small foreign object that accidentally enters the mouth through food.

Another function of the tongue can also help find food scraps. Sometimes, the food we eat will leave marks or residue in the mouth. It is the tongue that will look for it so that the mouth is kept clean.

7. Protect the mouth from germs

The tongue can also protect the mouth from various germs that can enter. At the base of the tongue, there is a collection of protective cells. These cells are called lingual tonsils.

The lingual tonsils have a duty to protect the body. Sometimes, germs in the body enter through food that enters the mouth. This is the time for the lingual tonsils to protect the body from these incoming disturbances.

Tongue Parts

1. Base of the tongue

The first part that is on the tongue is the base of the tongue. The base of the tongue is located on the back third of the tongue. The base of the tongue is located at the back of the mouth. In addition, the base of the tongue is also close to the throat.

Unlike the other parts of the tongue, the base of the tongue cannot be moved freely. Movement is limited. This part is attached to the mandible and hyoid bone.

2. Body of the tongue

The next part of the tongue is the body of the tongue. The body of the tongue lies in the other two-thirds of the tongue. Unlike the base of the tongue, the body of the tongue can be moved freely. In addition, the body of the tongue also holds several important responsibilities for the function of the tongue.

This book will explain about one of the five human senses, namely the tongue. Will be explained about the parts, anatomy to the function of the tongue. This book is suitable for both children and adults who want to learn about the tongue.

3. The tip of the tongue

The tip of the tongue is also a part of the tongue. As the name implies, the tip of the tongue is the part of the tongue that is located at the very front. The tip of the tongue is located adjacent to the back of the incisors. Just like the body of the tongue, the tip of the tongue can also be moved freely.

4. Dorsum of the tongue

The dorsum of the tongue is the part of the tongue that is located between the body of the tongue and the base of the tongue. The dorsum of the tongue is the part whose surface looks slightly higher than the body of the tongue. In this section, it can be seen that there is a hollow line. The concave line forms like the letter V. This depression on the dorsum of the tongue is called the sulcus terminalis.

5. Under the tongue

The next part is the bottom of the tongue. The bottom of the tongue will be seen when the tongue is lifted. At the bottom of the tongue, there are veins. The veins are clearly visible and have a bluish purple color.

The underside of the tongue serves as a site for drug administration. There are certain types of drugs whose absorption occurs quickly. This can happen if the drug is placed on the underside of the tongue.

Those are the parts and some of the important functions of the tongue. The tongue is a part of the body that needs to be kept healthy. If the health of the tongue is disturbed, then the condition of the mouth will also be disturbed.

Find various other interesting information about the tongue and other body parts at www.Sinaumedia.com.

Source: from various sources

Spinal Function – The spine has an important role to support the human body. By recognizing the structure of the spine, Sinaumed’s will be able to understand its function more closely and to anticipate disturbances that may occur.

Human Spine Anatomy

The spine is the main supporting structure in your body . Based on its shape, the vertebrae include short bones that are useful for connecting various parts of the movement system or also known as the musculoskeletal system.

The following is the structure or anatomy of the backbone which consists of a pile of 33 small bones, namely:

1. Small bony discs

In the spine, intervertebral discs or small bony discs stack together to form a canal.

The spinal canal is a tunnel that contains and protects the spinal cord and protects the nerves from injury.

These small bones also allow Sinaumed’s to perform various movements. However, the small bones at the bottom (sacrum and coccyx) are fused and immobile.

2. Cervical spine (cervical)

The cervical spine (cervical or cervical) is the topmost part of the spine which has seven vertebrae. The function of the cervical vertebrae is to rotate, tilt and nod the head.

The cervical spine forms a C-shaped inward so it is also known as a lordotic curve.

3. Mid back (thoracic)

The thorax or better known as the sternum of the spine has 12 small bones. Sinaumed’s’s ribs are attached to the mid back.

This section bends slightly to form a backward C shape which is also known as a kyphotic curve .

The main function of the thoracic spine is to support the ribs as well as protect the heart and lungs.

4. Lower backbone (lumbar)

There are five small bones that form the lower backbone. The lumbar spine is useful for supporting the upper part and being a link to the pelvic area.

The lumbar region has the function of supporting most of Sinaumed’s’ body weight . These bones help provide stability and mobility to the spine, as well as being the point of attachment for many muscles and ligaments.

Most back pain occurs in the lumbar spine.

5. Sakrum

The sacrum is an anatomy of the spine that is shaped like a triangle and is connected to the hip area. There are five short bones in the sacrum.

Its development begins when the fetus enters the uterus. The sacrum and hip bones form a ring called the pelvis.

6. Tailbone

The coccyx is made up of four small bones that form a small piece of bone at the bottom of the spine. Pelvic floor muscles and ligaments attach to the coccyx.

Then, there are also tissues that make up this backbone or spine, namely:

• Facet joints for stability and flexibility.
• Intervertebral discs, round pads for shock absorption in the spine.
• The spinal cord and nerves carry messages between the muscles and the brain.
• Soft tissue, consisting of ligaments, muscles, and tendons.

What is the Function of the Spine?

As with other types of castings, the backbone also has a very important function for the movement and growth of the human body. The main functions of the backbone are as follows:

1, As Body Support

The first function of the backbone is to support the human body. The cervical part has the responsibility to support the skull, while the thorax has the responsibility to provide stability and strength to the body. The lumbar part has the task of allowing more flexible movements but not rotating and at the same time to support most of the body weight.

The spine has a structure that fits perfectly to support the body and allows it to adapt to changes in Sinaumed’s’ body, such as during pregnancy or when he gains weight . When carrying heavy loads, the curvature of the spine will become larger so that the body becomes balanced and strong and able to support it.

2. Makes the body flexible and flexible in movement

The structure of the spine is irregular with the arrangement of tendons, muscles, ligaments, and so on which serves as a support to help the body move more flexibly and flexibly, such as stretching, bending, turning and leaning.

The cervical spine is responsible for assisting the movement of the neck and head due to the unique combination of the two bones in the  cervical region , namely the axis and atlas.

3. Protects Nerves

The next function of the spine is to provide protection to the spinal cord and fine nerves. The spinal cord is an important part for controlling the function of the main organs of Sinaumed’s . In addition, certain shapes and positions of the spine and ligaments can form a protective network that has the ability to protect the spinal cord from being injured.

4. Produces Red Blood Cells

The spine contains a lot of bone marrow which produces red blood cells as well as minerals (Remember, we are not talking about the spinal cord or spinal cord). Bone marrow is in the interior cavity of the bones and consists of two types, namely red marrow and yellow marrow. Red marrow is responsible for making red blood cells, platelets, and white blood cells. Meanwhile, yellow bone marrow contains high levels of fat cells and also produces white blood cells.

5. Main Organ Protector

Another function of the backbone is to protect the main organs. The skeleton protects by surrounding the main organs of the Sinaumed’s body . All human ribs attach to the spine, but only the top 7 pairs attach to the sternum. The ribs form the framework around the lungs and heart.

6. Vibration Dampers

The spine has the effect of damping vibrations when Sinaumed’s’s body moves like he is standing, squatting or sitting. This is due to the presence of pads in the form of intervertebral discs that are between the vertebrae and to prevent friction between one bone and another.

Spinal Disorders

Spinal disorders or also known as spinal disorders are abnormalities in the bones that can affect the position and curvature of the spine. The spine itself has a function to support the upper body and to form body posture.

In general, a healthy spine is a spine that has an appropriate curve. However, if there is an excess of the curve in one part of the spine, then the function of the spine will be disturbed and can cause discomfort and even pain.

The backbone has 26 bones or also known as vertebrae . This spine has a function to protect and support the nerves and spinal cord. If there is an abnormality in the spine, there will be pain that can interfere with activities and damage that can limit Sinaumed’s’ body movements .

Abnormalities in the spine can be caused by many factors. Apart from that, there are also various types of spinal disorders that Sinaumed’s needs to know about.

Causes of Spinal Disorders

1. Certain Health Problems

Bone abnormalities can be triggered by various health problems. Among them are:

1. Scheuermann’s disease or accelerated growth condition experienced before puberty;
2. Cerebral palsy which affects the nerves and brain;
3. Muscular dystrophy which causes muscle performance to weaken;
4. Bone cancer that attacks the spinal area, requiring the patient to undergo radiotherapy or chemotherapy;
5. Osteoporosis or thinning of the bones.

2. Genetic Factors

Spinal disorders can also be triggered by certain genetic factors. For example, when the spine in the body tends to be thinner than usual. Genetic conditions like this can make a person more susceptible to fractures or fractures and other spinal problems.

3. Congenital Abnormalities from Birth

When the child is still in the womb, it is possible that the spine does not develop properly. This is what causes the backbone to not fit and crooked.

4. Certain Injuries and Activities

Injuries can trigger spinal disorders. For example, injuries that can cause fractures or fractures that can cause bones to shift and bend. In addition, certain activities related to heavy loads on the spine can trigger disturbances in that area.

Various Disorders of the Spine

Spinal disorders can be divided into the following conditions:

1. Kyphosis

Abnormalities in the spine can be seen from the posture that tends to stoop. This is due to the condition of the spine that is curved forward so that it looks bent. In fact, this condition can also cause the spine to appear to protrude in the back.

Common causes of kyphosis are porous bones, wrong posture, carrying too much weight, arthritis, tumors in the spine, spina bifida, spinal infections, congenital kyphosis, osteoporosis, and Scheuermann’s disease. Kyphosis can also cause pain in the spine.

2. Lordosis

Sufferers of lordosis have the shape of the spine that is excessively curved forward in the lower back. The condition of lordosis is often referred to as swayback which makes the buttocks appear more prominent. The spine is generally curved, but in patients with lordosis, the curve protrudes too much forward.

This condition can also cause pain. This spinal disorder can be caused by obesity, displacement of vertebrae, bone injury, muscular dystrophy, poor posture, osteoporosis, and discitis or inflammation of the space between the vertebrae.

3. Scoliosis

In scoliosis, the spine tends to curve excessively to the side. Most cases of scoliosis tend to be mild, but the condition can get worse with age. This bone disorder can cause the spine to bend and can lead to paralysis and impaired lung function.

This problem is caused by the curvature of the spine which reduces the amount of space in the chest. In fact, a type of scoliosis called levoscoliosis causes the spine to bend to the left side of the body and is similar to the letter C.

4. Spondylosis

Spondylosis bone disorder is also known as spinal degeneration which not only affects the spine but also the joints and bone bearings. Spondylosis can interfere with the movement of the spine and affect the nerves. This disorder is generally caused by a sedentary lifestyle, smoking habits, obesity, and old age.

5. Spondylolisthesis

The condition of spondylolisthesis is caused by a shift in the spine (vertebrae) from its original position due to stress fractures that are always repeated. The part of the spine most prone to spondylolisthesis is generally in the lower back. Even so, it is also possible if the area behind the neck and upper back is affected by spondylolisthesis.

Exercise For Spine Health

Keeping the spine strong and healthy is one of the keys to living a healthy and independent life in old age. One way to maintain a healthy spine is to do sports. Besides that, standing straight with a perfectly straight posture can also help the spine to stay in its proper position. Here are some recommended exercises to keep the spine strong and healthy.

1. Yoga

Yoga is a sport that greatly maximizes the function and flexibility of the spine. Movements from yoga will train the flexibility and strength of the spine and practice stretching, thus providing space for all the muscles surrounding the spine to always move according to the joints. Some yoga poses that can maximize the function of the spine are half moon pose, balancing stick pose, cobra pose , and many more.

2. Swim

Apart from yoga, swimming is also a great choice of exercise to keep your spine healthy and strong. Swimming movements that pedal the arms and legs indirectly can help the spine to always stay in its perfect position. In addition, the body’s pressure on the water, one of which is by doing the back stroke, can provide maximum stretch and flexibility to the spine.

3. Run away

If yoga and swimming provide more benefits for bone flexibility, running sports can be done to train the endurance and strength of the spine. The reason is, running can strengthen the bearing between the segments in the spine.

4. Push Up dan Sit Up

Other types of exercise that can help train the spine to stay healthy and strong are push ups and sit ups. In fact, there are many muscles that are activated when Sinaumed’s does push-ups and sit-ups , namely the back, chest, shoulders, triceps, biceps, and also the abdominal muscles. The reason is, when doing push-ups and sit-ups, Sinaumed’s is forced to straighten his back, which in essence keeps the spine in the right position.

5. Squat

As with push ups and sit ups , squat movements are also useful for training the spine to stay strong and healthy. Doing squats regularly can also improve the performance of the muscles in the lower body, especially in the pelvic bones and coccyx. Squats can also trigger the release of hormones and the growth of muscle mass. In addition, practicing squats can also improve the body’s balance ability and shape the buttocks so that they become toned.

Functions of the Nose and Its Parts – The nose is a part of the human body that is located on the outside of the body and is right in the middle of the face. The nose is located in the skull bone which is composed of cartilage, bone, muscle and skin.

The nose is an important part that is owned by every human being, because the nose has a function as a respiratory organ and also as a sense of smell.

As the outermost part of the body, the nose will directly come into contact with various kinds of gas or air that will be received and entered into the human body. Therefore, the function of the nose is defined as a place for filtering air that enters the human body, this air filtering is done so that the body can receive good air for the body.

Nose Parts

1. Nostrils

The nostrils in humans have 2 holes and both of them function as protectors of the nose from threats that come from outside. Then the nostrils also play a role in determining the size of something that can enter the nose and the nostrils are also directly related to the nasal cavity.

2. Septum

The septum is the separator that exists between the two nostrils. The septum consists of cartilage and the walls of the septum are lined with mucus and have blood vessels inside which are used to moisten and regulate the temperature of the air that enters through the nose.

3. Nose Hair

Nose hair is a part consisting of fine hairs that have a function as a filter for incoming air. The nose as a place for air to enter will easily enter various kinds of air, such as clean air or not. Nose hair serves to hold dirt from the incoming air so that it cannot enter other respiratory organs in the body.

4. Nasal cavity

The nasal cavity is located behind the nostrils and acts as the main cleaning channel for air entering the lungs. Inside the nasal cavity there is a mucous membrane and cilia (fine hair). The nasal cavity also has a role to continue the air that enters and leads to the throat. In addition, the nasal cavity also functions as a guard for humidity, temperature and air pressure.

5. Nasal sinuses

Sinuses are cavities that are located around the nose. Humans have paranasal sinuses which consist of 4 pairs of nasal sinuses which all end in the nasal cavities. The four parts of the sinuses are the maxillary sinuses (on the cheekbones), the frontal sinuses (in the middle of the forehead), the ethmoidal sinuses (between the eyes), and the sphenoidal sinuses (behind the nasal cavities). The nasal sinuses act as a moisturizer and air filter, maintaining air exchange in the nasal area, maximizing air quality, and producing mucus that flows in the nose.

6. Nasal Nerves

The nasal nerve, also known as the olfactory nerve, is a part of the cranial nerves that is directly connected to the brain. As cranial nerve 1, this nerve in the nose functions as the main receptor for the sense of smell, and this nerve also acts as a recipient of scent stimuli that are carried along with the inhaled air. The function of this nerve is also related to the taste of food and drink consumed by the body.

7. Nasal Cartilage

Cartilage is the bone that forms the nose itself. Nasal cartilage is an elastic and strong part that also forms the tip of the nose and forms the shape of the nose.

8. Nasal Tract (Nasopharynx)

The nasal passages are a very important part of the cycle of the human body’s respiratory system. Because this part is the connecting part between the nose and the throat. Inside the nasopharynx are the eustachian tubes (the tubes that connect the ear and throat) and the adenoid tonsils. Then the nasopharynx functions as a regulator of air pressure and protection from infection.

Nose Function

1. As a means of respiration or breathing

The function of the nose as a respiratory organ is the main thing why there is a nose in the human organs. As a breathing apparatus, the nose will inhale oxygen which will enter the body through other internal organs to the lungs. In addition, the nose also functions as a pathway for carbon dioxide to escape, which is also not much different from the mouth. As the main actor in the process of respiration, the nose as a place where air enters also of course has a place to filter, warm, and humidify the air that will be received by the body.

2. As a sense of smell

Apart from being the main respiratory organ, the nose also plays a major role in the body’s olfactory function. In this olfactory process, the nose will be connected to the brain through the cranial nerves and will generate and create memories of smelling something. In the process of smelling, the nose is assisted by the olfactory mucosa in the upper nasal cavity which contains nasal glands called olfactory glands.

3. Connection with taste

The point here is that the nose as the sense of taste and the respiratory organs have a relationship in influencing the taste felt by the tongue of the sense of taste. The role of smell here is as a complement to the taste associated with smell. Not infrequently that humans will be able to know the taste of something just by smell alone. That is one result of the relationship between smell and taste.

4. Connect with memory

As the sense of smell, it certainly has many functions than the sense of smell itself. One of them is indirectly remembering something when smelling an aroma or smell. For example, when you smell a perfume, the nasal nerves that are connected to the brain will immediately respond to this with memories or memories of someone you know who uses that perfume. Likewise with the smell of food that smells from afar, in this case sometimes the memory will also affect the smell and aroma of the food that is in the memory of the brain. By remembering a food, you will immediately be able to remember and even feel the aroma of the food.

5. As an air filter

As the main organ that regulates the entry and exit of air needed in the respiratory system, the nose certainly has a function as an air filter. This function can be said to be very important for the continuity of the health of the air that enters through the nose. The nose has several parts such as fine hairs that can filter incoming air along with dirt. With this air filter, the body will get the air it wants, namely air that is clean and free from dirt, insects or even other things.

In addition, the nose also has a natural function as a warmer of cold air and the nose can also function as a humidifier for air that is too dry, so that after passing through the nose, the incoming air is air that has adapted to the body’s condition.

That’s an explanation of the nose, starting from its parts to the function of the nose. To keep getting good air when it enters the body, one way is to maintain a healthy nose.

Author: Wida Kurniasih

Source: from various sources

Functions of the Human Excretory System and Its Organs – Discussing about the functions of the human excretory system, of course we can analogize when someone is exercising, then that person will sweat. This is actually because there are many toxic substances from the rest of the metabolism that are released and are no longer useful for the body. Well, the process of removing these toxic substances from the body is commonly known as excretion.

However, the excretory process is not just sweating. Another excretion process is when a person urinates or defecates. This is done to remove toxic substances that precipitate and become residual substances from metabolism. All of these elimination processes are basically run and regulated by the excretory system.

In this article, we will discuss the function of the human excretory system in full and depth. The human excretory system consists of the kidneys, liver, large intestine, skin, and lungs. Let’s see in full so that you better understand how the exhaust system works in your body.

A. Human Excretory System

The excretory system is basically a biological system that has the function of disposing of or removing various substances that are no longer used by living bodies. Substances from the rest of the metabolism itself in the form of compounds that are toxic or toxic. If it is not removed, of course it can cause the body to experience disturbances in some of its organ functions.

That way, we can call the excretory system the way the body does to remove toxic substances from the human body. This mechanism itself has a very important function for the body in maintaining homeostasis (balance of the body’s internal conditions) and preventing damage to the body.

Referring to the notes written by Fictor Ferdinand and Moekti Ariebowo in Practical Learning Biology (2007:138), the human body itself is known to contain several waste products of metabolism that are not needed, and even tend to be harmful, namely carbon dioxide, excess water, and urea.

This is certainly not the same as excess water caused by drinking too much or consuming liquids. Meanwhile, carbon dioxide is a waste product of metabolism resulting from the process of respiration (breathing). Meanwhile, urea is a residual substance from the process of breaking down protein.

B. Organs and Functions of the Human Excretory System

All living things in this world are basically equipped with the ability to maintain a balance of metabolism in the body so that it remains in normal conditions. Of course this can be done by keeping the water levels in the body in balance. Balanced itself can be interpreted in a condition that is not excessive and not lacking.

If there are residual substances from the body’s metabolic processes that are not needed, then the excretory system in humans has a function as a tool to remove these waste substances. Biologically, humans have organs that function as excretory systems. The following is an explanation of the organs responsible for carrying out the human excretion process, including:

1. Kidneys

When humans consume food, drink, and other medicines, residues or waste substances that have gone through the digestive process of the body will be found. The human body itself actually produces waste products when repairing various damaged cells or when carrying out the body’s metabolism to produce energy.

The human organ that has the most important function in the excretory system is the Kidney. The kidneys themselves function to remove residual substances that have toxic properties in the blood and other excess fluids. If it is not immediately removed from the body, it could be that these waste substances will accumulate in the blood. This of course can cause some problems in the health of the human body.

We know for ourselves that the entire human body consists of blood that flows in and out of the kidneys many times for 24 hours without stopping. The kidney is an organ of the human body which also has the function of filtering incoming blood as well as disposing of waste in it through urine. Then, the blood that comes out of the kidneys will return to flow throughout the body.

The body itself is known to excrete urine through the urethra when urinating. There are about two liters of waste substances that can be excreted from the body in the form of urine. The process of excretion in the kidneys has a very important function to maintain the balance of fluids and other chemicals in the human body.

2. Heart (Liver)

The function of the kidney in the human excretory system as a tool for excreting waste has a close relationship with liver function. In the human excretory system of the kidneys, the process of filtering blood is first carried out in the liver to separate some of the waste.

One of the residual or waste substances removed by the liver can be called ammonia. Ammonia itself is a substance that comes from the process of breaking down proteins in the body. If the human body cannot get rid of ammonia, it can cause health problems, such as kidney disease, impaired brain function, and even coma.

Therefore, the liver is an organ that has an important function for the human body to break down ammonia into urea. After being successfully broken down into urea, this substance will be carried by the blood to the kidneys to go through the next filtering process. As previously stated, the kidneys will filter urea from the blood and excrete it through the urine along with other waste substances.

While this process is taking place, the liver is also known to produce another by-product, namely bile. This dark colored bile will be stored temporarily in the gallbladder. Then, the new bile will drain the liquid towards the intestine when humans want to digest fatty foods.

3. Colon

The large intestine actually does not only have a function to regulate fluid levels in the results of food digestion. One part of the digestive tract apparently also has other side tasks as part of the excretory system in the human body.

The food that you initially swallow and enters the stomach can be turned into fine mush. This fine porridge is often referred to as kim. After that, the kim then moves towards the small intestine to go to the next process, namely the absorption of nutrients. When all the nutrients have been absorbed optimally, the kim will move back to the large intestine.

In the human excretory system, the large intestine is known to have a function that can be used to separate liquids, waste substances, and various food wastes that do not contain nutrients. This process itself can produce feces that will come out through the anus during bowel movements.

4. Skin

As previously stated, the human body sweats to cool down its temperature. This occurs when a person feels hot or is doing physical activity. Meanwhile, in the human excretory system, sweat has a function as a medium for removing waste substances and impurities from the body.

Sweat itself comes from glands in the dermis layer of the skin. Apart from being made of water, sweat is also known to contain various waste products from the body’s metabolic processes, including oil, sugar, salt, and so on. One of the residual substances in sweat comes from the process of breaking down proteins commonly called ammonia.

Basically, sweat glands are spread all over the body of humans. So, here are the two main types of sweat glands that you need to know about, including:

a. Eccrine glands, namely glands that produce sweat without protein and fat content. This gland turns out to be located in parts of the human body such as the hands, feet, to the forehead.

b. Apocrine glands, namely glands that produce sweat with protein and fat content. This type of gland is known to be located in certain parts of the body, such as the armpits and genitals.

5. Paru-paru

The human organ that functions as the last excretory system is the lungs. The lungs themselves have a very important role in the human respiratory and excretory systems. The lungs are known to be able to help get rid of waste substances which have a gaseous form consisting of carbon dioxide (CO2), water vapor, and several other exhaust gases.

Most of the carbon dioxide gas basically comes from the process of burning glucose which turns into energy. The process of burning glucose into energy itself begins when the intestine absorbs glucose from food that is being digested by humans. This is done by the blood by taking glucose from the intestine and then distributed throughout the body’s cells.

Inside the cells of the human body, a process of converting glucose into energy occurs with the help of oxygen (O2). Not only can form energy, this process can also produce several amounts of other waste substances, including CO2 gas. Gas carried by the blood will return to the lungs to be disposed of.

The blood itself contains CO2 which flows towards the small balloons in the lungs as a place for gas exchange or often called the alveoli. After successfully swapping places with O2. Furthermore, CO2 gas will come out of the body when someone exhales.

Therefore, living things should always be in a state of homeostasis. This is necessary for body functions to work normally. The purpose of a normal body itself is that the body temperature is always stable, the fluid balance is maintained, and the body is able to get rid of various residual substances that may be harmful.

If you can maintain the health of the five organs in the excretory system, then you will also facilitate the function of the five organs in eliminating all factors that have the potential to disturb the balance of the human body.

C. Disorders of the Human Excretory System

Like organs in the body in general, organs that have a duty as the excretory system can also experience interference. This is of course caused by infection by bacteria and viruses, overwork, or a lack of certain substances. So, here is a complete review of some of the disorders that can occur in the excretory system, including:

1. Diabetes Insipidus

Diabetes insipidus is a disorder of the excretory system that attacks one of the most important organs in the body, namely the kidneys. People with diabetes insipidus will usually pass too much urine. This is known because the body experiences a deficiency of the hormone ADH or Anti Diuretic Hormone. ADH itself is a type of hormone that can regulate the process of fluid reabsorption in the kidneys. This hormone deficiency can make a person’s urine amount increase even up to 30 times.

2. Kidney Stones

Not only diabetes insipidus, other disorders that can occur in the kidneys are kidney stones. Kidney stones themselves usually appear due to the formation of calcium salt deposits in the kidney cavities, renal tracts and bladder. This disorder is usually a crystal stone made of calcium oxalate, uric acid, and calcium phosphate crystals. In addition, please note that kidney stones cannot be dissolved.

Therefore, the most common cause of kidney stones is lack of water consumption in the body and excessive consumption of mineral salts. If this disorder is not treated as soon as possible, it may cause hydronephrosis or it can be interpreted as enlargement of the kidneys because urine cannot be wasted due to obstruction from kidney stones.

3. The urethra

Apart from the kidneys, organs that can experience interference with the excretory system are the ureters. The ureter itself is an organ that has a tube-like shape. The ureters are also known to have muscles that are used to help urine flow from the kidneys to the bladder.

One of the diseases that can attack the ureter is commonly called the urethra. Uretris can be interpreted as inflammation of the ureter that occurs due to bacterial or viral infection. For male and female sufferers have quite different symptoms. Urethral symptoms in men are usually marked by the presence of blood in the urine and semen. Not only that, when you urinate you will also feel a burning sensation. Meanwhile, urethral symptoms in women can be seen if you feel abdominal pain, pain when urinating, to fever.

4. Pneumonia

Apart from the kidneys, the lungs are also included in the organs that serve as excretion. The lungs themselves are known to be the place of exchange of oxygen and carbon dioxide. One disease that usually affects the lungs is pneumonia. Pneumonia itself is known to arise due to infection by bacteria, viruses, or fungi in the alveoli.

Disturbances in the lungs can cause a person to experience difficulty when trying to breathe or introduce oxygen to the body. This is because the alveoli as a place to exchange oxygen and carbon dioxide are filled with fluid.

5. Asma

Still on disorders that often attack the lungs, namely Asthma. Asthma is a lung disorder that many people may be familiar with. Asthma itself appears due to narrowing of the airways in the lungs. Asthma sufferers will usually display symptoms of difficulty breathing and even tightness in the chest.

Asthma is a non-communicable disease, it’s just that this disease can be passed on to offspring. Someone who has asthma is often caused by an environment that has bad air. Therefore, the first way that needs to be done to treat someone who has an asthma attack is to give medicines to loosen the respiratory tract. Some of these drugs include injections (Hydrocortisone), ventolin syrup (Salbutamol), or nebulizers (Salbutamol gas).

Thus is the discussion of the function of the excretory system in humans. There are five human excretory systems, namely the kidneys, liver, large intestine, skin and lungs. By always maintaining the health of these five organs, you can have a healthy body.

Functions of the Calf Bones – Did you know, Sinaumed’s , that basically there are many functions of the fibula? The human fibula in this case has an important role in supporting the implementation of daily activities, especially those related to movement.

As we know, the foot as one of the components of body movement which is at the bottom, is composed of various types of bones, starting from the femur, fibula, tibia, ankle bones, to the soles of the feet.

So what are the functions of the calf and shin bones? For more details, this article will discuss the anatomy of the calf bone and its function for the human body.

Calf Bone Anatomy

The calf bone is basically one type of long bone that has a thin and slender shape which is located at the back of the leg. Like other types of long bones, this fibula has a proximal end which has a head and neck, a shaft, and also a distal end.

The fibula lies parallel to the tibia, and is approximately the same length. Even so, these two bones were very different, even their shape was different. The fibula has a shape that looks thinner, while the tibia has a shape that looks thicker.

Even though it doesn’t have a direct contribution to supporting body weight, this fibula basically has a function that is no less important, especially those related to maintaining balance and stability in the ankle. For more details, here is the function of the fibula that Sinaumed’s needs to know.

Calf Bone Functions

Previously it was explained that the shape of this fibula is thin. Even so, it should be noted that this calf bone has a fairly good level of density. Even though it has limited movement, because it has to follow the movement of the shinbones, the fact is that the fibula also has a number of other important functions, such as:

1. Protecting the Feet

As one of the bones located in the foot, it is clear that the fibula has a function, namely to protect the foot from impact and other things.

2. Stabilize the Leg

Of course, the function of the fibula to stabilize the leg is very clear, namely so that Sinaumed’s’ leg can be more stable when moving.

3. Motion control

The function of the other fibula is as the main regulator of body movements when walking. In this case, the fibula has a function to make the legs move according to their needs and desires.

4. Weight Support

Although supporting body weight is not the main function of the fibula, this secondary function can be said to be quite crucial. In this case, the fibula helps the tibia to support the weight of the human body, especially when walking and running.

5. Become a Place for Forming Red Blood Cells

The calf bone has a quite crucial function for the human body, namely as a place where red blood cells are formed as other bones function in general.

6. Maintain Body Balance

When you are walking or running, and even when you are still, the fibula has a function to maintain body balance.

7. Shin Support

As explained in the previous point, the presence of the fibula which is right next to the shinbone is very necessary. In this case, the calf and shin bones simultaneously run the propulsion system of the lower body.

Shin Anatomy

In general, the shinbone can be categorized into three parts, namely the proximal (upper border), body, and distal (lower border).

1. The proximal part

The proximal or upper border of the tibia is also known as the tibial plateau. Because this part is directly adjacent to the knee which is located above the shin.

The head of the shinbone has two flat, slightly dilated parts, which are called condyles. The condyles that are in and near the midline of the body are called the median condyles.

Meanwhile the other one, located on the outside away from the midline of the body, is called the lateral condyle. These two condyles will be connected to the part of the femur or femur and form the knee joint.

2. Body parts

The body of the shin does not have a round, tube-like shape. This section is shaped like a prism which has three surfaces, namely:

1. The medial part, the part that faces outwards is only protected by a little fat. This part will be felt when Sinaumed’s is feeling the shins.
2. The lateral part, the position is more to the side when compared to the medial side and is surrounded by the leg muscles.
3. The posterior part, which is located at the back, faces towards the fibula.

3. The distal part

On the underside of the tibia, it sits on the medial aspect of the talus. The distal part of the shin bone is also slightly widened in shape and has a bony prominence on the medial side that is closer to the midline of the body.

Dry Bone Function

The tibia, known as the tibia, is one of the second largest bones in the leg. Following are the functions of the shins in the body, namely:

1. Knee and Ankle Connectors

The main function of the shin bone is as a connector between the knee and ankle. The presence of shin bones will help the movement that occurs in the ankle to be more optimal.

2. Leg Muscle Support

Not only does it function to connect the knees and ankles, the shin bone has the function of supporting the muscles in the leg area. Well-supported muscles can make the movement of the leg area better and optimal.

3. Weight Support

Healthy shins can make feet strong. That way, the feet become able to support the body weight they have.

4. Maintain Body Balance

Many of the activities undertaken are affected by the condition of the shins. Healthy and optimal shin conditions can keep the body’s balance well maintained when doing activities such as walking, running and jumping so that Sinaumed’s doesn’t fall easily.

5. Ankle Drive

Ankles that can move freely are affected by the condition of the shins. Healthy and optimal shins can make Sinaumed’s move more freely.

Causes of Calf Pain

Generally, calf pain can be a sign of cramps or tight muscles. However, this condition can also be a sign of a more serious condition. Then, what are the conditions that can cause this pain and how to deal with it? Check out the full explanation below.

Here are some health problems that may be the cause of calf pain, namely:

1. Muscle cramps

Pain in the calf is usually caused by a muscle cramp, which is when the muscle contracts suddenly. Usually, this condition naturally occurs if Sinaumed’s is just starting a new type of sport, so the muscles are still not used to it. Apart from that, muscle cramps can also occur when Sinaumed’s is dehydrated or lacks minerals.

Even so, Sinaumed’s need not worry too much. The reason is, muscle cramps which can also appear in the calves and cause pain can heal by themselves.

2. Muscle injury (Calf strain)

As mentioned in several previous points, the calf consists of two muscles that are directly connected to the heel bone. Well, overusing the muscles in the calves can cause injury to these muscles.

If this is the case, pain will usually appear suddenly in the calf. Not only that, when experiencing tense muscles, Sinaumed’s may also experience several other conditions, such as:

• A sudden pain in the back of the leg.
• Calves feel stiff and weak especially during Sinaumed’s
• Sinaumed’s had difficulty getting up and resting on his feet.
• Bruising appears on the calf after 1-2 days.

3. Tendinitis Achilles

Achilles tendinitis or Achilles tendon injury is a serious condition that can cause calf pain. This condition can occur due to activities that overuse the Achilles tendon. The Achilles tendon is the tendon that connects the two calf muscles to the heel bone.

Actually, the structure of the Achilles tendon will indeed weaken with age so that it will be susceptible to injury. However, it’s possible for Sinaumed’s to injure this tendon if it’s overused. Generally, this condition often occurs in people who suddenly exercise intensely.

4. Skiatika

Sciatica is an injury to the sciatic nerve. The nerve runs from the lower back, to Sinaumed’s’ hip, buttocks, and legs . However, this condition usually only affects one side of the body.

Sciatica often occurs when a bone spur in the spine or a narrowing in the spine presses on the sciatic nerve. This can even cause inflammation, pain, and numbness in the affected leg, including the calf.

5. Neuropati perifer

Painful calves can also occur as a sign of peripheral neuropathy. This is a condition that occurs due to damage to the nerves that are outside the brain and spinal cord. Besides being able to cause weakness and numbness, this condition also causes pain that generally appears in the hands and feet.

Peripheral neuropathy is a condition that may result from a traumatic injury, infection, metabolic disorder, or hereditary disease. In fact, this condition can occur due to exposure to toxic substances. Even so, the main cause of this condition is diabetes.

6. Deep vein thrombosis (Deep vein thrombosis)

Deep vein thrombosis is the formation of blood clots in one or more veins in the body. However, this condition generally occurs in the foot area. Deep vein thrombosis can cause pain to cause swelling in the leg area, including the calf.

However, it is not uncommon for this condition to appear without any symptoms. Blood clots in the leg area can also occur if Sinaumed’s doesn’t move his legs for a long time. For example, when Sinaumed’s just had surgery or an accident, went on a long trip, or had to go on bed rest.

How to Overcome Calves That Feel Pain

Sinaumed’s can treat calf pain according to the cause. This means that this condition can be resolved if Sinaumed’s addresses the cause. Therefore, it is better to check this condition with a doctor to get a diagnosis.

That way, Sinaumed’s can carry out treatment according to the conditions that Sinaumed’s is experiencing. There are several easy ways to help relieve pain in the calves, namely:

1. Rest

To overcome this condition, the most effective and easiest way is to rest the calf that hurts. Usually, sore calves occur due to physical activity that is too strenuous. Therefore, reducing activities that are too heavy is actually enough to overcome them.

Not only that, by resting, Sinaumed’s can also relieve other accompanying symptoms, such as acute inflammation. However, if the symptoms are severe enough, Sinaumed’s may need an assistive device to walk.

2. Compress

Apart from resting, Health Direct belonging to the Australian Ministry of Health recommends that Sinaumed’s treat calves that feel pain using compresses, either with ice or warm water. Usually, this method is effective enough to relieve pain caused by problems in the tendon area.

Meanwhile, the use of cold or hot compresses depends on Sinaumed’s’ condition . Compress for about 20 minutes and do it several times until the pain in the calf subsides.

3. Stretching

Sinaumed’s can also relieve calf pain by stretching the muscles. This will be very useful especially for reducing pain caused by cramps or muscle tension.

Not only for overcoming, Sinaumed’s can stretch the muscles to prevent sore calves in the future.

4. Physical therapy

At a level that is classified as severe, Sinaumed’s usually needs to do physical therapy for this one musculoskeletal disorder. A physical therapist will help Sinaumed’s deal with calf pain that doesn’t respond to normal home care.

5. Drugs

In a special condition, the doctor may prescribe some medicines that are useful for reducing pain in the calves. The drugs used generally include NSAID class drugs.

Drug use should be in accordance with a doctor’s prescription. Usually, this method can help with pain from tendinitis, muscle strains, and muscle cramps.

Prevent Pain In Calf

Actually, to prevent calves from feeling pain is not difficult. Sinaumed’s only needs to stretch regularly before and after exercising to strengthen the calf muscles.

In addition, Sinaumed’s should not exercise too much. Better, increase the intensity of exercise little by little so that the muscles in the body are not shocked.

Sinaumed’s is also recommended to consume lots of water so you can avoid dehydration which can be one of the causes of muscle cramps. Not only that, taking magnesium supplements can also be useful for preventing cramps, especially in pregnant women. Even so, the use of supplements should still be consulted with a doctor to prevent unwanted side effects.

The function of protein – Protein is one of the nutrients the body needs to stay healthy. Everyone has a different amount of protein needs, depending on age and gender. Therefore, consumption of foods that contain protein is also important to note.

There are many functions of protein for the body, because protein is in every cell of the human body. Although many other nutrients are also needed by the body, you must know what are the benefits and uses of protein for the body. That way, you can estimate the daily protein needs that must be consumed.

What Are Proteins?

Protein can be categorized into two types, namely complete and incomplete protein. Complete protein is protein that contains 20 amino acids, examples are soy, quinoa, and animal products. Then, incomplete proteins, namely proteins that do not contain 20 amino acids, nuts and seeds are examples of incomplete proteins.

Protein is one of the three macronutrients that the body needs in large quantities. This nutrient consists of 20 amino acids consisting of arginine, alanine, aspartic acid, asparagine, glutamine, glycine, glutamic acid, lysine, histidine, isoleucine, methionine, proline, phenylalanine, threonine, serine, tryptophan, valine, and trison.

You need to understand that amino acids can actually be produced by the body without food intake. However, these amino acids are non-essential amino acids. While essential amino acids can be obtained from food intake. Therefore, the function of amino acids for the body is also obtained from the consumption of protein foods.

The essential amino acids consist of nine types, namely histidine, leucine, isoleucine, lysine, valine, methionine, threonine, tryptophan, and phenylalanine. Eleven of the other 20 types of amino acids can be produced by the body itself.

 

Examples of Foods Containing Animal Protein

In animal protein, the amino acids contained are complete essential amino acids. Needs the same as the amino acids that exist in the body. Meanwhile, vegetable protein does not have amino acids as complete as animal protein.

So, the nutritional content of animal protein is indeed more complete than vegetable protein. The following are types of foods that contain animal protein:

1. Counts

Eggs contain lots of nutrients the body needs, such as minerals, vitamins, healthy fats, and antioxidants. There is a protein content of 6 grams and 68 calories.

2. Keju Cottage 

Cottage cheese is made from cow’s milk, so it is low in fat and calories. Cottage cheese contains phosphorus, calcium, selenium, vitamin B12, and vitamin B2. One cup of cottage cheese contains nutrients in the form of 2% fat, 27 grams of protein and 194 calories.

3. Tuna fish

The next type of food with animal protein is tuna. This fish has low fat and calories. So, tuna is highly recommended to be a healthy food menu. Tuna is the same as other types of fish, rich in omega 3 fatty acids. One ounce of tuna contains 30 grams of protein and 157 calories.

4. Lean beef and chicken

The best chicken meat is the breast, because of its low fat content. If cooked properly, chicken breast is very easy to cook anything. The protein content in one skinless chicken breast is 53 grams, while for beef it is 22 grams.

5. Yogurt and milk

The next delicious food that is also rich in protein is yogurt and milk. This food has a soft texture and is rich in nutrients. In 170 grams of yogurt there are 17 grams of protein and 100 calories. Meanwhile, in one cup of milk contains 8 grams of protein and 1 percent fat.

Examples of Foods Containing Vegetable Protein

So, apart from animal protein sources, you can also get nutrition from vegetable protein. There are many types of plants that provide protein to the body. Such as red beans, soybeans, and other types of nuts. Here are some examples of food sources that contain vegetable protein:

1. Lentils

Lentils are one of the foods that are rich in protein. In one cup of these beans, the nutrition you have is 18 grams of protein, and calories of 230. Lentils are also good and good for health, because they contain fiber and minerals, such as phosphorus, iron, folate and thiamin.

2. Almonds

Furthermore, the function of protein can also be obtained from consuming almonds. These nuts are very popular because the nutrients they have are also very rich. Almonds contain vitamin E, fiber, magnesium and manganese. Don’t forget about 6 grams of protein in 1 ounce of almonds.

3. Broccoli

Then there’s broccoli, a food that’s not recommended for those of you who have a lot of gas in the stomach, in fact it’s rich in protein. In one cup of broccoli, there are 2.8 grams of protein. Broccoli is also rich in other nutrients, such as vitamin K and vitamin C. Both of these vitamins are useful for reducing the risk of cancer.

4. Wheat

Healthy foods that also contain lots of protein are oats. Oats also have fiber, minerals, vitamin B1, manganese, magnesium, and other good nutrients. The protein content in raw oats is as much as 13 grams, and calories as much as 303 grams.

Those are some types of food that contain animal and vegetable protein. Everyone certainly needs protein intake from these various foods. Not only adults, of course, but children also need it. If you have small children or babies, their protein needs must also be met. This is because a lack of protein will hinder its growth and development.

If you want to know more about protein menus for babies and toddlers, read sinaumedia’s book entitled Protein Menu for Babies and Toddlers , or you can click on the book image below.

Function of Proteins

After knowing what foods contain protein, both vegetable and animal, then you need to know the function of protein. Protein is needed by children and adults. The amount of protein requirement for the body is quite large and varies for each person.

These nutrients are known to be needed by the body for health. Especially for those who are sick, and more needed by those who have had surgery. Because protein is needed to heal wounds. Well, apart from that, what are the functions of other proteins? Here’s a list of the functions of protein for the body:

1. Protein to form enzymes

The first function of protein is to form enzymes. We know that there are several enzymes needed by the body. Enzymes are responsible for all the biochemical reactions that occur in the body. Starting from blood clotting, destroying poisons, digesting food, and in muscle contractions.

If you want to know how proteins and enzymes work in the body, read sinaumedia’s book entitled Proteins and Enzymes , or you can click on the book image below.

2. Increase body immunity

Furthermore, protein also functions to form immunoglobulin or an antibody that functions against bacteria in the body. With these antibodies, the body will be protected from various diseases and infections from viruses and bacteria. Including foreign objects that enter the body and have the potential to cause disease.

3. Protein serves to store and transport nutrients

Protein in the body is also useful for distributing the nutrients you consume. In every food, of course there are nutrients that the body needs. Well, it’s the protein that functions to spread it through the bloodstream. The nutrients distributed by protein include oxygen, cholesterol, blood sugar, vitamins, and minerals. Then for the nutrients stored by protein are nutrients, such as ferritin which stores iron.

4. Protein to form body structure

Certain proteins also function to build cells and body tissues to make them stronger. Protein has an important role in building body structures such as collagen, keratin, and elastin. Protein plays a role in the formation of a structural framework so that they are related to each other.

You can find keratin in your nails, hair, and skin. Then, the protein collagen will be found in every part of the body to support the healthy structure of the skin, tendons, ligaments and bones. Then the protein elastin can be found in the lungs, blood vessels, and in the uterus.

5. Protein to accelerate chemical reactions in the body 

The next function of protein is to accelerate chemical reactions that enter the body. This function is carried out by a combination of molecules in the cell, which are called substrates. In addition, enzymes also work with minerals and vitamins. Because the system in the body also depends on the function of enzymes. Such as the digestive system, blood clotting, energy production, as well as muscle contractions.

6. Protein to build and maintain tissue

The next function of protein is to build and maintain body tissues. The amount of protein absorbed by each person’s body depends on each person’s health. If someone is recovering after surgery, for example, the protein needed is certainly much greater.

This is because protein is used to build tissues. Therefore, large amounts of protein will be needed by those who have had surgery or been injured after an accident, including nursing mothers and pregnant women.

7. Protein as a tool for communication

Furthermore, protein functions as a means of communication between parts of the body. Similar to enzymes, proteins also work as messengers between tissues, cells, and organs. Endocrine glands produce and secrete hormones, which are then transported to tissues or organs. Transport will be carried out by the protein through the bloodstream.

Well, in general these hormones are categorized into 3 groups, namely peptides or proteins, amino acid derivatives, and steroids. Peptides are responsible for forming most of the hormones in the body. Examples are glucagon which is used to break down glucose, insulin to absorb glucose, and human growth hormone to grow tissue.

8. Protein to balance acid-base in the body

Protein also serves to balance the levels of acids and bases in the body. Everyone has different pH levels. For normal people, the pH in stomach acid is 2, while in blood the pH is normally 7.4. If the amount of pH changes, there will be interference with the organ concerned. So, it takes a compound that maintains and regulates its balance, namely protein.

What If the Body Lacks Protein? 

As mentioned above, protein is needed by the body. Its functions are very vital for the body. So, if the body lacks protein, health problems will appear in a person. If you lack protein, you will be more susceptible to disease. Because when the amount of protein is low, the production of white blood cells will also decrease. So that the body is susceptible to germs, bacteria, or viruses that cause disease.

Especially if you are sick, especially when you have an injury, it will take much longer to heal. Why? Because protein functions to maintain tissue. That’s why people who have had surgery need a lot of protein. In addition, if there is a lack of protein, other problems that can arise include dull nails, easily broken nails, and dry skin. This includes hair falling out more easily, and changes in hair texture.

Lack of protein can also interfere with brain function. Because the amino acids in protein are needed to form various types of neurotransmitters. These neurotransmitters are chemical compounds that have the function of delivering stimuli to the brain’s nerve cells or muscles. In addition, this amino acid is also needed by the brain to form dopamine and serotonin. Where both are related to brain function in regulating one’s mood. If a person is deficient in serotonin or dopamine, it can put them in a bad mood or cause other symptoms.

Furthermore, it was also stated above that the function of protein is also very important for pregnant and lactating women. This is because children need a fairly high amount of protein to support their growth and development. If their protein needs are not fulfilled, it is feared that their growth and development will also be disrupted. This also applies to babies who are still in the womb. One of the disorders that can be experienced by children is having a body that is shorter than the average height of children of their age.

There are also several features that you can identify to find out whether someone is protein deficient or not. Some of these characteristics include getting tired easily, looking tired and lethargic, the appearance of sleep disturbances, frequent hair loss. Decreased body immunity, easily broken toenails or fingers, and fluid retention.

Some of the features above can be a sign that the body needs more protein injections. So, try to be more aware and pay attention to your health.

So, those are some very important things for you to know about protein. Protein deficiency can also cause many other disorders. So, meet your protein needs by consuming food or drink as exemplified above.

Don’t let protein deficiency make you susceptible to disease. Also remember other healthy food menus, which consist of 4 healthy 5 perfect menus. Greetings, yes.

 

The function of art – Art is a human work which is an expression or self-expression through audio, visual, literary forms, and so on. Art has certain goals and functions that can be applied in various fields such as religion, education, entertainment, health, communication, information, artistic, and so on.

According to KBBI, the definition of art is a work created using extraordinary expertise, such as dance, painting, carving, and so on. While the definition of art in general is a human activity to create visual, audio, and performance works that express imagination, ideas, or techniques in making them with the aim of being appreciated for their beauty and emotional strength.

People who create works of art are usually referred to as artists. There are various kinds of art that are widely known, for example music, fine arts, dance, theater, literature, and so on. Based on the dimensions, art can also be divided into 2 types, namely 2-dimensional art and 3-dimensional art.

Art has many functions. The main function of art, namely for artistic media and beauty, and as a form of expression from the artist which is used as a work of art. Besides that, there are also other benefits and functions of art, both the function of art for individuals or individuals as well as the function of art for society socially.

Functions of Art in General

In the following, we will explain what are the functions of art in general along with their discussion, both functions for individuals and functions for society.

1. As a tool to fulfill physical needs

Art can have a function as a means of fulfilling physical needs for certain individuals. Humans are creatures that have an ability to appreciate the beauty and use of various objects. Therefore, artists have a role to create various objects that have aesthetic and artistic artistic value.

2. As an Expression of Artists

The next function of art is also important, namely as an emotional expression of the artist. Works of art are the thoughts and expressions of their creators which are based on the emotional state of the artist, whether they are feeling sad, happy, angry, confused, and so on.

3. As an Artistic Media and Aesthetic Value

Art can have a function as an artistic medium that gives beauty or aesthetic value. In every room or location that is displayed with works of art, it will certainly add aesthetic value. This artistic function is generally considered to be the primary function of pure art.

4. As a Media for Education and Learning

Art can also have a role as a medium of education and learning. Art can make the learning process more interesting and entertaining. In addition, the values ​​contained in art can be taught and become important knowledge in the field of education.

5. As Media of Faith and Religion

The function of art is also important in religious and belief media. This is manifested by various things related to religion and belief, for example religious rituals, clothing and clothing, wedding ceremonies, religious songs, and so on.

6. As Entertainment Media

Art has a function as an entertainment medium which is generally in the form of audio, visual and audio-visual shows. Various kinds of works of art such as music, dance, and theater arts certainly present elements of entertainment that can give a sense of satisfaction and pleasure to the audience.

7. As a Health and Medical Media

Art also has an important role in the medical and health fields. Treatment can be done through artistic stimulation, for example by using music or visual art. Of course, medical media using works of art are still being studied today.

8. As Information and News Media

The last function of art is as a medium of information and news. Through art, humans can explain information to others more easily, for example through posters or infographics or through the media of songs or drama performances that contain certain messages from their creators.

Definition of Art

Art can be interpreted as an attempt to achieve the desired result by using intelligence. So art is an act of applying the knowledge one has and the expertise that has existed since childhood (talent).

Definition of Art in General

Art is everything created by humans in which there is beauty and is able to evoke feelings for himself and others. The term art comes from the word sani (Sanskrit) which means offering, worship, and services which are closely related to religious ceremonies which are called art. According to Padmapusphita, the art comes from the Dutch language “genie” which in Latin is called genius which means extraordinary abilities that have been innate from birth.

Definition of Art According to Experts

Along with the times, many experts have expressed their views and opinions regarding the definition of art. The following are some definitions of art according to experts:

• The definition of art according to Sudarmaj, art is all inner manifestations and aesthetic experiences that use the media of fields, graphics, texture, color, darkness, light and volume.
• Understanding Art according to Aristotle, art is a form whose appearance and expression never deviate from reality and that art is imitating nature.
• The definition of art according to Ki Hajar Dewantara, art is the result of beauty so that it can move the beautiful feelings of those who witness it. Therefore, human actions that can influence and create beautiful feelings are art.
• Understanding Art according to Alexander Baum Garton, art is beauty and art is a positive goal and makes the audience feel happy.
• The definition of art according to Hilary Bel, art is a term used for all works that can change the heart to find out who created it.
• The definition of art according to Immanuel Kant, art is a dream because formulas cannot ignore reality.
• The definition of art according to James Murko, art is an explanation of the beautiful feeling contained in the soul of every human being, born through an intermediary means of communication into a form that can be captured by the senses of sight (painting), the sense of hearing (sound art), or born through intermediaries. movements such as (drama and dance).
• The definition of art according to Leo Tolstoy, art is an expression of the feelings of the creator which is conveyed to others so that they can feel what the painter has felt.
• The definition of art according to Popo Iskandar, art is a result of emotional expression that wants to be conveyed to other people in the awareness of living in groups / communities.
• The definition of art according to Eric Aryanto, art is an inner activity or spiritual activity that is reflected in the form of works that can evoke the feelings of others who listen and see it.

Art History and Polemics

There is a problem of language translation when Indonesian is exposed to Western concepts, such as what we now call art, even though art phenomena existed before and the equivalent term vusa was extracted from local vocabulary, such as the word kagunan in Javanese or kapangkitan in Sundanese. Comparing the word art for kunst or art actually sounds very odd because until the 19th century, the word art was only often used in the context of urine which is a euphemistic term for urine. Meanwhile, there are not many examples of using the word art to refer to something small or soft in other contexts.

Before the term popular art as it is today, the term kunst in the Dutch-Malay dictionary (Klinkert or Mayer or Badings, which was published at the end of the 19th or early 20th century) was translated into science, knowledge, wisdom, intelligence and craftsmanship. It is suspected that the General Dictionary of the Indonesian Language (first published in 1953) by Purwadar Minta is a dictionary that records the word art using a new meaning for the first time. Even though Purwadar Minta was not the first person to use the terms “art” and “fine art”, this created a polemic among artists because it seemed to create an imbalance in perceptions between art in Indonesia and art in the West.

The terms “visual arts”, “music arts”, “theater arts”, “literary arts” and so on in the Indonesian language are suspected of causing adverbial symptoms. This symptom shows various important words (visual, music, dance, literature) which are mere adverbs (adverbs) for the word art. The virtue of these terms lies in the word “art”. The term “art” itself in Indonesian does not carry material characteristics, even though it is an abstract noun. Thus, all expressions of art have an equal position and art becomes an ‘open’ term.

Artistic expressions are not even limited to fine arts, dance, music, and theatrical arts (known as showing personal expressions). This series of terms can be extended to keris art, batik art, ronggeng art (and so on) which are known as arts in the world of tradition. Thus, the word art does not only have forms and is a mental condition that can take the form of many things as long as it has artistic symptoms. These symptoms can make the notion of art in Indonesian closer to aesthetics.

Therefore, there are various difficulties when balancing the development of art discourse in Indonesia and the West, for example dance if translated literally into dance art may not make sense to English users, as well as sculpture, music, and the like. English and several other languages ​​also provide a distinction between the terms art (for the concept of art in general) and (the) arts (in the creative fields of art).

Various Kinds of Art

There are several kinds of art that we can know and study carefully, namely as follows:

1. Fine Arts

The first types of art are fine arts which are a branch of art that can be seen and is in a visual form. Examples of visual arts are drawing, painting, sculpture, graphics, handicrafts, crafts and multimedia.

2. Art of Music

The next types of art are music which is a work that produces sound as its main element. In the art of music there are elements of melody, harmonization, and also a combination of sounds that give a beautiful effect to those who hear them.

3. Art of Movement

The third type of art is called the art of movement or what is commonly called the art of dance, which is a type of art that utilizes body movement as beauty. The flexibility and fit of body movements accompanied by a melody or beat makes the movement interesting and can be seen and enjoyed.

4. Theater or Performing Arts

The next types of art are theatrical art which is an art that visualizes imagination or describes an event that is real or not real. Theater arts can also be combined with music and motion arts and even fine arts.

5. Literary Arts

The next kinds of art are literary arts which can be enjoyed through hearing and sight. Usually literary art will be in the form of interesting words that are memorable and conveyed in a beautiful way. Examples of literary arts are poetry and calligraphy.

Art In Everyday Life

There are many examples of art in everyday life. Therefore, in the following, we will provide some examples of art that can be taken in everyday life based on the following types of art.

According to its function, art is divided into 2 parts, namely pure and applied. An example of pure art is the art of making sculptures, paintings, graphics, etc. Meanwhile, examples of applied art include handicrafts such as folding, lace and embroidery. Then there is billboard art (making posters, banners, advertisements), and also decoration art.

There are other examples of other arts, namely the art of music which includes jazz, classical, bosa, pop, rock, traditional, and so on.

In addition to the several examples described earlier, there are other examples of musical arts such as literary works, poetry, and so on.

Other examples of audio visual art are films, theater plays, and musical performances. Where later it can function to give a feeling of joy, emotion, sadness when seeing the performances in the film.

Examples of literary arts are poetry and prose. That is an art that consists of spoken and written language. So that the audience will definitely feel happy after enjoying the works of art in the form of oral and written.

•  

One type of asset that is usually present in a business is cash equivalent assets. Where this type of asset is a short-term investment that can be converted into cash in a fairly short time. Understanding the meaning of cash equivalent assets is a must for business people. Therefore, this article will explain the meaning of cash equivalent assets, their types, functions, advantages, and disadvantages.

Definition of Cash Equivalent Assets

The definition of cash equivalent assets is a short-term investment that can be converted quickly into cash. For example, such as balances in savings accounts or checking accounts, short-term certificates of deposit, and short-term government securities, for example, government securities. Another example of cash equivalent assets is short-term securities such as notes receivable that can be negotiated and issued by other companies.

Cash equivalents are a measure of the financial health of a business. Where this type of asset is a pretty good idea for investors so that they first look at the business’s cash equivalents when deciding whether to invest in a company or not. This is because it can give investors an idea of ​​whether the company will be able to pay its bills in the short term or not.

This cash equivalent has a function as one of the most important indicators of the health of a company’s financial system. This analysis can also estimate whether it is good to invest in a particular company through its ability to generate cash and cash equivalents because it reflects how the company can pay its bills in a short time.

Companies with large amounts of cash equivalents are the main target of large companies that plan to acquire small companies. When reported in the financial statements, this type of investment is often equated with cash. Therefore, cash equivalents include a company’s total cash holdings as well as similar investment advice.

Types of Cash Equivalent Assets

As we discussed earlier, cash equivalents are all currencies, be it paper or coins. This also applies at home or abroad. Where all correspondence that has a rupiah value is also included in cash equivalent assets. The following are several types of cash equivalent assets that need to be understood, including:

1. Currency

Currency is a unit that is agreed upon by the government and also the people within a country. As we know that every country has its own currency. Currency itself is useful as a medium of exchange and has its own nominal value. For example, 1 USD is equivalent to 14,000 rupiah in Indonesia. It is influenced by the exchange rate and also the exchange rate of a currency. Exchange rates here can generally change at any time depending on the rising US dollar.

Not only that, currency exchange rates are also influenced by the inflation rate of a country. Where countries have a high level of prosperity, the inflation they have will be lower. This is also influenced by the economic and political conditions of a country. Political and economic conditions of a country have an impact on currency exchange rates. Meanwhile, government control is also a factor in the high and low currency exchange rates.

2. Notes Receivable

Notes receivable are usually used by large companies to receive funds to later answer short-term debts such as company payroll. They will be supported by a bank or issuing company that promises to fulfill and pay the nominal amount on the maturity date specified and given on the note.

3. Securities

Securities are assets as well as instruments that can be easily converted into cash and are highly liquid. Marketable securities are liquid because their maturities tend to occur within one year or less. Then, the level at which these securities can be traded has a minimal effect on mutual funds.

4. Mutual funds

Mutual funds are an investment medium that is similar to a checking account that pays the higher interest rates provided by the money deposited. Where money market mutual funds provide a fairly effective and efficient tool for companies and organizations in managing their money. This is because they tend to be more stable than other types of funds.

5. Short Term Government Bonds

Short-term government bonds are usually provided by the government to finance various government projects. Where these bonds are issued using the domestic currency of that country. Investors will look at political risk, inflation risk, and interest rate risk when investing in government bonds.

6. Certificate of Deposit

A certificate of deposit is an agreement made with a financial institution to give the bank access to your business capital for a certain period of time. In return, for sacrificing liquidity for your money, financial institutions will often pay higher interest rates for the equity. Savers can choose the duration of their certificate of deposit.

7. Acceptance of Bankers

Banker’s acceptance is a form of payment that has been guaranteed by bank appraisers compared to individual account holders. Because the bank itself has become payment, short-term issuance by the bank is considered to be quite tight with cash. This banker’s acceptance is often used to facilitate transactions where there is little risk on one side.

8. Bank Current Accounts

Giro is a type of savings issued by a bank and can be used by its customers. The term giro savings customer has a special symbol called a giran. Giran can withdraw their money using a check issued by the bank. This is clearly very different from ordinary savings which can be disbursed through an ATM.

9. Petty cash receipts

Petty cash receipts are records of cash payments used to make small transactions. Where this petty cash receipt will be forwarded to the person responsible for office expenses.

10. Check

A check is a letter that is printed by the bank and can be used by the customer as an order to withdraw money. In the check itself will be written the nominal amount of money to be withdrawn. Before getting a check, you will be required to have a checking account. A checking account is a savings or savings account for a customer or a company. Where the account can make withdrawals at any time during working hours the bank is still open.

Using a check to withdraw the amount of money you need, there are several conditions that must be met before withdrawing the money. Starting from the name of the interesting person and determining where the transaction will be carried out and must include the date when the check was cashed. In addition, checks also have a validity period of six months from the date the check was submitted. Checks themselves have several types, such as blank cheques, checks on bearer, checks on behalf, and so on.

Characteristics of Cash Equivalent Assets

Various types of cash equivalent assets have the same characteristics, the following is a complete explanation:

1. Liquid Market

This cash equivalent must be in a liquid market. That’s because this one investment must be easy to convert into cash if the holder has to liquidate his position. If an investment is illiquid, it cannot be considered a cash equivalent. One item worth mentioning is the certificate of deposit with a specific term. Although these certificates of deposit are often considered cash equivalents, companies or investors cannot get out of their position before the certificate matures. However, many certificates of deposit products allow for early exit through payment of several months’ interest waiver fees.

2. Short Term Investment

Cash equivalents are intended to be held for a relatively short period of time. Because of this, the maturity of the underlying investment is often very high and cash equivalents are also often considered the most liquid current assets behind cash.

3. Low Risk or Volatility

Cash equivalents are intended as a more efficient way for investors to use their cash without incurring greater risk. While there are some considerations to be made about default risk as well as insurance, cash equivalents should also be included in low-risk investments that don’t see a lot of volatility.

4. Unlimited Access

Finally, cash equivalents are relatively unrestricted, because investors must be able to convert their cash equivalents into cash according to demand. All objectives of cash equivalents are to have a profitable investment that is liquid and cash equivalent. So that investments with inflexible ownership periods or liquidity problems are not included in cash equivalents.

Functions of Cash Equivalents for Business

There are several reasons why companies keep their capital in the form of cash equivalents. The first is part of the company’s net working capital, namely current assets minus current liabilities, which are usually used to purchase inventory, cover operational costs, and make other purchases.

In addition, cash equivalents can also act as an emergency fund for companies and investors. Instead of allowing inflation to depreciate in the bank account, an investor can earn a little more income with these cash equivalents.

Then finally, the company can deliberately carry a higher cash equivalent balance when needed to finance acquisitions. Instead of locking capital into long-term or volatile investments, companies can choose to use cash equivalents when they need to raise funds quickly.

Advantages and Disadvantages of Cash Equivalents

There are certain conditions where companies or investors must have cash equivalents. However, the advantages of cash equivalents alone also come with some drawbacks.

1. Cash Equivalent Profits

Cash equivalents are a more efficient use of capital than holding cash directly. Where cash equivalents often generate more interest than cash, although cash equivalents often sacrifice various features or accessibility in cash. Cash equivalents are reported as current assets on the balance sheet. Therefore, these assets remain highly liquid, where the benefits are expected to be received in the short term.

Unlike the case with other types of financial instruments or investments with no set time limits or very long storage requirements, these cash equivalents are not intended to be stored for a long time. Finally, many cash equivalent products carry a fixed interest rate. For example, a certificate of deposit locks investors into a fixed interest rate for a certain period of time and generates a steady income.

During that period, the investor is guaranteed this interest rate or waives any fees or penalties for breaking the term earlier. That level of security may be desirable for certain savers.

2. Shortage of Cash Equivalents

Even though cash equivalents generate higher interest or appreciation than cash, cash equivalents still have a much smaller potential income compared to other investments. In general, an investor should strive to have cash equivalents. However, capital is more likely to grow and generate business value when it is invested in companies or invested in riskier, higher-yielding products.

This is an explanation of the meaning of cash equivalent assets and their types. From the explanation above, we can conclude that the definition of cash equivalent assets is a short-term business asset that can be easily converted into cash in a predictable amount. For You who want to know more deeply about economics and other accounting, they can read related books by visiting Sinaumedia.com.

Lightning Rod – The thunderous sound and flash of lightning is often the first sign of rain. Apart from being aware of flooding, you also need to be aware of the danger of lightning strikes. Did you know that lightning contains a very large electric voltage. If not controlled properly, lightning strikes can threaten human life and damage the environment. This is the reason you need a lightning rod for housing.

If in the past lightning rods were hard to come by for reasons of cost, not anymore. Antidotes are increasingly affordable and installation is even easier. If you are planning to install this device, first know the concept of a lightning rod, how it works, the type of rod, the price of the rod, and the installation of a conventional rod.

Come on, listen to the discussion in the following points!

What is a Lightning Arrester?

A lightning rod is a simple device consisting of a pointed metal rod and wire. There are 3 main component parts of this device, namely the splitzen or rod, conductor wire, and grounding or grounding place.

This circuit is a path for electric current from lightning to be forwarded directly to the earth’s surface. It is not surprising that lightning rods are often found in skyscrapers because high-rise buildings are relatively close to the sky, so they are very vulnerable to lightning strikes.

1. Lightning Protection Function

The main function of the lightning rod is as a medium for conducting electricity from lightning strikes which are forwarded to other media such as the ground. In addition, lightning rods can also reduce the harmful effects of lightning strikes. An antidote can prevent short circuits from occurring during bad weather and lots of lightning.

2. How Lightning Arrester Works

The function of this device is actually not to prevent lightning from striking objects under the clouds. This tool actually captures the attraction of electric charges originating from the lightning to be channeled into the ground.

At the time of lightning, with enough negative electric charge under the cloud, the positive electric charge on the ground will immediately be pulled up. The electric charge rises through the conductor cable to the end of the lightning rod. When the negative electric charge is close enough on the roof, the attraction between the two gets stronger. The positive charges at the ends of the rod are attracted towards the negative charges.

The meeting of these two charges produces an electric current. The electric current will flow into the ground, through the conductor cable, so that lightning strikes do not directly hit the building. However, lightning strikes can still occur through the electrical network wires and damage electronic equipment in buildings that are connected to the electricity network. It may also cause fire or explosion.

To prevent major damage due to electrical grids that are struck by lightning, buildings are usually equipped with surge arresters or electric current stabilizers.

3. Lightning Protection Type

When you want to install a lightning rod, of course you have to know the appropriate type. There are three types of lightning rods, namely conventional arresters and electrostatic arrestors. Here’s an explanation.

a. Conventional Lightning Arrester

A simple device that usually only waits for lightning to strike the tip of the rod. The working principle is to catch lightning passively. Shaped like a pole and requires a conductor cable. Because it is passive, buildings with a large area often use several antidotes at the top of the roof. Can be installed and applied anywhere.

More ideal for buildings with narrow areas, such as homes. Lightning arresters are used worldwide as a lightning protection system and are mounted on tops and heights.

b. Electrostatic Lightning Arrester

Using the ESE ( Early Streamer Emission ) system which is more active in capturing lightning. This device has one additional element, namely the head terminal which contains a static electric charge at the finial end (splitzen). Head can store positive ions in large quantities that come from within the earth. Like a magnet, this head will attract negative ions in the cloud before these ions produce powerful lightning.

The appliance mounts high to protect a larger area and requires no cables. The higher the terminal head is installed, the wider the area that can be protected. Can be installed and applied anywhere. More ideal for buildings with large areas, such as multi-storey houses, skyscrapers, industrial areas and plantations, because they can reach a radius of more than 50-150 m.

c. Radioactive Lightning Arrester

This type of radioactive lightning rod is prohibited based on international agreements against the use of radioactive substances that can disturb living things and cause disaster from the substances used. Well, how does this lightning rod work with ion neutralization reactions that use active radio station materials.

This tool inhibits the ionization system by using radioactive substances such as Radiun 226 and Amersium 241. It is able to neutralize the cloud’s electric charge. This type is not recommended for use.

Considerations of Having a Lightning Rod for the Home

Many homeowners lack knowledge about the importance of electrical protection at home. In fact, Indonesia is a country that has the potential to be affected by the La Nina climate anomaly every year. When weather conditions worsen lightning is often the cause of disaster. Do not underestimate the danger of being struck by lightning which can harm the occupants of the house.

Statistically, lightning is the most frequently experienced weather hazard. If you live in a very tall house, are surrounded by taller trees than your house which are less than 10 feet from the building structure, or live in an area with high lightning strikes then it is highly recommended to install lightning rods. Congested areas with tall skyscrapers are prone to large lightning strikes.

Electrical Protection Parts

Before deciding to buy and install a lightning rod, it’s good for you to get to know the parts. You need to know it so you can check the completeness of the components or parts when buying. The following are the important parts of an electrical rod:

1. Air Terminal (Head)

Air terminal or head is at the top end. In conventional antidotes, the shape resembles the tip of a spear. Meanwhile, in electrostatic antidotes, the head tends to be larger and wider in the shape of an umbrella. The function of the terminal air is to become a target for lightning strikes.

2. Conductor

The conductor is a cable that functions to transmit power captured by the terminal water to grounding.

3. Grounding

Grounding is part of the antidote that is in the ground. Making and placing grounding should not be too close to the house building.

Conventional Lightning Protection Installation

Compared to the electrostatic type, conventional antidotes are relatively easy to install and can even be done alone. But before installation, you should first consult with the seller of the tool and read the correct installation guide.

Here are the installation steps:

• Prepare a grounding system in advance, by looking at the layout and structure of the land you have. Plant the ground rod until it reaches the depth of the groundwater so that the lightning can be channeled into the ground.
• Make a lightning path connection with a conductor cable that connects between grounding and Avoid installing curved cables or forming sharp corners so that there is no jump in electric charge during lightning.
• Determine the splitzen position on the highest part of the building, namely the roof.
• Make sure the entire device network is properly installed.

Lightning Protection Prices

The price of a lightning protection device and its installation costs can vary greatly, depending on individual needs. You can buy lightning rods at shops that sell electrical equipment or order them through the installation service provider.

To build a home lightning rod installation, of course, requires a lot of money, especially if you choose a more practical type of electrostatic rod because it doesn’t require a lot of splitzens and a network of conductor cables to be installed. The cheapest electrostatic protection installation packages are sold at a price range of around 8-9 million Rupiah for a radius of up to 150 meters.

For small-scale needs, you can buy and install ordinary or conventional antidotes yourself at a lower cost. Packages of conventional type deterrence devices are sold starting at 2-3 million Rupiah including installation costs.

Frontliner bank – Frontliner is a position that is truly important for the company’s success. In addition, this profession is usually under the customer service department and is tasked with creating a positive environment for customers. In fact, frontliners can be regarded as a profession that describes the face or voice of a company’s business.

Frontliners are also the first to interact with customers or customers. In larger companies, they are expected to be able to become ambassadors of the organization’s business. Even so, this job is quite rarely heard of by job seekers who are looking for work.

Most people only know the more general positions or rather the customer service department . In fact, according to Chron’s research, this job is currently on the rise and is expected to grow by 5% by 2026.

If in a bank, this frontliner is better known as a bank frontliner . Then, what exactly is meant by a bank frontliner? You can find the answer in this article, Sinaumed’s. However, before discussing it, it’s better if we will discuss the meaning of the frontliner first.

Definition of Frontline

Frontliner is a profession in the field of customer service that deals directly with customers. In addition, they can also work in many fields, such as sales , food and beverages , marketing , retail and banking. For example, the host and waiter greeting customers in a retail store can then be considered as front liners. Because they have to greet customers directly, the frontliners themselves are often seen as an important part of the customer service team.

In fact, they also have to pay attention to customers, deal with their problems, and answer various questions related to a company’s product. Not only that, they (frontliners) must also be able to build comfortable and positive interactions. This needs to be done in order to increase company sales.

If a company already has a frontliner, it means that the company has made more efforts to serve customers and this is a good thing. Reliable frontliners can also put customers at ease and leave positive reviews. The results of their work can also be expected to bring in new customers for the company’s business.

Definition of Frontliner Bank

After discussing frontliners in general, the next discussion is frontliners in banks or in the banking industry. As the name suggests, these frontliners work in a bank where their main task is to deal with complaints from bank customers. Because the bank’s frontliners will meet with customers, they are required to look neat and polite.

Apart from having to look polite, the bank frontliner must also be able to help find complaints experienced by customers. To deal with various kinds of customer complaints requires patience, so the bank frontliners need to listen to customer conversations while thinking calmly.

Types of Bank Frontliners

In fact, frontliners are officers who will first interact with customers. In addition, they also have to communicate actively with customers to meet their needs. In order for this to work more effectively, banks divide bank frontliners into two types.

Each type of frontliner certainly has different duties and responsibilities. The following below is an explanation of the types of frontliners contained in a bank.

Customer Service

The type of bank frontliner whose services are often needed by many companies is customer service , especially in the banking industry. They must be able to find solutions and solutions to problems faced by bank customers.

In addition, they are also assigned as receptionists and communicators. The communicator himself is then responsible for providing information about banking products to customers.

Teller

The next type of bank frontliner is the teller. Their (teller) role includes serving customers in financial transaction matters. Therefore, often they will be seen withdrawing money or sending money. In addition, this bank teller also performs tasks in the form of providing proof of transactions and managing client invoices.

Tellers must also be able to operate financial tools properly and not make mistakes. The teller is also responsible for reconciling the amount of money to avoid miscalculations. Even though he is under the auspices of the customer service department , they will also often work with the finance team and banking management.

Frontline Bank Duties

Bank frontliners can be said to have the main task of managing customer complaints. Apart from that, they also have to deal with any problems and questions raised by customers or customers quickly and responsively.

There are several bank frontliner responsibilities that they must complete. These tasks are the responsibilities that will be borne by each bank frontliner, both by customer service and by tellers.

To find out more about the duties of a bank frontliner, here is an explanation.

1. Fostering and maintaining relationships with existing customers and attracting new customers.
2. Understand the needs and problems of customers or prospective customers, so that they can provide solutions that are responsive.
3. Answer questions that have been submitted by customers or prospective customers correctly and in detail.
4. Providing good solutions in overcoming problems that have been submitted by customers or by prospective customers.
5. Communicate well with customers and by prospective customers.
6. Negotiating with customers or prospective customers with good results and satisfying each other.
7. Helping customers to be able to make transactions if needed and cooperating with related divisions.
8. Knowing and mastering bank products and services well.
9. Understand the principles of customer satisfaction.
10. Be friendly and courteous to all customers he meets while on duty or off duty.
11. Responsive to every complaint, question or customer request that has been submitted by providing the best solution.
12. Able to control himself in various conditions, if there are things that require handling directly or indirectly.
13. Have high empathy in all conditions that can occur with full attention.

Frontline Qualification

If you want to become a bank frontliner , you need to have an adequate educational background. According to Chron, frontliners need education as well as majoring in communication and management.

In addition, the company also prioritizes candidates who have experience in marketing and customer relations . However, every company has different preferences. If you have a different background, it is possible that you will pass the selection.

Even so, you still have to understand exactly what a frontliner is and the skills that must be mastered.

Skills Required by Bank Frontliners

After seeing the types and their duties, it can be said that the job of a bank frontliner is a job that cannot be underestimated. Those of you who are interested in this profession, then need a number of skills in order to complete the tasks in it.

Remember, listening to and solving customer problems is not an easy thing to solve. If you make a wrong move, then customers and clients will not want to do business with your company again.

Basically, the skills required to become a bank frontliner are the same as those of a frontliner in general. So, below is a list of skills that you must have if you want to serve as a frontliner.

1. Verbal and Nonverbal Communication

First of all, to be a frontliner , you must have verbal and nonverbal communication skills. The reason is, frontliners must be able to communicate solutions and issues clearly to customers. Not only that, frontliners also have to read the customer’s body gestures and facial expressions so they can draw conclusions about their problems properly.

2. Active Listening

Next, frontliners must also have good active listening skills. This skill is arguably very much needed because frontliners are able to answer questions or solve customer problems more quickly. So, by using active listening, they can also listen attentively to customer complaints.

3. Empathy and Problem Solving

The next two abilities that must be mastered by a frontliner are empathy and problem solving. Frontliners must use empathy to better understand and connect more with customers or clients.

In addition, this skill can help them build positive relationships and increase customer satisfaction. On the other hand, problem solving skills are needed so that frontliners can provide the best solutions to customers.

4. Resilience

Facing many people can sometimes be draining of energy and mind. However, someone who works as a frontliner must have high resilience. This skill itself refers to the ability to adapt and remain firm in difficult situations.

With good resilience, it can help them to serve customers or customers in the most difficult times. You don’t need to worry, you can train the resilience of this skill from time to time.

5. Critical Thinking

Customer problems that are more complex than usual then require frontliners to be able to think critically. This critical thinking ability will then help them produce the best problem solving . Critical thinking skills include the ability to understand the root of a problem, analyze a situation, and consider alternative solutions rationally.

6. Flexible

A frontliner must be able to deal with various types of people with different attitudes and problems. The interactions that are formed will also be unique. Each complaint requires a different response and handling. Therefore, a frontliner must be flexible in responding to their needs.

7. Basic Computer Skills

Some frontliner jobs may not involve overly complicated administration. Even so, they are still required to be able to have basic computer skills. Most of the information management in a company now must have switched to using digital devices.

This one skill consists of several abilities, such as being able to use several software, such as Microsoft Office, as well as other software used by companies.

Closing

From all the discussion above, it can be said that frontliners are not only in banks, but also in other businesses. In addition, frontliners are jobs that deal directly with customers, so special abilities are needed, especially in dealing with various characteristics of customers or customers.

 

Freelance is – Freelance or also known as freelance is a type of work that is not tied to any company. Freelancers can also engage in various fields of work, such as videographers, editors, writers, translators and even software engineers.

Usually people who become freelancers are students or university students. Because this one job can be done flexibly and doesn’t need to go to the office.

In general, office workers or company employees are different from freelancers. This is because casual workers are not bound by a contract with the company.

Besides that, the workplace of a freelancer is also more flexible, they can do their work anywhere, anytime according to their personal schedule.

Interested in becoming a freelancer? Let’s look at the explanation first.

Freelance is Freelance Worker with Flexible Time

Freelance is a type of work done by someone who offers services to one or more companies. Freelancers are also referred to as freelancers who can work flexibly and can take on more jobs.

Freelance workers are a type of work that works for a company or agency without a long-term work agreement and without a strict work bond.

From this understanding of freelancers, of course, Sinaumed’s already knows that freelancers are usually not bound by time and the routines of office workers in general.

Freelance can also be interpreted as independent workers who make money based on every job they complete. Usually freelance work in the short term for a particular company or agency.

Usually freelance workers are referred to as independent workers because they do contract work as a side job or just to complement their main job.

Usually the contract for freelancers contains the work to be done, the nominal wages to be given and the duration of the project or work.

Being a freelancer means they work in their own hands. The workload and career are in their hands, a freelancer must be responsible for doing his work according to deadlines, setting working hours, and paying income tax.

Freelancers or also called freelancers can work based on days, hours or work deadlines that they define themselves. Generally, freelancers will make contracts with companies if needed and provide services online or online.

The purpose of being a freelancer is to earn money on the side, free from full time work, time management for work and improve skills.

Because of this, many students or students choose to become freelancers in order to gain experience as well as learn. Advances in technology are helping freelancers to get jobs online more easily, there are even several special sites for freelancers to get jobs such as upwork, fiverr, and others.

The wages of a freelance worker are usually calculated per hour, per day, per project or per task that has been completed. Freelancers usually work in the creative sector, special skills, art, design, film, tutoring, language translators, photography, media, copywriting, marketing, music, journalism, and so on.

Advantages of Working as a Freelance

According to the SSRN Electronic Journal, freelancers have their own business risks, one of which is from the work contract. Because formal written contracts do not prevent opportunistic behavior from clients, although such contracts will help resolve conflicts.

Even though it has its own business risks, being a freelancer also has some advantages. Here’s an explanation.

1. Have flexible working time

Unlike office workers who work full time and are bound by time, freelancers can work differently from office employees in general. They can work the way they want and set their own hours. Freelancers are free to schedule what time they will work, rest and when the work will be completed.

A freelancer can freely use and manage his time as effectively as possible, as long as his work can be completed on time and according to the company’s expectations.

2. Can do several jobs at once

If possible, freelancers can freely take on several jobs at once. Because freelance is work that is done freely and workers can choose jobs that are more diverse and not monotonous.

3. Have a greater income than permanent employees

A freelance worker does not have a fixed income every month like an office worker in general, even though he does not have a fixed income, a freelancer has the potential to have a higher income than a regular employee.

Because the source of income for a freelancer is not only from one company or one job.

However, how much a freelance earns depends on their creativity, skills, networking, expertise, skills and gathering of valuable information.

4. Can work according to hobbies and expertise

Freelance work usually requires special skills and expertise, therefore, in general, freelancers will work according to their hobbies and expertise. This will make freelance workers enjoy their work.

5. There will be no shortage of work

Currently, there are many companies that need freelance workers, judging by the many websites providing special vacancies for freelance workers.

In addition, freelance workers are considered not to be a burden to the company like permanent employees. Because of this, it is assumed that freelancers will not be short of work for the next few years.

Disadvantages of Working as a Freelance

Even though being a freelancer has many advantages, there are some drawbacks that Sinaumed’s who are interested in working as a freelance need to know. By knowing the advantages and disadvantages of freelance work, Sinaumed’s can measure and prepare for the risks that will be faced when becoming a freelancer.

1. Have irregular income

Even though a freelance has the opportunity to earn a greater income than a permanent employee, this income can change every month, it can be higher or lower.

This is because the income of a freelance is very dependent on the number of clients, the quality of the project and how much work they have completed. At certain times, freelancers can get a lot of projects and clients but they can also happen the other way around. Therefore, the financial condition of freelancers is usually less stable than that of contract workers.

Therefore, a freelancer must have a strategy to be able to get projects and clients. No less important, so that clients and companies are interested in working together, a freelancer also needs to improve his skills.

2. Work facilities not provided by the company

If Sinaumed’s decides to become a freelancer, then Sinaumed’s will need to spend a little capital to invest in work facilities that are not provided by the company. Examples include laptops, internet connections, chairs, desks and even certain paid software to support the Sinaumed’s project.

Because freelance is different from contract workers who usually get work facilities and work equipment according to the needs of business owners. So that contract workers usually do not need to spend excess funds to buy certain equipment.

3. Need to take care of insurance independently

Although insurance is generally not always someone’s priority, workers need to be advised to continue to have health and work accident insurance. For contract workers, health insurance will be taken care of by the company. But of course this is different from a freelancer.

A freelancer has to take care of insurance administration matters independently, starting from choosing the right type of insurance and making payments every month.

4. Loss of inspiration

Because there are many projects to work on and to do several jobs at once, it is not impossible for a freelancer to lose inspiration in his field of work. This will be more common for freelancers who work in creative industries, such as web developers, designers or even content writers.

5. Difficulty socializing

A freelancer usually prefers to work from home, so in general freelancers will go out less often and meet new people.

In addition, they do not have a permanent company and are not required to go to the office, because of this work habit, a freelancer can find it difficult to socialize and find it difficult to make new friends.

6. Social status in society

For people, especially the generation above the 80s, a permanent position and job in a company is a must. This mindset often creates a misunderstanding that a freelancer is an unemployed person.

Most Wanted Fields of Freelance Work

If you are interested in becoming a freelancer, Sinaumed’s needs to know the different types of freelance work that can be considered.

However, there are several fields that are arguably quite sought after and needed at this time. Here’s an explanation.

1. Business analyst and consultant

The first profession that is needed and sought after today is a business analyst and consultant. However, this work cannot be done by just anyone. Because of this, even as freelance business analysts and consultants are usually rewarded with a sizable salary.

The task of a business analyst and consultant is to collect and analyze data and information from a business problem. This profession is a type of work with varying levels of stress, but offers a more flexible work schedule.

2. Voice over

Voice over is a job that looks fun. There is no need to have a wild voice as long as the voice that Sinaumed’s has matches the type of voice the company is looking for, then Sinaumed’s can become a freelance voice over worker.

This one field has many opportunities, there are voices needed to fill video games, audiobook reading, e-learning instruction and more. This work can also be done at home or according to the agreement of the client.

3. Data entry

The data entry field is usually quite attractive, because the task of the job is quite easy, namely by entering data into a database through an online form that has been provided by the company. Because of the ease of the task, many students and students choose to become freelance data entry.

4. Graphic designer

Graphic design is suitable for Sinaumed’s who have special abilities in this field and like to draw. Not just anyone has expertise in graphic design.

As with business analysts and consultants, not just anyone can become a graphic designer because it requires special skills. So do not be surprised if graphic design services are valued quite expensive. This one job requires a lot of special skills, such as making illustrations, logos, brochures and so on.

5. Web designer

A web designer has quite high demands, be it skills, facilities and working capital. A web designer generally has special software to design and has mastery over HTML, JavaScript and CSS.

In addition, a web designer must also be proficient and understand using various tools such as Photoshop or Corel Draw.

A web designer must be able to design a website that not only has a beautiful appearance, but is also unique, attractive and effective. Even though this work is considered quite complicated, the fees that web designers get are also quite high.

 

6. Digital marketer

In today’s online era, digital marketing professions are increasingly sought after and needed by companies that market their products and services via the internet.

This profession is required to master various kinds of online marketing strategies. Because of the demands of this job, a digital marketer must understand email marketing, PPC or pay per click, search engine marketing, SEO management and social media.

7. Content writer

If Sinaumed’s wants to be a freelancer who doesn’t need a lot of capital, then Sinaumed’s can become a content writer. The job of the content writer is to write articles and publish them on the website.

If Sinaumed’s masters a foreign language, of course this job will be easier and there will be many job opportunities.

A content writer is usually required to master one or even more than one foreign language. Apart from that, content writers also need to make interesting writing with good and correct grammar.

8. SEO expert

SEO experts are no less popular with digital marketers. SEO is a technique to improve the position of a website or website page in search engines. The goal is that the site or website is easily found by internet users.

Website owners are usually willing to pay quite a fortune to hire an SEO expert, because this job is considered easy and takes a long time to learn SEO techniques.

9. Java programs

Java is a multiplatform programming language, meaning it is a programming language that can run on multiple platforms. This field of work is considered to have quite promising prospects, especially for programmers who master programming languages.

Why? This is because many companies need programmers, besides that the fees earned by java programmers are quite high.

10. Content creator

Freelancing jobs that are much sought after and needed today are content creators . Actually, content creators are not much different from influencers because both of them use social media as their main platform.

The type of content produced by a content creator is usually in the form of photos, audio to creative videos according to an agreement or contract with the client.

The main income of content creators is usually from collaborating with brands to promote or introduce a product. In addition, there are several platforms that also provide commissions to content creators for the content they watch.

We already know that freelancing is a job with many advantages and disadvantages. If you are interested in becoming a freelancer, Sinaumed’s can learn certain skills or find out more information by reading books available on sinaumedia.com . sinaumedia as #FriendsWithoutLimits always provides interesting, informative and original books for Sinaumed’s.

 

Everyone wants to look neat, smell good, beautiful, handsome and pleasing to the eye. Choosing clothes that suit the situation is important. Likewise, a fragrant body odor will increase self-confidence. One effort to make the body smell good is to use perfume, hand body, and soap that has a strong smell and according to taste.

One of the ingredients that can make the body smell good is fragrance in skincare products and other beauty products. Fragrance can be interpreted as fragrance. Fragnance is a fragrance with a distinctive aroma that has a wide variety of types.

The level of resistance and aroma between one fragrance and another is different. To find out the type of fragnance, Sinaumed’s can start to get to know the aroma structure and the durability of the fragrance itself.

Type of  Fragrance

The aromas used as fragrances are very diverse. They have their own uniqueness. The various fragrances can be grouped based on the aroma category or fragrance families. Meanwhile, the indicator for determining the fragrance category is in the form of an emotional reaction that appears after smelling the fragrance .

Like a food, fragrance family has its own characteristics. However, still can be categorized in the same scent. Knowing the aroma of the fragrance will make it easier for Sinaumed’s to choose a scent that suits his tastes and needs. Here are some of the fragrances summarized from the Gatsby.co.id page.

1. Fresh

When Sinaumed’s uses fresh fragrance, it will be uplifting, cool, and light. It has a scent that seems clean, not overwhelming, and is suitable for use in summer.

The majority of content in fresh fragrance is lemon, basil, bergamot, lavender, and grapefruit. However, it does not rule out the possibility of containing other ingredients as well. The aroma of fresh fragrance usually fades faster, but now there are many that are made to last longer.

2. Leather

Leather fragrance is usually used by men because it gives a macho, sensual and slightly smoky impression. This scent is used by men, especially those working in the professional world. This fragrance is akin to a new leather jacket, leather cover book, or library. Old school but comforting.

This scent seems to transport Sinaumed’s to the Alps in Switzerland, relaxing on a leather sofa while warming himself by the fireplace. Leather fragrance is included in the category of fragrances that are difficult to create.

This is influenced by materials that are difficult to mix to produce this aroma. In general, to make leather fragrance using birch tar, patchouli, juniper, tobacco, and black tea. However, it is not uncommon to add floral or woody accents to enrich the fragrance.

3. Oriental

If Sinaumed’s is confused about the smell of oriental fragrance. Sinaumed’s simply imagines the aroma of spices, warm tones, and the continent of Asia. Just like a country in the Eastern hemisphere which is sunny, warm, and rich in spices.

Oriental fragrance has a sweet, warm and sensual aroma. He is able to make anyone who kisses him stunned with his strong and attention-grabbing scent. It has a strong scent that lasts a long time on the skin.

Some people consider oriental fragrances to be very mature scents. However, recently some perfumers have been concocting oriental fragrances that are lighter and suitable for activities during the day.

The raw materials used to make oriental fragrances are sandalwood, vanilla, and heliotrope. This scent is also suitable for events at night.

3. Woody

Woody fragrance will bring Sinaumed’s to the atmosphere of sitting in the middle of the forest around a bonfire. This scent gives a macho, nostalgic impression. It is made of cedarwood, amber, sandalwood, pine cone, vetiver and resin.

In general, woody scents are categorized into two types, namely mossy woods which have a slightly sweet aroma and dry woods which have a stronger aroma like leather fragrances. This scent is suitable for use during the day or night.

5. Citrus

Citrus Fragrance has a scent like citrus fruits such as oranges, lemons and grapefruits. This scent gives the impression of refreshing, energetic, clean, and can be accepted by many people. Therefore, Sinaumed’s doesn’t need to worry, this scent will disturb other people’s sense of smell and make them dizzy.

6. Gourmand

Gourmand fragrance began to be known to the public after the trend of popular edible fragrances . To make it easier to guess the fragrance of gourmand, Sinaumed’s can imagine the aroma of biscoff bubble tea and milk coffee. Sweet aroma.

The ingredients used are usually in the form of caramel, chocolate, vanilla, toffee and cognac. Gourmand scents are usually paired with other scents, such as woody and oriental to re-balance the scent.

7. Fruity

Fruity fragrance gives a light and fresh impression. This scent falls into the versatile scent category, meaning it can be made sweet and playful or sophisticated and complex. Commonly used ingredients are peaches, melons, pears, and cherries. This scent is more suitable for use during the day because of its light aroma.

8. Spicy

Spicy fragrance has a stronger aroma than other scents. it gives a mysterious impression and adds confidence. Meanwhile, the ingredients used usually consist of cinnamon, ginger, nutmeg, and cloves whose strong aroma is so warm.

9. Aquatic

Aquatic fragrance is a fragrance category that describes the charm of the beach and sea. This type of fragrance is generally made for men. It gives the impression of staying fresh and fragrant even though it has been hot under the hot sun.

The ingredients that are mixed for this fragrance use synthetic ingredients. However, it is not uncommon for aquatic fragrances to be made with the help of natural ingredients in the form of citrus.

Benefits of Fragrance pada Skincare

In the view of the US Food & Drug Administration, fragrance is defined as a combination of chemicals that give each perfume a different aroma. Fragrance is not only used in perfume products, but also in skincare.

Launching from the Anessa.id page, the benefits of fragrance in beauty products are as follows.

• Improve the experience when using beauty products.
• Natural dyes such as essential oils can add certain benefits, such as softening, moisturizing and calming the skin.
• Neutralizes odors coming from other skincare ingredients used.

Sinaumed’s doesn’t need to worry if the fragrance penetrates into the skin. Products with fragrance are safe to use for the skin. Beauty products with fragrance are categorized into two, namely synthetic and natural.

Both types of perfume are considered by several dermatologists to be equally safe for use on the skin. With a note that the composition used is balanced and does not increase skin sensitivity when exposed to the sun.

Types of Fragrances that are Safe and Harmful for the Skin

Fragrance can be categorized into two types, namely synthetic and natural. Synthetic fragrance consists of stearic acid, isododecane, isopropyl myristate, butylene glycol, and glycerin. Meanwhile, the natural fragrance consists of almonds, citrus, vanilla, linalool, limonene, citronellol, amber, mango, coconut and shea butter.

Meanwhile, there are also fragrances that are harmful to the skin, including musk ketone, styrene, phthalates, benaldehyde, benzyl acetate, camphor, ethyl acetate, and methylene chloride. If Sinaumed’s uses beauty products that use fragrances from natural ingredients, there’s no need to worry. Because, it has been confirmed safe to use.

Characteristics of Skin Exposed to Hazardous Fragnance

Skin that has been exposed to harmful fragrances will give a certain reaction. Launching from the Anessa.id page, the following are the signs experienced by skin exposed to harmful fragrances .

1. Skin Rash

Redness or rashes on the skin often appear when the skin is exposed to harmful fragrance ingredients. This sign can last a long time if Sinaumed’s has certain allergies. The rash is also usually accompanied by skin that feels itchy and sore.

2. Black skin

When the skin is exposed to harmful fragrances in the long run it will cause black skin. This can occur due to repeated scratching of the skin that feels itchy. If Sinaumed’s experiences itching, rashes, and sore skin, it’s best not to scratch the area of ​​the skin.

3. Swollen Skin Area

In some cases, skin that is exposed to harmful fragrances can also experience swelling accompanied by pain or pain. In general, swollen skin will also be reddish in color with skin that looks dry or cracked.

4. Acne appears

Acne does not only appear due to excessive oil or sebum production and sun exposure. Acne can also appear due to harmful ingredients in beauty products, including fragrances.

Acne that appears due to the harmful content of fragrances is usually small in size and in large quantities. These pimples are also known as breakouts.

5. Increased Skin Sensitivity

Higher-than-usual sensitivity of the skin may occur when exposed to harmful fragrances . The sign is that there are rashes, itching to swelling and pimples caused by incompatibility with the fragrance content in skincare.

 

Skincare Recommendations Without Fragrance

Sinaumed’s who have a high level of sensitivity or are often not compatible with beauty products that contain fragrances can try some of the products below. The following are recommendations for skincare without fragrance which are summarized from the Kompas.com page.

1. CeraVe Hydrating Facial Cleanser

CeraVe Hydrating Facial Cleanser can help clean dust, make-up residue, and other dirt that sticks to the face. It also helps the skin feel moisturized. It can be concluded that this cleanser is able to clean the face without disturbing the skin’s natural protection or removing the skin’s natural moisture.

This product is included in a gentle cleanser that contains ceramide ingredients and hyaluronic acid which work to restore the skin’s natural barrier so it can help lock in skin moisture. This cleanser is suitable for use by Sinaumed’s who have sensitive skin.

2. Cetaphil Daily Facial Cleancer

Cetaphil is a facial cleansing product designed with a soft gel formula that is able to clean the face deeply without making the skin dry afterwards. Not only that, this product has also been clinically tested to be hypoallergenic and non-comedogenic so it does not cause clogged pores and skin irritation.

This product does not have a strong scent and has been clinically tested to be safe for use on sensitive skin.

3. Kiehl’s Uktra Facial Oil-Free Gel Cream

This moisturizing product has a gel texture with a cooling effect and moisturizes and refreshes the skin. This moisturizer can also help reduce excess oil production, so it is safe for Sinaumed’s who have oily skin to use.

This product can absorb quickly into the skin. Micronized amino acid is one of the ingredients in this product which can help reduce excess oil production, reduce shine, and disguise pores.

Kiehl’s Ultra Facial Oil-Free Gel Cream contains several ingredients including glacial glycoprotein, this moisturizer also functions to provide hydration and maintain skin moisture.

4. Klairs Supple Preparation Unscented Facial Toner

Klairs Supple Preparation Unscented Facial Toner is claimed to have a light formula to maximize the use of serum or essence that is used afterwards. This product is safe for use by Sinaumed’s who have sensitive skin.

This product contains amino acids. This toner can be used as a mainstay for cleaning the face from the remnants of dirt and make up. This toner also contains licorice root extract and aloevera which are useful for preventing irritation so it is safe to use for all skin types.

5. COSRX Snail 96 Mucin Power Essence

COSRX Snail 96 Mucin Power Essence is made from snail mucus. Not only that, this product also contains betaine, butylene glycol, sodium hyaluronate, and other anti-allergy ingredients to make it chewy.

This product is claimed to be suitable for all skin types and is effective for disguising acne scars and restoring damaged skin texture. COSRX Snail 96 Mucin Power Essence also does not contain perfume and can treat various skin problems including acne and hyperpigmentation, making it suitable for use by sensitive skin.

 

Fiction Book Recommendations About Perfumes

Inspiration to write can be obtained from things around you. One of them is a perfume that is always used in everyday life. The following are recommendations for fictional stories about perfumes and their summary as material for consideration before buying it.

1. Perfume: The Story of a Murderer

Jean-Baptiste Grenouille was born odorless, but has an extraordinary sense of smell. He is able to sort out all the smells that exist. From a famous perfumer, he inherited the art of concocting various oils and herbs. But his genius has transcended it all. After smelling the scent of a virgin, he was obsessed with creating the best perfume ever. The obsession that turned him into a killer. Mysterious serial killers occur. Twenty-five virgin girls died miserably.

Their clothes and hair and scalp were gone. Their bodies completely withered, as if they had never lived before. It was as if all the life force that had ever existed had been sucked away. All kills are identical. Very neat and planned. Masterpiece of a genius artist. Set in France before and after the French Revolution, this novel also describes the changes in the social order that were spreading massively in Europe at that time.

The Industrial Revolution, the rise of interest in exploring the oceans and the north pole, the discovery of micro-organisms, to the great works that will be deeply remembered in the future. The sadistic aura in this book is rather dominating at the beginning, but in the middle the reader will be treated to a kind of reportage of social conditions in France in the mid-17th century. There are lots of historical events that serve as the background or just sweeten the storyline. And everything is arranged in such a way, resulting in a novel that is like a work of art that is perfectly created. For those of you who like to study how France was in crucial times in history, namely the industrial revolution and the French revolution, then read this very weighty novel.

2. Perfume Butterfly, Perfume Butterfly

This book tells the story of Betty as the leader of a beautiful butterfly colony. They are a perfume making colony. Once upon a time his country was hit by a drought. Because of her patience, finally Betty was able to get out of her problem.

3. Karsa scent

From an ancient lontar, Raras Prayagung learned that Puspa Karsa, which he knew as a fairy tale, was actually a real plant hidden in a secret place. Raras’s obsession with hunting down and finding Puspa Karsa, a magical flower that is said to be able to control wills and can only be identified through her scent, brought her together with Jati Wesi. Teak has an extraordinary sense of smell.

At the Bantar Gebang TPA, where he grew up, he was nicknamed the Rat Nose. Of the various jobs he does to survive, the one that Jati is most proud of is concocting perfume. Teak’s ability to smell is able to lure Raras who wants to find Puspa Karsa. In order to be closer to Jati and take advantage of Jati’s abilities, Raras even employs Jati in his company.

Raras also invites Jati into his personal life. Meet Jati with Tanaya Suma, Raras’ only child, who has similar abilities to him. The further Jati gets involved with the Prayagung and Puspa Karsa families, the more mysteries he discovers, about himself and a past he has never known. Will all the mysteries behind Jati’s life, Raras’ intentions, and the magic of Puspa Karsa’s flower be revealed? Reveal all the secrets in the mystery novel Aroma Karsa by Dee Lestari with a signature edition.

We often hear about the founder of the United Nations – the United Nations (UN) in various information about international issues. As the largest international organization in the world, the United Nations has a central role in maintaining relations between countries in the world, including relations between countries and individuals who are citizens of the countries concerned.

The United Nations also has a major role in maintaining world peace which in this case includes preventing any potential conflicts that might arise between its member countries.

In addition, the United Nations has a major role in protecting the human rights of every individual in the world, not only because it considers the individual as a citizen, but also because it recognizes that every individual is a person with human rights inherent in himself as a human being.

Through the United Nations, countries in the world that are members have seriously committed to creating a cooperative atmosphere between countries, not only in the political and military fields, but also in the economic, social and cultural fields. The cooperation built by UN member states now is not only meaningful as maintaining national security stability, but also includes increasing the prosperity and welfare of each member country, which in this case has an impact on the progress of all civilizations in the world.

In this article, we will briefly describe how the UN was formed as a reaction to the second world war and has survived to this day as the largest international organization in the world. Next, we will discuss the characteristics of the United Nations as an international organization in terms of various classification aspects.

We will also discuss the role of the UN as an international organization that maintains the stability of world peace, including protecting the human rights of every individual or group of people in the world. Apart from that, to make it easier to understand how the UN works, we will also discuss the organizational structure of the UN and the functions of each of the bodies in it. Here’s the full discussion.

A Brief History of the United Nations as an International Organization

Long before the United Nations was formed, the League of Nations (LBB) had been born as a reaction to World War I. LBB was the result of the Versailles Peace Conference on April 28, 1919 which then prompted the formation of an international organization that had higher power than the state. Here, LBB has the goal of maintaining international solidarity and preventing a repeat of world wars.

In its development, the LBB failed in carrying out its role, partly because it did not have the authority to punish the aggressor , authoritarian countries such as Japan and Germany left the LBB, the LBB’s covenants contained many weaknesses and the country’s lack of political will for peace. -member countries, member countries still adhere to the doctrine of absolute sovereignty, and are unable to prevent the Japanese aggression against Manchuria, the German aggression against Austria, and the conquest of Ethiopia by Italy, triggering World War II.

LBB’s failure to maintain world peace eventually prompted the formation of a new international organization, namely the UN or United Nations (UN) on June 26, 1945, where the UN Charter itself came into effect on October 24, 1945. The UN was born with improvements in several aspects, including: structure cooperation; work procedures and authorities; technical cooperation/special institution which is revived; detailing purposes more or less the same but improved.

The formation of the United Nations itself has been planned since World War II, when United States President Franklin D. Roosevelt opened a discourse regarding an international organization to succeed the LBB with British Prime Minister Winston Churchill aboard the warship Augusta in Newfoundland Bay. The General Assembly was first held on January 10, 1946 in London and was attended by representatives from 51 countries after previously the United Nations Charter was ratified by five permanent security members, namely France, the United States, the Soviet Union, China and the United Kingdom, as well as 46 other countries.

As an institution that plays a major role in the international world, the United Nations recognizes several official languages ​​that can be used in its institutional activities, including English, French, Spanish, Russian, Chinese and Arabic. The main headquarters of the United Nations itself is located in New York, United States. The number of countries that are members of the United Nations itself has so far reached 193 countries.

United Nations Specialized Agencies

In an effort to achieve its goal of maintaining world peace as well as the welfare of member countries, the United Nations has various special agencies that have roles and tasks in their respective fields. Some of these specialized agencies include the following:

1. International Labor Organization (ILO)

The ILO has the task of formulating international standards in the field of labor. This body also plays a role in helping workers around the world to organize and negotiate with the companies where they work and local governments. The agency, which is headquartered in Geneva, Switzerland, also provides support for the movement to abolish forced labor and strives for equal rights and opportunities for every worker from various backgrounds.

2. International Telecommunication Union (ITU)

This special agency headquartered in Geneva, Switzerland handles a variety of communications, technology and information affairs in an international scope. ITU also has a big role to play in connecting various communities spread across the world.

3. World Health Organization (WHO)

WHO is a UN special agency that deals with international health issues which aims to achieve equal and quality health standards for all member countries. This special agency headquartered in Geneva, Switzerland also has an important role in assisting various health problems faced by member countries.

4. International Monetary Fund (IMF)

Headquartered in Washington DC, United States of America, the IMF has a role in providing loan funds for UN member countries that have financial difficulties. This special agency contributes to investing in various projects planned and to be implemented by member countries.

5. United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organization (UNESCO)

UNESCO has a role to play in supporting the advancement of education and science throughout the world. In addition, this special agency headquartered in Paris, France also has a role in protecting various cultural and historic sites around the world.

6. United Nations World Tourism Organization (UNWTO)

UNWTO plays a role in promoting tourism destinations around the world. This special agency is based in Madrid, Spain.

7. United Nations Industrial Development Organization (UNIDO)

UNIDO plays a role in industrial development to alleviate poverty while promoting sustainable globalization in member countries. This special agency is headquartered in Vienna, Austria.

8. World Meteorological Organization (WMO)

WMO plays a role in facilitating the exchange of information and meteorological data for aviation, goods delivery, security, and agriculture between member countries. This UN special agency is based in Geneva, Switzerland.

9.Universal Postal Union (UPU)

Headquartered in Bern, Switzerland, UPU accommodates all the activities and operations of postal companies in each member country. This special agency is tasked with ensuring that postal products and services are up-to-date.

10. World Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO)

WIPO plays a role in protecting intellectual property rights for individuals and organizations originating from UN member countries.

11. Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO)

FAO has a role in fighting hunger worldwide, connecting developed and developing countries in terms of food supply and agriculture, and supporting the development of agricultural technology in member countries. This special agency is based in Rome, Italy.

12. International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO)

ICAO plays a role in the development of international standards for the aviation industry in member countries. This special agency is headquartered in Montreal, Canada.

13. International Maritime Organization (IMO)

IMO plays a role in drafting regulations related to the framework for shipping and shipping goods by international sea routes. This special agency also has a focus on security, legality, technical, security, and efficiency issues. In carrying out its duties, IMO is headquartered in London, England.

14. International Fund for Agricultural Development (IFAD)

IFAD is tasked with overcoming poverty in underdeveloped and underdeveloped areas, hunger in poor countries, and malnutrition in the international community by increasing productivity, quality and standard of living. This special agency is based in Rome, Italy.

15.World Bank

The World Bank has a role in providing loans with low or no interest to developing countries so that these loans can be used as capital to improve the welfare of the country concerned. It is hoped that the role of the loan can also encourage the borrowing country to improve the economy. This special agency is headquartered in Washington DC, United States of America.

Characteristics of the United Nations as an International Organization

As an international organization, the United Nations has several characteristics in terms of several aspects of classification, starting from the aspect of time, membership, member recruitment mechanism, organizational nature, and scope of functions which are detailed as follows:

1. Classification Based on Time

The United Nations is a permanent international organization, which is established for an indefinite period. In general, the articles of association do not mention a clause when the organization will be disbanded. This is the opposite of non-permanent international organizations, which are established within a predetermined period of time, for example in 3 years, 5 years or if the goals of the organization have been successfully achieved then the organization will disband. In this kind of international organization, generally the articles of association include the rules regarding the dissolution of the organization.

2. Classification based on who is a member

PPB is included in a public international organization, which was founded by countries in the world or its members are the legitimate governments of countries in the world. This type of organization has three characteristics, namely being established based on international agreements, having equipment/organs, and the law that applies is international law. This is different from private international organizations whose membership is not a state, but are international corporations and international non-governmental organizations.

3. Classification Based on Member Recruitment Mechanism

The United Nations is an example of an organization of universal character , whose membership consists of various countries without distinguishing their government system or economic system. This type of organization is the opposite of closed organizations, where membership is based on certain criteria, for example based on region, the same background, and limited functions and goals.

4. Classification Based on the Nature of the Organization

The United Nations is part of supranational organizations, which have the authority to make decisions or issue regulations that are directly binding on member countries, and some are even directly binding on individuals from member countries or member state companies.

This type of international organization has conditions, including: having the authority to make decisions so that it is not entirely dependent on the cooperation of all members; the organization has the power to make rules binding on member states; the organization can enforce its decisions; and has an autonomous financial organization. This type of international organization is the opposite of intergovernmental organizations, in which the organization obtains legal status from its member countries and is coordinative in nature.

5. Classification Based on Scope of Function

The United Nations is included in an international organization that has a versatile ( comprehensive ) function, which is an organization whose goals cover all the problems faced by its member countries.

United Nations Organizational Structure

The United Nations has six main organs in carrying out its functions, including:

1. General Assembly (General Assembly)

The General Assembly is the main deliberative assembly of the UN which consists of all UN member states. This assembly meets annually under a leader who is elected from member countries with the provision of one vote per member (one vote for one member).

2. Security Council (Security Council)

The Security Council consists of 15 member countries, each of which comes from 5 permanent members who have veto rights (absolute rights), namely China, France, Russia, the United Kingdom and the United States and 10 non-permanent members, which are replaced every two years , which is currently Bosnia and Herzegovina, Brazil, Colombia, Gabon, Japan, Germany, India, Lebanon, Nigeria, Portugal, and South Africa. The Security Council has a role in maintaining international peace and security among UN member states.

3. Secretariat (Secretariat)

The UN Secretariat is led by a UN Secretary General who in carrying out his duties is assisted by a staff of international civil servants who come from all over the world. The Secretary-General has several duties, including providing research, information and facilities required by UN agencies for their meetings.

In addition, the Secretary-General is tasked with assisting in resolving international disputes, administering peacekeeping operations, organizing international conferences, gathering information on implementing Security Council decisions, and consulting member governments on various initiatives. In carrying out his duties, the Secretary General serves for five years.

4. Economic and Social Council (Social and Economic Council)

The Economic and Social Council (ECOSOC) assists the General Assembly in promoting international economic and social cooperation and development. ECOSOC consists of 54 members, all of whom are elected by the General Assembly for a term of three years. The President of ECOSOC is elected for a term of one year. ECOSOC’s institutional functions include gathering information, advising member countries, and making recommendations.

5. Trusteeship Council

The United Nations Trusteeship Council is a further international trusteeship system that has been established by members of the United Nations to administer local governments placed under United Nations supervision through individual trusteeship agreements. The council which consists of five members regulates that areas without self-government are managed by paying attention to the local population so as to achieve international security and peace.

6. International Court of Justice (International Court)

The International Court of Justice or ICJ has a role in adjudicating and resolving disputes between UN member states and providing advisory opinions to the official organs and specialized agencies of the United Nations to resolve problems. The ICJ judges consist of 15 judges, who are elected for nine-year terms by the General Assembly and the Security Council. These judges are assisted by the Registry, their administrative organ. Apart from that, ad hoc judges can also be formed to handle several cases where it is deemed necessary to present them.

We have seen how the UN can be formed, including knowing the characteristics of the UN as an international organization. In addition, Sinaumed’s is also familiar with the various organs that are part of the United Nations, including a number of special agencies that support the role of the United Nations. Hopefully this article is useful.

Author: Savero Aristia Wienanto

Founder of the Kingdom of Samudera Pasai, the First Islamic Kingdom in the Archipelago – The Sultanate or Kingdom of Samudera Pasai was the first Islamic kingdom to appear in the archipelago. The Kingdom of Samudera Pasai was present in the 13th to 16th centuries AD in the archipelago and was founded in 1267 and its heyday ended in 1521. Semuderan Pasai itself has experienced its heyday and left several traces through some of its legacies.

The founder of the Samudera Pasai Kingdom was Marah Silu and when he converted to Islam, Marah Silu also had the title Sultan Malik Al Saleh. Then, who is the founder of the Samudera Pasai Kingdom? Check out this article to find out more, Sinaumed’s!

The Founder of the Samudera Pasai Kingdom and Its Beginning

According to some sources, it is stated that the Samudera Pasai Kingdom was established earlier than the Ottoman dynasty in Turkey which was founded in 1297 AD. According to Marcopolo’s notes, it is also stated that there was a trader who came from Venice, Italy and stopped at Samudera Pasai in 1292 AD.

From Marcopolo’s notes, Marcopolo explained that he had seen an Islamic empire that had developed at that time. It is known that the Islamic empire that Marcopolo saw was Samudera Pasai with its capital in Pasai.

Apart from the two notes from Ibn Battutah and Marcopolo regarding the time when Samudera Pasai was founded, there is also a saga, namely the Hikayat Raja Pasai as well as several writings from the investigations of a number of historians in Europe.

According to historians in Europe, the Kingdom of Samudera Pasai emerged around the middle of the 13th century with its first king, Sultan Malik Al Saleh. Some sources state that Sultan Malik Al Saleh could become the first king of the Samudera Pasai Kingdom because of Nazimuddin Al Kamil.

Nazimuddin Al Kamil is a marine admiral from Egypt. In 1238 AD, Nazimuddin Al Kamil was ordered by the Mamluk Sultanate in Cairo to seize a port called Kambayat in Gujarat India. The seizure of the port aims to make the port a place for marketing trade goods originating from the east.

On orders from the Mamluk Sultanate, Nazimuddin Al Kamil then appointed Marah Silu or Sultan Malik Al Saleh as the first leader or first king of the Samudera Pasai Kingdom in Aceh with the title Sultan Malikussaleh or Sultan Malik Al Saleh in 1267 to 1297 AD.

Even though it is believed that Sultan Malik Al Saleh got the throne of the Samudera Pasai Kingdom from Nazimuddin Al Kamil, Sultan Malik Al Saleh still gets recognition as the founder and first ruler of the Samudera Pasai Kingdom.

Meanwhile there are several sources that mention different stories about how Marah Silu or Sultan Malik Al Saleh got the title as the founder and first king of the Samudera Pasai Kingdom.

According to historians in Europe, it is explained that Nazimuddin Al Kamil, a sea admiral from Egypt who came from the Fatimid dynasty succeeded in conquering the Hindu Buddhist kingdom in Aceh and then establishing a kingdom in Pasai.

Nazimuddin Al Kamil also died and then Pasai was ruled by an admiral named Johan Jani who came from Pulau We who came from the Mamaluk dynasty, the dynasty that replaced the Fatimid dynasty.

Johan Jani then intends to seize the kingdom from his predecessors. The Mamaluk dynasty then sent a preacher named Shaykh Ismal and Fakir Muhammad who had previously preached around the West Coast of India and then moved to Pasai.

In Pasai, the two preachers met Marah Silu, a member of the army from the Kingdom of Pasai. Shaykh Ismal and Fakir Muhammad then persuaded Marah Silu to embrace Islam and then founded the Samudera Kingdom with the aim of rivaling Pasai.

After embracing Islam, Marah Silu also received the title of Sulran Malik Al Saleh and became the first king of the Samudera Kingdom. Samudera Kingdom itself is located on the left side of the Pasai River and faces the Malacca Strait.

Sultan Malik Al Saleh then married the daughter of Ganggang Sati, a descendant of Sultan Aladdin Muhammad Amin who came from the Kingdom of Perlak. Then since then, the two Islamic empires have merged into one and become the Kingdom of Samudera Pasai.

The name Samudera Pasai itself actually comes from Samudera Aca Pasai which means the good Ocean Kingdom with its capital city in Pasai. After Sultan Malik Al Saleh died, the royal throne was replaced by his son, namely Sultan Muhammad or Malik Al Tahir in 1297 AD to 1326 AD.

As additional information, Sultan Malik Al Saleh received the title Al Malikush Zahir, while his son was given the title Al Malikul Mansu Azh Zahir, which is the title used by the second Mamalik Sultan in Egypt, namely Al Malikuzh Zhair Bibars in 1260 to 1277.

Al Mansur itself is the title given from the third Sultan Mamalik. Sultan Al Malikuz Zhahir, son of Merah Silu or Sultan Malik Al Saleh, became the second sultan in Samudera Pasai and had the nickname Raja Muhammad.

From these two sources, it can be seen that the recognized founder of the Samudera Pasai Kingdom is Meurah Silu or Sultan Malik Al Saleh as the founder and first king of the Samudera Pasai Kingdom.

The heyday of the Samudera Pasai Kingdom

Ibn Battuta had the opportunity to visit the Samudera Pasai Kingdom during its heyday, namely during the reign of Sultan Al Malik Az Zahir II who reigned until 1349 AD. At that time, Samudera Pasai traded lad as one of its main commodities and had a role as a major trading port at that time. .

Even at that time, the Samudera Pasai Kingdom had issued a form of exchange in the form of gold coins or dirhams with the composition of the gold in the medium of exchange being 70 percent pure. Apart from being successful because of trade, the Samudera Pasai Kingdom was also the center of the spread of Islam. This is because the location of the Samudera Pasai Kingdom is considered strategic and easy to visit by people from various regions with various religions.

The Samudera Pasai Kingdom was also attacked by the Majapahit Kingdom during its heyday. However, the Kingdom of Samudera Pasai succeeded in embracing the golden era again in the era of the reign of a female sultan with the title Sultanah Malikah Nahrasyiyah who held the throne from 1406 to 1428 AD.

Sultanah Nahrasyiyah also had a big role in advancing the Samudera Pasai Kingdom, including in making Samudera Pasai one of the centers for the development of the large and strong Islamic religion in the archipelago at that time.

The End of the Kingdom of Samudera Pasai and the Invasion of the Portuguese

According to Chinese records, the son of Zainal Abidin should have the right to be able to occupy the royal throne in Samudera Pasai. However, a fisherman managed to seize the throne. Because he was not happy, Zainal Abidin killed the fisherman who seized his throne, then Zainal Abidin ascended the throne which was his right before.

King Iskandar, the son of Raja Samudera Pasai in 1412, was also brought by Admiral Cheng Ho to visit China and then came and met the Chinese Maharaja. Then when he arrived in China, King Iskandar died because he was killed. Since the killing of King Iskandar, it is rarely heard of diplomatic relations between Pasai and China. It is recorded that the last visit of the Samudera Pasai Kingdom to China was in 1434.

Meanwhile, Malacca was beginning to rise and the Samudera Pasai Kingdom began to decline. The port in Pasai is slowly getting quieter and the beach is getting shallower. Thus, many ships choose to anchor their ships at the Port of Malacca.

Since then, the center of Islamic activity which was originally in Pasai has moved to Malacca. In addition, many residents from Samudera Pasai chose to leave their hometown after the Portuguese invaded and attacked Samudera Pasai in 1521.

Then more and more people in Samudera Pasai went and chose to migrate to Java, especially to migrate to East Java and settle there, namely to the Majapahit power center.

One of the residents from Pasai who came to Java was named Fatelehan or Fatahillah or Syarif Hidayatullah. He decided to chain fairies to Java because at that time the Kingdom of Samudera Pasai, his country, was being attacked by the Portuguese. In Java, Fatahillah decided to have a career as a warlord in Demak to defeat Galuh and Pajajaran. Until finally Fatahillah succeeded and founded the city of Banten and Cirebon.

Relations and Rivalry of Samudera Pasai Kingdom

The Kingdom of Samudera Pasai rose again during the reign of Sultan Zain Al Abidin Malik Az Zahir in 1383 who ruled until 1405. According to Chinese chronicles, Sultan Zain was also successfully known by the name Tsai-nu-li-a-pi-tingki and it was stated that he died at the hands of King Nakur. Then, the government of the Samudera Pasai Kingdom was continued by his wife, Sultanah Nahrasiyah, who also succeeded in bringing the Samudera Pasai Kingdom to its glory and golden age.

In 1405, 1408 and 1412 Admiral Cheng Ho visited Pasai with a fleet of around 208 ships. According to sources, the journey undertaken by Cheng Ho was recorded by his assistants named Ma Huan and Fei Xin.

Geographically, the Samudera Pasai Kingdom is described as having boundaries with high mountains to the south and east of Pasai, and if it continues to head east, Pasai is bordered by two kingdoms, namely the Nakur Kingdom and the Lide Kingdom.

Meanwhile, if you continue to head west, you will meet the Kingdom of Lambri or Lamuri, which states that the distance from Pasai to the kingdom is three days and three nights. With the border between Pasai and the kingdom’s territories, the Samudera Pasai Kingdom also has competition with its border areas.

Meanwhile, Pasai also has a relationship with China whose relationship is strengthened by the relationship of the kings or nobles of Pasai with Admiral Cheng Ho who at that time often visited Pasai along with his fleet troops.

Government of the Kingdom of Samudera Pasai

The Kingdom of Samudera Pasai has a government center which is between the Krueng Jambo Aye or the Jambu Air River and the Krueng Pase or the Pasai River in North Aceh. According to Ibn Batuthah’s search records, it is stated that the Samudera Pasai Kingdom at that time did not have stone fortifications, but had fenced its cities with wood which was several kilometers from its port. In the central government area, this kingdom also has mosques, markets and is traversed by fresh water rivers that empty into the sea.

In the government structure in the Kingdom of Samudera Pasai, there are the terms minister, syahbandar and kadi. While the sultan’s children at that time, both male and female, received the title Tun, this title was also given to several royal officials in Samudera Pasai. The Sultanate of Pasai at that time had several lower kingdoms and the ruler of this kingdom had the title of sultan.

During the reign of Sultan Muhammad Malik Az Zahir, the Kingdom of Perlak also became part of the sovereignty of Pasai. Then, Sultan Muhammad Malik Az Zahir also placed one of his children named Sultan Mansur in Samudera.

However, during the reign of Sultan Ahmad Malik Az Zahir, the Samudera area at that time had become a single unit under the name Samudera Pasai which had a permanent center of government, namely in Pasai.

During the reign of Sultan Zain Al Abidin Malik Az Zahir, the Kingdom of Pedir or the Kingdom of Lide was said to be one of the subordinate kingdoms of Pasai. Meanwhile, Pasai at that time also had quite a bad relationship with the Nakur Kingdom, a kingdom that was near the border of the Pasai region. The bad relationship between the two kingdoms was exacerbated by the Nakur Kingdom which attacked Pasai and resulted in the Sultan of Pasai being finally killed.

The economy of the Samudera Pasai Kingdom

Pasai is a trading city that relies on pepper as its mainstay commodity. In Ma Huan’s note it was also stated that 100 kati of pepper was sold at a price of 1 tahil silver. In trade matters, the Sultanate of Pasai issued gold coins as a means of transaction to its people, this currency is also called Deureuham or Dirham whose composition is made of 70% pure gold with a medium of exchange weight of 0.60 grams and a diameter of 10 mm and a quality of 17 carats.

Meanwhile, people in Pasai generally also plant rice in their fields. The rice can be harvested twice a year. Apart from rice, the people in Pasai also have dairy cows to produce cheese. Meanwhile, the houses of the residents have an average height of 2.5 meters and have insulation that makes the house divided into several cubicles. The houses of the Pasai people are also made of floors made from coconut wood or areca wood and arranged with rattan, then a rattan or pandan mat is spread on top.

That is an explanation of the figure of the founder of the Samudera Pasai Kingdom and how the founder of the Samudera Pasai Kingdom, Sultan Malik Al Saleh, got the throne based on several literacy sources written by historians.

Sinaumed’s can learn about the kingdom or Sultanate of Samudera Pasai as the first Islamic kingdom in the archipelago through books available on sinaumedia.com. As #SahabatUnlimits, sinaumedia provides books with related materials that can be purchased online or offline. So what are you waiting for? Buy and own the book right now!

Recommended Books & Articles Related to the Founder of Samudera Pasai Kingdom

Founder of Indomaret – The story of the founder of Indomaret has become one of the most well-known inspirational stories among the people of Indonesia. Certainly, many of us often shop at minimarkets. This is because minimarkets have a wide variety of household products that we need. One of the most popular minimarkets in Indonesia is Indomaret. One of these minimarket brands stands under the auspices of a founder who is quite popular in Indonesia, namely the Salim Group.

The Salim Group is a company founded by Soedono Salim or Liem Sioe Lion who came from China and migrated to Indonesia since the Dutch colonial period. He then succeeded in developing various kinds of large companies. Until now, the company he founded is still run by his son, Anthony Salim.

History About Indomaret

Indomaret is a minimarket outlet or retail store established using a franchise system by a subsidiary of the Salim Group. Since 1988 until now, Indomaret has succeeded in developing a target market for selling household products and various services in more than 18,939 outlets throughout Indonesia.

Products or goods sold at Indomaret include snacks or ready-made, ready-to-drink packaged drinks, cosmetics, skincare, household equipment, vegetables, fruits, medicines, electronic payments, and so on. This makes it very easy for consumers to buy the products they need and make payments at one time.

Indomaret Vision

Like companies in general, Indomaret also has a vision that has also been developed from the past until now. Its vision is “To become a national asset in the form of a franchise retail network that excels in global competition”.

The meaning or meaning of the vision above is that Indomaret is developed as a national scale asset. Where the way of development is by opening retailers that offer a franchise system. The best service will always be provided by its employees to consumers who buy various needs at Indomaret. This makes Indomaret one of the minimarkets that can compete globally.

Get to know the Founder of Indomaret

Many people already know about the figure of the founder of Indomaret, namely someone who comes from a conglomerate family and also comes from China, then in the end he succeeded in establishing a business in Indonesia. His name was Soedono Salim or Liem Sioe Liong as mentioned above. Born in China on July 19, 1916, Soedono Salim later died in 2012 in Singapore.

Behind the success of the business he built, Soedono Salim was indeed someone who had an agile personality, was nimble, quick in every job from a young age. At the beginning of his career, Soedono Salim was able to establish a spice business as well as a textile business. In addition, gradually, he was able to develop several types of businesses or businesses and is still standing today. One of the businesses that is very well known by the general public is Indomaret.

The beginning of the establishment of Indomaret was in 1988 in the Ancol area. At that time the building was still a shop in general. Starting from there, Indomaret began to develop from a single store in Jakarta, expanding to various regions in Indonesia. After Soedono Salim began to enter his old age, until he finally passed away in 2021, Indomaret was then directly handled by his son, namely Anthony Salim.

Indomaret successor

One of the sons of the founder of Indomaret named Anthony Salim or Liem Hong Sien, became the owner of the Salim Group company as a substitute for his father. Anthony was born in the Holy City on October 25, 1949. Various kinds of businesses or companies that had been built by his father are now being continued by Anthony and his wife named Franciscus Welirang. However, the current CEO of Indomaret is no longer Anthony, but has been replaced by Sinarman Jonathan.

Various kinds of innovations have been developed in Indomaret’s retail business. Where these innovations have generated considerable profits. Until 2019, Anthony Salim was highlighted by Forbes Magazine. In the article, it was written that Anthony Salim has a net worth of 5.5 billion USD. This is of course because the business he holds does not only reach the local market share, but has reached the international market.

Then, Indomaret, which is known by most people, is under the auspices of a subsidiary company, PT Indomarco Prismatama. However, after being acquired by PT Dyviacom Intrabumi, PT Indomarco Prismatama was replaced with the name PT Indoritel Makmur Internasional, Tbk. Where the company has the status of the parent company Dyviacom.

Franchise Business Concept

Indomaret became one of the pioneers in the development of the franchise concept in the field of retail stores or minimarkets that sell various kinds of household products in Indonesia. Starting in 1997, Indomaret has opened around 230 minimarket outlets. Then Indomaret can gradually establish thousands or even tens of thousands of new outlets in various regions in Indonesia. Because the franchise business concept is very popular in the retail world, Indomaret won an award as the Excellent Franchise Company in 2003. In addition, Indomaret also has partners with various types of business partners, including business entities, individual businesses, and cooperatives.

Indomaret Revenue

Recorded in the accumulated revenue earned in 2020, Indomaret managed to achieve revenue of up to Rp. 15.86 trillion from various Indomaret outlets throughout Indonesia. Meanwhile, the net profit earned was Rp. 328.8 billion. This is also accumulated in the 2020 profit which comes from all Indomaret outlets in Indonesia.

The distribution of Indomaret retail stores up to July 2031 was noted to have spread across the Maluku, Sumatra, Kalimantan, Java, Sulawesi, NTB, Bali and many more. So it is only natural that Indomaret can achieve huge revenues and profits. This is because almost 18,939 stores in all regions of Indonesia experienced an increase in the conversion of sales of goods or products.

Not only that, promotional or advertising techniques are also carried out to attract many consumers. So that every day, Indomaret stores will never experience a lack of customers. One of the promotions developed by Indomaret itself is the Indomaret shopping system through its official money website called Klik Indomaret.

So that besides customers being able to shop at the physical store, you can also shop via gadgets only online. This will make it easier for customers who don’t want to leave the house to only buy supplies for their daily needs. Especially during the virus season like now. Where the activities carried out outside the home are very limited.

Characteristics and Characteristics of Indomaret

Each type of business or field of business certainly has its own characteristics and characteristics. Like Indomaret, where the business has a motto, “Easy and Economical”. The logo used consists of several color elements such as blue, yellow and red. Each of these colors has its own philosophy that can describe the field of business.

Where the blue color in the logo is a symbol that can provide warmth, serenity, and also maturity when Indomaret serves its customers. Meanwhile, the red color is a symbol of Indomaret’s courage to become a pioneer retailer with superior quality. Finally, yellow is a symbol of joy and sincerity in serving consumers.

Apart from the logo and color, there is also a mascot which is the hallmark of Indomaret. Where the mascot is named Si Domar and is described as an ant animal. Why choose an ant as Indomaret’s mascot? This is because ants are royal, hardworking, diligent and friendly in their environment. Not only that, ants also have excellent teamwork. Likewise with the hope that Indomaret has for the figure of Si Domar.

Awards Won by Indomaret

Because it has provided considerable services to the development of the retail business in all regions of Indonesia, Indomaret has repeatedly received awards from various parties, including:

a. In 2003, President Megawati awarded Indomaret the 2003 Franchise Company. This was the first award received by Indomaret.
b. Then in 2009, Indomaret made it into the Top Franchise in ASEAN
c. In 2012, Indomaret again won its third award, namely entering the ranks of the 250 Top Indonesia Original Brands
d. In 2013, Indomaret was again included in the awards in the form of the Franchise Brand Awareness Survey, the Franchise TOP of minds, and the Social Media Award.
e. Until 2016, Indomaret received an award from President Jokowi, the 2016 Franchise Cup.

How to Join the Indomaret Franchise Business

Currently, Indomaret is one of the franchise businesses that is most in demand by entrepreneurs. Along with the changing lifestyles of the Indonesian people, the Indomaret franchise business has become a business with great potential. Besides being more profitable, the franchise business is also very minimal risk, because the system has been built. The following are several ways you can try to join Indomaret as a very profitable franchise business.

1. Prepare Documents and Files

The document referred to here is one of the main requirements when you are going to open an Indomaret franchise business. One of the conditions that you must meet to be able to join Indomaret is that you must be an Indonesian citizen. So the mandatory documents that must be collected are KTP, KK, and other identities. These documents will later be used as proof that you are a genuine Indonesian citizen under the law.

2. Preparing a Strategic Location

After all the documents are complete, the next step is that you have to prepare a strategic Indomaret development location. This location will later be used to build your Indomaret store. There are several things that need to be considered when choosing a location, namely the Indomaret location must be easy for consumers to reach with their vehicles, close to main roads or crowded centers, and can also be close to public facilities such as schools or hospitals.

A strategic location will certainly make it easier for your business to reach more consumers. In this case, location is a very important factor so that your Indomaret is visited by consumers. Meanwhile, for the area of ​​the construction site, you have to prepare a land area of ​​120 to 200 square meters.

3. Take care of Business Completion Letters

Apart from other documents and identification, there are other things that you need to prepare, namely one of the permits for business completeness. The documents required are a Building Permit or IMB, a Permit for a Company or SIUP, and a Taxpayer Identification Number or NPWP. You can manage all these files through the relevant agencies. You only need to come directly to the One Stop Integrated Service Office to take care of the documents required above. Meanwhile, for NPWP, you can come directly to the tax office.

4. Preparing Investment Capital

One of the most important things that you have to prepare to open an Indomaret franchise is capital. Capital here is an investment that you need to provide when Indomaret has agreed with our request to be able to join. The amount of capital that must be provided usually depends on the type of franchise business you choose.

Do you choose to open your own Indomaret store or take over an existing Indomaret business? To be able to open an Indomaret business that we build ourselves from scratch, the capital you need ranges from 300 to 400 million.

Meanwhile, if you choose to take over an existing Indomaret, the required investment capital ranges from 150 to 200 million. The investment capital includes royalties during the contract period, which is about 5 years.

5. Register Through the Call Center

After the conditions are complete and fulfilled, then you must register so you can join and open your own Indomaret store. You can register through the call center to number 1500-580 or you can directly visit the Indomaret official website to download the registration form.

6. Presentation Stage

The next step after you have gone through the registration process and have been registered, the verifier team will immediately make a presentation. Where the presentation will be carried out in two stages. The first stage will be carried out by explaining the shop’s profit per month, the amount of investment, the cooperation mechanism, and the operational system.

In the presentation, you need to bring copies of documents in the form of identity documents, copies of building certificates, SIUP, IMB, and NPWP. Meanwhile for the second stage of presentation, the verifier team will provide the results of the feasibility survey, the amount of investment, and budget planning. At the presentation there will also be a contract signing between Indomaret and the franchisor.

7. Store opening

After all the steps and requirements have been met, the next step is the inauguration or opening of the Indomaret store. All opening processes and promotions will be provided by Indomaret. During the process of opening Indomaret, a 5-year contract will be signed at the same time.

When the contract expires, Indomaret will re-evaluate whether the franchisor wants to continue the collaboration or not. Therefore, you must really understand the factors of loss or failure in entrepreneurship so that later you will not experience that failure again.

That was the discussion about who is the founder of Indomaret that you should know. From the story above, we can conclude that the success that Soedono Salim achieved was due to his persistence. Whatever type of work we are doing, we must remain grateful and always ready to develop our potential. Because, business opportunities will always be wide open for all of us.

Foundation, Model, Principles of Curriculum Development – ​​Education is an important field for advancing a nation including the Indonesian nation where education is guaranteed by laws and other regulations. Moreover, in the preamble of the 1945 Constitution there is the state’s goal, namely to educate the life of the nation, which means that education is the key to making it happen.

The progress of society in a country can be seen from the quality of education that has been prepared by the government or related parties. Quality education can be identified through curriculum development which aims to form a comfortable learning environment so that learning objectives can be achieved. When students can learn comfortably, they can absorb what the teacher or educator conveys well.

Curriculum development is a process of planning and developing a curriculum by the government, schools or parties concerned to be able to achieve national education goals. The curriculum plays a strategic role in education, so that in its preparation and development, no one can do it haphazardly.

Its implementation must be based on values ​​that aim to build the character of students such as religious, moral, political, social, and cultural values. Besides that, other aspects must also be considered starting from the needs of students, the development of the times, and the readiness of teachers or education. There needs to be a correct and mature process so that the output or result will be as expected by all parties.

Curriculum Development Foundation

To carry out curriculum development, the developer must be based on a clear guideline so that the curriculum can be well directed. If it does not have a foundation, the consequences will be on the results of the curriculum itself, namely human resources cannot be formed optimally. There are four foundations used in its implementation.

1. Philosophical Foundation

The foundation of the first curriculum development is the philosophical foundation, which is related to the nature of philosophy as well as education. Philosophy or outlook on life in the world of education aims to provide direction for students in learning.

When having a clear learning direction, students can exploit the abilities that exist within them so they can achieve their best results. With regard to philosophy, every nation or group of people has different goals. Therefore, the direction of education is often not the same, but the result will be the same, namely to form the character of students well.

Indonesia has a clear curriculum development foundation, namely Pancasila. Therefore, the aim of Indonesian education is to form human beings who can live in the state, nation and society guided by Pancasila values.

The education system in this country has also been listed in Law Number 20 of 2003 concerning the National Education System (National Education System). The existence of these laws, the implementation in Indonesia must be based on these regulations so as not to deviate from the direction that should be achieved.

2. Psychological Foundation

Behavior is an inseparable part of learning. Interaction between individuals will occur in the learning environment, namely the physical environment and the social environment. Changes will be created in individuals to reach maturity in life starting from physical, emotional, mental, intellectual, social, and moral maturity. Education is indeed a process to change individual behavior for the better, but not all of these changes occur because of learning.

There are other factors outside that have the potential to change it, namely the maturity of each and the surrounding environment. There needs to be a curriculum development system that is used to be able to achieve the goals of education in changing student behavior.

The psychological foundation must be the basis for curriculum development to determine how a teaching system can work properly. So a developer can be based on two branches of psychology, namely educational psychology and learning psychology.

Educational psychology is the science of psychology that studies how individuals are able to receive stimuli or stimuli from outside to change themselves towards maturity in life. The approach in providing the right stimulus or stimulus can shape the character of students according to what is desired. There are three kinds of approaches used in educational psychology, namely cognitive, behavioristic, and humanistic approaches.

Developmental psychology is also the basis because it can understand the process of individuals reaching behavioral maturity through a coherent process. Maturity in a person can be achieved because he can complete developmental tasks in the phase of his life.

The stages of psychological development of students are divided into three, namely pre-school age, elementary school age, and middle school age. After all, understanding students is important because the evaluation of the curriculum that has been prepared can be done well. The evaluation material referred to is the ability that can be achieved, the method of delivering the appropriate material, and the preparation of learning evaluations.

3. Sociological Basis

What are the reasons why curriculum development must be based on sociological factors? This is because students are social individuals who are closely related to interactions in the surrounding social environment in the form of society. The values ​​obtained during the teaching and learning process must be in accordance with the values ​​that develop in society in building life.

Because, when the individual has finished completing his education he will plunge into the life of the community to apply what he has learned while studying. The cultures that develop in the surrounding environment and the social life system are the basis or foundation of the curriculum that runs in the world of education.

Curriculum development is not only based on skills, but is more global and technological because the times are constantly evolving. Changes in culture and social values ​​that continue to occur are a consideration, where now people’s needs are experiencing many changes.

The needs of people in urban areas will be different from rural communities and traditional communities will be different from more modern societies. A curriculum that is developed without regard to culture or community values ​​will create human resources that cannot build a better life.

Especially in solving various kinds of complex problems, graduates who are qualified and understand community problems can provide solutions that are solutions.

4. Scientific and Technological Foundation

Today, the development of science and technology has undergone many changes compared to when it was first developed several centuries ago. Today’s science and technology is largely based on inventions in the Middle Ages by well-known figures in certain fields.

These changes have a considerable influence on education, especially in the industrial world. Education is expected to be able to form people who are skilled and reliable in applying their knowledge in the industrial world. Curriculum development in accordance with the needs of science and technology must be arranged as well as possible.

The use of various equipment that supports teaching and learning activities is also necessary considering that recent technological developments have become increasingly sophisticated. What are the demands of teachers or educators and education implementers to be skilled and proficient in using it so that they are able to transfer it to students.

Considering that education is a place to prepare humans for the future, curriculum development must be based on science and technology. The development of science and technology has an indirect impact including the development of content or learning materials and media.

Education is indirectly required to equip individuals to be able to solve various problems in life with the knowledge and technology they have. That way, students are able to change life towards a clearer direction and describe existing problems.

Curriculum Development Model

In practice, curriculum development can be done through 7 models. The models in question are the Administrative Model, the Grass Roots Approach, the Beauchamp Model, the Demonstration Model, the Problem Solving Model, the Rogers Model and the Reverse Taba Model.

1. Administrative Model (Top Down Approach)

The first model is administrative where this model is carried out by parties who have the authority or related policies. The flow is from top to bottom, meaning that the government is in charge of preparing learning plans. The design will later be carried out by the education unit in the government area and the operation will be carried out by the teachers in learning.

All kinds of processes starting from the general concept, the foundation used, needs analysis, curriculum formulation are all carried out by the government. Related parties only act as executors at the lower level to be applied to students later.

2. The Grass Roots Approach Model

This model is the opposite of the administrative model, where curriculum development in the administrative model is fully carried out by the government. In the grass roots approach model, educational units or schools develop learning models to be applied in the learning process.

Usually this arises because schools or teachers feel that the curriculum set by the government is not in accordance with the needs and conditions that occur in the field. As a consequence, schools must be able to develop innovative ideas and have responsibility for the implementation of teaching and learning activities. Openness to input and suggestions from outside must also be owned by the school so that in future preparation it can run better

In practice, curriculum development can be carried out as a whole or for certain subjects only. This depends on the needs of the educational unit involved in it. Development can also be done for other aspects such as learning strategies and methods, learning objectives, vision and mission, and others.

3. Beauchamp models

As the name implies, this model was developed by Beauchamp who is an expert in the field of curriculum. He stated that there are 5 stages of curriculum development, the first is to determine the scope of development. At first it can be done in the classroom, then it can be expanded to schools, then it can be expanded again to the regional or even national level.

The second is the determination of the parties involved in which there are curriculum experts. The third is the formation of a council as a coordinator with the task of being an assessment team of the implementation of the previous curriculum, selecting materials, and writing the new curriculum.

The fourth stage is the implementation of the curriculum with the task of establishing a new curriculum that has been determined. The last is an evaluation of the ongoing implementation, whether it is in accordance with the objectives or not. This model can be a suitable alternative because it involves curriculum experts.

4. Model Demonstration

The demonstration model is actually similar to the grass roots model, that is, they both come from the education unit or from below. In it there are teachers who will work closely with experts in conducting curriculum development. However, its scope is limited to only a few schools in the vicinity. This model is considered the simplest because of its small scale.

5. Problem Solving Model

Social change is the basis of the problem solving model. In the process, this model involves all parties to be equally involved, namely students, parents, and the school itself. Involving student guardians can indirectly help solve problems that exist in the community because student guardians are part of the community.

There are two steps taken in compiling this model curriculum. the first is to conduct an in-depth study of the data obtained as a basis for compilation. The data in question must be valid and reliable so that there is a strong basis for decision making.

Weak data results in making wrong decisions so that they cannot solve problems. The second is the implementation of the decisions that have been taken and if there are problems it can be used as evaluation material.

6.Rogers models

The Rogers model is the brainchild of Carl Rogers, a psychologist. He is of the view that humans actually have a lot of potential that can be developed, but they have obstacles in developing it.

Humans individually need other people in order to overcome the obstacles in them. He applied his thoughts in the teaching and learning process so that individuals were able to achieve self-actualization.

Rogers suggested that there are four stages of curriculum development. The first is the formation of a team or group to jointly discuss problems with problematic systems. The second is to describe the problems faced by each person in the team so that they can share experiences.

Furthermore, meetings with a wider scope involving the community (students and parents) to discuss the problems faced. The last is to hold a meeting once again so that a solution to the problems described earlier emerges.

7. The Taba Reverse Model

This model has another name, namely Taba’s Inverted which was created by Hilda Taba. Curriculum development is generally deductive in nature, namely compiling a system and conducting an evaluation at the end of implementation. Taba believes that this method is not suitable and cannot provide innovation.

Taba introduces a development method that begins with searching data and experimenting with existing theories and then implementing them. It aims to match the theory that has been used so far with practice in the field.

The stages of this model are divided into five. The first determines the needs related to materials, teaching materials, and assessments to be arranged in a curriculum unit. Furthermore, trials were carried out to find out what the strengths and weaknesses were.

Third, revising the weaknesses encountered during the curriculum trials. The fourth is developing a theoretical framework and finally establishing a new curriculum.

Principles of Curriculum Development

In curriculum development, there are seven principles that must be fulfilled in its implementation. The seven principles in question are as follows.

1. The curriculum is structured based on the principle of finding potential in students so they can achieve their best abilities. In addition, it must also pay attention to the interests and needs and demands of the environment.
2. Paying attention to the diverse characteristics of students ranging from religion, socio-culture, customs, gender, and so on. There is no distinction for this diversity.
3. Adjusting to the development of science and technology in order to adapt to the changes that exist.
4. Able to meet the needs of the community as a solver of various problems faced in life.
5. Comprehensive and continuous, meaning that every lesson given to students is in accordance with their level of education and continues to a higher level.
6. The curriculum is structured so that humans can learn throughout life. This is intended so that humans do not stop to learn new things that are useful for life and the development of the times.
7. National interests must be balanced with regional interests. This means that there should be no conflicting objectives between parties in accordance with the ideals of the state.

Curriculum development must be prepared based on a solid and clear foundation so that the objectives of implementing education can be achieved. In order for the curriculum to function properly, the developer can choose a model that is appropriate to the conditions of society in general. The hope is of course one, to create human beings who are able to solve various kinds of problems faced by society.

Forms of Social Change – Social change is a form of transition that changes people’s lifestyles and can continue to occur and change due to the dynamics of social life. Sinaumed’s, Maybe you can easily adapt to the environment without difficulty. However, some people struggle to adapt to changes in society, making them feel different and uncomfortable in a rapidly changing environment. So why is there this form of social change in society?

In social life, the form of change is a very interesting study. Starting from the emergence of forms of social change, it is possible to change the symptoms and structure of society. Whether we realize it or not, a form of social change must occur within human groups and has always occurred for centuries. We can see that the process of change is natural and natural with human nature.

Below is an explanation of the forms of social change that Grammeds needs to know in order to understand the processes that occur in human development from time to time.

Understanding Forms of Social Change

What is a form of social change? As already mentioned a little bit in the first paragraph, social change is a form of transition that signifies a change in the social conditions of society, whether big or small and internal or external. The following is a definition of a form of social change from experts in this field:

1. Hirschmann

Hirschman defines socio-cultural change as a phenomenon that is influenced by communication, methods, and people’s way of thinking. This includes the influence of internal and external factors. Internal factors can be affected by conflicts, population changes, revolutions, new discoveries, and more. According to Hirschmann, socio-cultural changes that are influenced by external factors can be caused by natural disasters, foreign cultural influences, wars and even climate change.

2. Max Iver

Max Iver is one of the sociologists who also talks about social and cultural change. Social culture is defined as social change with social relations.

3. Max Weber

Contrary to Max Weber’s opinion, socio-cultural change is a condition that occurs in society caused by dissimilarity with existing elements.

4. Gillins

This is different from Gillin’s view of social change as a way of life that is influenced by changes in material and cultural conditions, changes in geographical conditions, demography, idealism, and new discoveries.

5. Kornblum

Kornblum, socio-cultural changes are caused by changes in cultural composition. Be it gradual change or long term change.

6. Kingsley Davis

In human society, Kingsley Davis defines social change as changes that occur in the structure and functioning of society.

7. Selo Sumardjan

More simply, Selo Soemardjan stated that sociocultural change is a change in social institutions. From some of the opinions above, we can conclude that forms of social change are caused by structural changes and changes in social functions. When social change changes, it automatically affects the culture of the community itself.

8. William F. Ogburn

William F. Ogburn, social change focuses on technological conditions that bring changes in certain aspects of human social life. An example of this social change is the advancement of science and technology which has a major impact on people’s mindsets.

Factors Occurrence of Social Change

Forms of social change do not only occur without symptoms and encouragement. In fact, there are several factors that are the strongest for this social change to occur. The following are some of the driving forces of social change that need to be known in order to recognize signs of emerging forms of social change:

1. New Discoveries

The existence of new discoveries in a particular society will bring changes in social conditions. A new culture that can replace or blend into one.

2. Population Impact

The number of population can have an impact on social change because it can affect the structure and society. Population is also an advantage of how social change can occur, and the more people adopt a new culture, the easier it is for the old culture to be lost or replaced.

3. The emergence of conflict

Conflict, competition, or conflict occurs naturally within certain social groups. Conflicts in society can occur because of pluralism or the emergence of a majority and a minority in a particular community. From these conflicts, social groups must find answers to these problems, which creates new cultures and new social phenomena.

4. There was a Revolution

Revolutions and rebellions can also influence the emergence of social change. This is because this phenomenon is a sign that something new needs to be done. For example, there are wars and natural disasters.

5. Openness of social class

The openness of social class can be a factor in social change, because the existence of social type has a big influence on reactions to new things. Influential people are those who are open and receptive to new things and can easily accept these changes. In an ever-changing society, social change is constantly developing and renewing itself. This is also discussed in John Scott’s book entitled Sociology of Social Change .

6. Achievement Motivation

People with achievement motivation means having the desire to progress and develop. This allows people to be more open to new things, because they are aware of changes for the better. This factor can have a positive impact on social change that occurs in society.

7. A More Advanced Education System

Talking about social change cannot be separated from the element of education which plays an important role in bringing about social change. The benchmark is the further development of education. That is, only education learns how to deal with change. The higher the quality of education, the more likely a person is to gain his own perspective and insight to embrace change.

Forms of Social Change

After experiencing the process of social change, new forms of social change are created that change according to the conditions that occur. The following are forms of social change that Sinaumed’s needs to know about:

1. Evolution and Revolution

a. Evolution

Evolution is social change that lasts a long time and occurs without the will of society itself. Subsequent evolutionary social changes are influenced by the urge of society to adapt to the times.

b. Revolution

Revolution is social change that occurs over a period of rapid and unplanned. Therefore, revolution is not evolution but social change.

2. Planned and unplanned

a. Planned Changes

This social change is said to have been planned because the change occurred in accordance with what was predicted or planned by the party making the change. The party making the change is called the change agent.

b. Unplanned Change

Social change is said to be unplanned because it occurs suddenly or without any prior planning. Unplanned forms of social change are usually championed or debated by affected communities.

3. Big and Small Changes

a. Small Changes

Small social changes usually occur in elements of change that do not have a big impact, such as fashion and lifestyle.

b. Major changes

Major forms of social change usually generate controversy among people because of their existence. In addition, major social changes require the participation of many people, which causes reactions and resistance from many groups. That is, social change is important and significant. No matter how big or small the change, social change is inevitable. Every minute there is social change discussed in the following social change theories and strategies.

Examples of Forms of Social Change

After understanding the meaning, factors, and concepts of forms of social change. Sinaumed’s also needs to understand the examples in practice in the field. The following are examples of forms of socio-cultural change from several case studies:

1. Examples of Forms of Major Socio-Cultural Change

Twenty years ago, Indonesian agriculture was still simple and manual. Starting from the nursery to planting, tending, caring for and harvesting rice, it’s very easy. But now it’s not anymore, it used to be grown in paddy fields, but now it can be grown indoors or with advanced technology.

In the past, planting rice by hand manually, now you can use a car engine. The same goes for harvest time. No longer harvested manually, but can be harvested automatically with a tractor. The world of agriculture is now increasingly sophisticated.

Of course, some people accepted this cultural change well, while others resisted it. This method was rejected by village farmers who were constrained by costs. This is because the machines used are expensive. However, some people who have money prefer this method because the process is fast.

2. Examples of Small Socio-Cultural Changes

Lifestyle changes are changes that don’t have a big impact. An example that we often see is a change in dress style. People dress without hijab. On the other hand, only a handful of people wear the hijab. Now it has changed, most of them use hijab in their daily life.

It is this headscarf that encourages people around us to wear the headscarf, not out of obligation, because of high environmental factors. But because of the influence of the environment and fashion. However, these socio-cultural changes did not cause major conflicts or contradictions in society.

3. Examples of Forms of Socio-Cultural Change Influenced by Other Countries

As a colonial country that was once colonized by Western countries, it turns out that Indonesia has also experienced socio-cultural changes. One of the positive impacts is the transformation of science and technology. Currently, Indonesia is starting to introduce the newest and latest technology from Western countries.

Unfortunately, some people are attracted to the bad. For example, influencing the lifestyle of Westerners such as drinking alcohol, being influenced by social culture that is not aware of courtesy to parents, and influencing lifestyle.

4. Examples of Forms of Socio-Cultural Change in Religion

An example of social change related to religion is Islamic culture. Indonesia is known as an Islamic country which also experiences acculturation. Of course for Muslims, the tower is not something foreign to us, is it?

Some mosques have minarets. The word tower turns out to be a form of acculturation. Gus Muwafiq once told this about the origins of the use of minarets in every mosque. In the past, when Islam had not been introduced, our nation’s ancestors had their own beliefs in being social and cultured.

This means that before Sayidina Ali went to Persia, our nation’s ancestors had already believed in their god, namely worshiping fire. When Islam came, belief in fire began to disappear. However, in practice there are still some who believe in and worship fire in the area near or in front of the mosque, so a tall pillar is built for the fire which is finally named manoro.

The sage managed to put out the fire and minarets were built in all the mosques. After that, the world copied the minaret in every mosque. Well, this story shows that Indonesia has experienced a form of socio-cultural change before the colonial era.

5. Building

The Demak Mosque is one of the oldest mosques in Java. Yogyakarta also has Demak City as the first Islamic Mataram Mosque. In terms of buildings, these two mosques have a blend of the culture of our ancestors. For example, in the city of Demak, the roof is arranged like a Hindu temple in South Asia. On the other hand, the architectural pattern of the Islamic world also includes the Ottoman style with Byzantine, Indian and Shiro-Egyptian patterns. In fact, many mosque buildings were found which were influenced by Hindu-Buddhist architecture.

6. Examples of Socio-Cultural Changes in Old Javanese Culture During the Islamic Mataram Period

Socio-cultural changes have been found to have occurred since Islam, such as during the Mataram era. Sultan Agung has launched a policy of acculturation of ancient Javanese culture (Hindu-Buddhist era) with Islamic teachings. Sultan Agung’s policies have given birth to acculturation as follows:

Grebeg adapted for Islamic holidays. In other words, Eid al-Fitr and Maulid Nabi are called Grebeg Poso, and Grebeg Murid Gamelan Sekaten is played in Grebek Murid in the courtyard of the Grand Mosque. The year of Kaka (pronounced Saka), a relic of the Hindu-Buddhist era based on the course of the sun, the year of Kaka in 1633 AD shows that Saka in 15550 no longer counts the number of suns. Calculations are based on the moon’s journey with the Buddhist model year. The newly established year is called the Javanese Year and is still in use today.

7. Communication

So far, communication between humans is very easy because there is no good means of communication. If you want to invite someone to a meeting, they usually write to you in person or show up in person. When society changes, the process of technological change also affects the social and cultural conditions of human communication. Either way, now you can make direct calls, or even someone who already has WhatsApp can make an appointment through the messaging app.

8. Language

Most of the languages ​​used to speak in indigenous peoples use their respective regional languages. The difference is that the use of technology and social media has increased, and the language has changed. For example, if you initially attend primary and secondary schools in the area, then the language you use will be the local language, but if you study at a university, then you will start using Indonesian and adapt to the new environment.

However, this change also endangers the continuity of our national language in the future. Indonesia is rich in many languages, but when they decline and Indonesians stop using them to speak, those too will be forgotten and lost.

9. Agriculture and Plantation

More and more children are trying to become employees, and in the end there is a lot of uncultivated agricultural land. Indeed, to the extent that agricultural land is widely used and legalized. Ultimately, the land is sold for residential purposes, such as building or trading a house. Social changes and current views are changing the attitude of those who work from villages to cities abroad and become civil servants. The fact is, we cannot work and be healthy without food.

Well, that’s an explanation of the form of social change. Learning and appreciating social phenomena are endless. Because in essence humans are dynamic creatures, including socially. To better understand social phenomena, Sinaumed’s can look for reference sources in the sinaumedia book collection at www.sinaumedia.com , such as the following book recommendations on social change: Happy learning. #Friends Without Limits.

Forms of International Cooperation & Benefits for Countries – Every country certainly needs other countries. This is so that the country can make its people live in prosperity. And there has never been a country that has been able to work and develop its country independently without needing the slightest assistance from other countries.

Therefore, every country has a relationship or even cooperates with other countries. International cooperation is cooperation between two or more countries.

International cooperation has the main goal of mutual benefit and mutual benefit between the two countries, but also adheres to the political-economic guidelines of the countries that are cooperating.

In order for a country to increase its economic potential, it also includes the objectives of international cooperation. To be clearer, you can see the explanation below.

Definition of International Cooperation

International cooperation is defined in general, namely as cooperation involving most of the countries in the world or also countries throughout the world.

This international economic cooperation is intended to provide benefits to their respective countries. International cooperation can also be interpreted as a cooperative relationship between two or more countries in order to achieve certain goals.

International cooperation is generally carried out between countries in order to meet the needs of the people and other interests as well.

At a glance, that is the meaning of international cooperation. Some experts express opinions regarding the understanding of international cooperation. The definition of international cooperation according to experts is as follows.

1. Perwita and Yani

According to Perwita and Yani, international cooperation is a system of relations that is based on international life and is divided into various fields. Examples include the economic, ideological, political, socio-cultural, health, environmental, security and defense sectors.

2. Dougherty and Pfaltzgraff

International cooperation according to Dougherty and Pfaltzgraff is a relationship between countries that is being forged and does not have an element of coercion or violence. And also ratified by international law in an effort to give freedom to build the country itself.

3. Holsty

According to Holsti, international cooperation is collaboration that every country does when it sees a national problem that is happening in that country. This problem must be handled properly. Because it can also threaten the unity and integrity of a country, therefore the country will immediately try to solve the problem by establishing cooperation with other countries.

4. Charles Armor McCleland

The definition of international cooperation according to Charles was put forward through his book entitled Theory and the International System in 1966. In his writings Charles, he had the opinion that international cooperation is all forms of interaction that occur between people and countries and are carried out by the government or citizens. the.

5. Koesnadi Kartasasmita

According to Koesnadi, international cooperation is the result of international relations and also the result of increasing complexity in human life in today’s international society.

6. William D. Coplin

William D Colpin also expressed his opinion regarding international cooperation through an article entitled Introduction to International Politics: A Theoretical Overview in 1971. According to William international cooperation is cooperation that originates from a form for one reason, namely the state has a desire to carry out routine interactions and new. And also good in order to achieve common goals.

7. Theodore A Couloumbis and also James H Wolfe

Wolfe and Couloumbis also expressed the opinion that international cooperation is international relations in the form of interactions that occur between citizens of one country and another. Couloumbis and Wolfe expressed their opinion through their writing entitled Introduction to International Relations in 1986.

That was the meaning of international cooperation in general and also according to some experts. And from the understanding of some experts reveal that international cooperation is carried out in order to achieve a goal. Then what is the intended purpose of the notion of cooperation? Here’s an explanation.

International Cooperation Objectives

As has been explained by several experts regarding the notion of international cooperation. This international cooperation can be carried out by several countries that want to achieve common goals and want to prosper their countries. The main goal is, of course, for mutual benefit. But there are several other objectives of this international cooperation. Some of the objectives of the existence of international cooperation are as follows:

1. Strengthen Friendship Relations

The most basic purpose of this international cooperation is to strengthen friendship between one country and another country that is cooperating. By strengthening friendship between countries, it will prevent these countries from feeling hostile and prevent war.

2. Creating World Peace

While strengthening friendly relations, this cooperation can also create a sense of peace. Good friendship between countries that cooperate can create world peace.

World peace is something that everyone wants. Because when peace is created, a much better situation will also be created.

3. Can Increase Economic Growth

The next goal is the goal that every country generally wants to achieve. One of the goals of countries in establishing international cooperation is to support the economy and increase the economic growth of a country.

An example is the State of Indonesia which is a developing country. Because Indonesia is still a developing country, Indonesia wants to achieve its goal of becoming a developed country. Therefore, a country carries out various international cooperation, such as export and import activities.

4. Expanding the Workforce

With this international cooperation, a country can exchange students from one country to another, so that students will have experience and will form new experts.

The birth of these new experts will have a good impact on the country. In addition, citizens who have become experts can create new jobs and expand existing jobs in the country.

5. Improving Progress in Various Fields

Countries that are establishing international cooperation with other countries, it is
hoped that this cooperation can increase the progress of a country in various fields.

With international cooperation, it is hoped that the country will bring prosperity and progress in various fields.

6. To Complement State Needs

Generally, conditions in a country are different, and these climatic conditions make it difficult for several countries to fulfill the country’s needs, such as harvesting food from agricultural and marine products.

Therefore, with this international cooperation, the aim is to complement the needs of the country.

For example, like Indonesia which is an agricultural country, Indonesia certainly has more reserves of the staple rice compared to countries that do not have land for farming, such as most countries in Europe. Therefore, several countries that have established international cooperative relations with Indonesia aim to meet the economic needs of their countries.

7. Prevent Conflict

International cooperation also has the goal of preventing conflict between countries. By establishing cooperation, a very close friendship is formed with the cooperating countries, so as to prevent conflict with countries that agree to work together.

That was the goal to be achieved by a country when establishing an international cooperation with other countries. Then, does this international cooperation have benefits that will be obtained by a country? the existence of international cooperation can enable countries to experience various benefits from this cooperation, what are the benefits of international cooperation? Give me an explanation.

Benefits of International Cooperation

International cooperation is a relationship that is established with other countries, having the same goals and hopes for prosperity and benefits for the country itself and its citizens.

From these advantages, of course citizens can feel the various benefits in it. The following are the benefits that citizens feel from international cooperation:

1. Promote and improve the country’s economy. this can be seen in terms of transactions and also the results of export and import by the country.

2. Get the opportunity to study and seek knowledge and technology from developed countries

3. From international cooperation, of course foreign capital will easily enter

4. Making demand for a product increase with import and export from one country to another. This will certainly improve the economic condition of a country

5. Opportunity to increase the price of imported goods

6. Participate in educating the workforce because workers are always required to be disciplined, good work results because they will be exported to other countries

7. Countries that have cooperative ties with other countries will easily obtain inadequate production materials from their country of origin. which then from these raw materials will be produced into profitable finished materials

8. With this cooperation between countries, it will increasingly create wider employment opportunities, and decrease the unemployment rate in the country

9. Can speed up a plan/a business that requires sizable funds by borrowing from international banks

10. Preventing the fading of the culture of the country itself

The points above are various benefits that will be felt by citizens and the country itself when cooperating with other countries. How? very profitable right? after knowing the meaning and benefits, now we discuss the types and forms of international cooperation.

Forms of International Cooperation

Types of international cooperation is divided into. The following are various types of international cooperation that you need to know about. So that you can distinguish some of the cooperation carried out by several countries:

1. Bilateral International Cooperation

Bilateral international cooperation is cooperation that is established by two countries and is mutualism (mutual benefit). This cooperation can be achieved in terms of trade, food products and others.

Examples include, among other things, Indonesia cooperating with Asia Pacific which forms economic and trade agreements carried out by Asia Pacific in which other countries are involved.

Cooperation with Saudi Arabia related to the pilgrimage for Muslims is another example of bilateral international cooperation.

2. Multilateral Cooperation

This collaboration is a collaboration that is forged by many countries and there are no boundaries regarding regions or even regions.

This Multilateral Cooperation has 2 types of members, namely main members and active members. What is meant by prime member? Main members are members who have the power to act as intermediaries. While the active members are small countries whose movements are said to be quite limited, the strength they have is still below that of the main members.

Examples of multilateral international cooperation include:

• North American Free Trade Agreement or (NAFTA)
• Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries or (OPEC)
• United Nations (UN) or the United Nations (UN)
• World Trade Center Organization (WTO)
• International Monetary Fund (IMF)
• World Bank Economic and Social Council (ECOSOC)
• Organization of Islamic Cooperation (OKl) Non-Aligned Movement (NAM)

3. Regional Cooperation

Regional cooperation is a form of cooperation carried out by a country in one region. The purpose of this cooperation is to create free trade in a certain area.

One example of regional cooperation is the commission relationship carried out by the United Nations in East Asia.

Some other examples of regional cooperation are as follows:

• Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN)
• Asia Pacific Economic Cooperation (APEC)
• European Union (EU) or European Union

Examples of International Cooperation

International cooperation is a cooperation carried out by countries around the world. In this case there are no regional or regional boundaries. So, all countries in the world can and have the right to cooperate with other countries. Examples of international cooperation are as follows.

1. World Trade Organization (WTO)

This collaboration has the goal of being able to discuss and also find solutions to problems regarding trade that exists between countries. The WTO has several principles, starting from the principles of trade liberation, stability of trade relations between countries, and non-discrimination.

2. International Monetary Fund (IMF)

This one collaboration is a collaboration in the form of an organization. The IMF is also included in the cooperation that can provide loans to countries that are in need of funds. Usually, countries that need loan funds are countries that have unstable currency values ​​and cannot pay off their debts. This cooperation has the goal of increasing international economic stability.

3. South East Asia Treaty Organization (SEATO)

This collaboration is a collaboration in the form of an organization. Where SEATO was founded with the aim of preventing the growth of communism in Southeast Asia. This cooperation is formed directly by the military pact.

Those are some explanations about international cooperation, examples, and some of the benefits for countries. This information will certainly be very useful, especially for those of you who are struggling in the field of marketing or marketing. Because, international cooperation has many benefits that can be profitable. Both for the country and for the people themselves. International cooperation can also increase employment opportunities that can reduce unemployment in a country. In addition, with cooperation, between countries can help other countries that are in need of assistance.

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

Forms of Indonesian Economic Globalization – In at least the last century, the world has been increasingly hit by globalization. The rapid development of technology is suspected as one of the causes of this borderless world phenomenon .

The flow of globalization is increasingly unstoppable flooding all fields, including the economy. Economic globalization has various forms and various influences. We as citizens of the world are also “required” to understand and be aware of it. What’s that like? Read more in the article below!

A. Definition of Economic Globalization

Literally, globalization can be interpreted as the process of something becoming global. “Things” here can be technology, thinking, information, and people’s lifestyles.

According to Professor Selo Soemardjan—a professor in the field of sociology—, globalization is a process of establishing organizational and communication systems among world people to follow the same systems and various rules.

Globalization has distinctive characteristics, namely, changes in the form of technological development and progress, the emergence of interdependence between countries regarding economic production and markets, common problems of the countries of the world are increasing, and the occurrence of cultural exchanges and interactions between citizens of the world.

The term globalization has actually been used by the world community since the 19th century. It’s just that at that time the word used was globalize, which refers to the emergence of a network of economic and social systems on an international scale.

The term ‘globalization’ itself was first used in 1983 by Theodore Levitt, an economist. Levitt coined the term ‘globalization’ through his writings in the form of an article entitled Globalization of Markets which was published in the Harvard Business Review. Since then Levitt has been recognized by the world as the creator of the term ‘globalization’.

Globalization has now occurred in all areas of life, the economy is one of them, so that the concept of economic globalization emerged. The economic sector is indeed a field that is easily and quickly hit by globalization. This is because the needs of the economy around the world tend to be the same and uniform.

However, the economy is not the only sector affected by globalization. According to the Head of Research at the Global Cities Institute from RMIT University who is also a Lecturer in Global Studies, Manfred Steger, there are four main empirical dimensions of globalization, namely, economics, ecology, culture, and politics.

Later there was one additional dimension and became the fifth dimension of globalization, namely ideology. This fifth dimension crosses over the other four dimensions. Why is that? Because according to Steger, this ideological dimension is full of a set of norms, beliefs, claims, and explanations regarding the phenomenon of globalization itself.

Back to globalization in the economic field. What does economic globalization really mean? The phenomenon of economic assimilation and the emergence of economic dependence between nations—both at the local, regional and even national levels—through the intensive movement of technological products, goods, services and capital, is a definition of economic globalization.

Globalization in the current economic sector arises because of the rapid development of information on all activities that are production, marketing , as well as science and technology.

In simpler language, economic globalization puts the world into one unit, the goal is to build a large trading area that transcends national boundaries.

Economic globalization is also closely related to the phenomenon of free trade which seeks to remove various barriers to the trade process in the international arena. These series of obstacles are usually caused by export and/or import tariffs that are too high, causing prices of goods to no longer compete in a healthy manner.

Other barriers can also take the form of politics in trade adopted by a country. The political goal is none other than to protect the production process in that country. In theory, free trade overcomes these barriers.

Many people may be confused and wondering, has economic globalization occurred in the world, especially in Indonesia? To answer this question, there are several characteristics of economic globalization, namely:

• Technology is developing so rapidly, even across space and time. The existence of technology products such as satellites, television, mobile phones, and especially the internet, has succeeded in making the communication process in a global scope able to take place very quickly.
• Global problems that have attracted the attention of the whole world have increased in intensity, for example, multinational crises, regional regulations, and what is currently being paid the most attention to is the environment.
• The emergence of dependence on economic production and markets in world countries caused by global trade
• The occurrence of interactions that are cultural and cross-cultural among citizens of the world who ask various new things.

In Indonesia itself, the constitution that existed from the beginning put more emphasis on the planned economy which was clearly recorded in the Preamble of the 1945 Constitution. Study the national economic system, globalization, constitutional economics and economics in the book Globalization, Constitutional Economics, and the Economics Nobel .

B. Real Forms of Economic Globalization

Although it cannot be sensed directly, economic globalization has tangible forms that can be felt. This is because the phenomenon has a characteristic that makes it easy to identify. For example, there is a cultural relationship due to the emergence of dependence on global markets.

Is a well-known entrepreneur in Indonesia, Dr. Tanri Abeng, SE, MBA, who sparked the idea of ​​five forms of economic globalization. Apart from being an economic actor in his status as a businessman, Tanri Abeng has also served as a policy maker in the VII Development Cabinet and the Development Reform Cabinet, serving as Minister of State for the Empowerment of SOEs. He has also served as President Commissioner of Pertamina.

In this capacity, the following are Tanri Abeng’s ideas about some concrete forms of economic globalization:

1. Globalization of Production

The form of globalization of production is the existence of one or more companies that set up factories in many countries. This is done with the aim of minimizing production costs . The countries chosen are usually countries that have low wage rates. In addition, the import duty rates imposed by the country are also cheap.

Furthermore, the infrastructure in the country is sufficient to carry out production. Finally, the business climate in the destination country is also conducive to the production activities of these companies.

Companies that often globalization of production are usually those engaged in the manufacturing industry. Indonesia has also become one of the destination countries for this globalization of production. In the last few decades, many world-class manufacturing companies have flocked to set up their factories in Indonesia.

2. Globalization of Financing

Globalization of production can be done because of the globalization of financing, namely, loan facilities that can be obtained by international class companies in all countries in the world.

Apart from loans, global companies can also get facilities to carry out investments. This globalization of financing then allows international companies to produce and invest in many countries.

3. Labor Globalization

This phenomenon of globalization has recently become the subject of discussion in this country, both in cyberspace and in ground copy. The entry of foreign workers into a country is a sign of the globalization of this workforce.

In this case, global companies are very likely to use human resources from many countries in the world. The workforce used is also in accordance with the level. But unfortunately, this also opens up opportunities for these companies to use HR services that have international experience. Meanwhile, the majority of workers from developing countries or countries where they are produced will only be used to become laborers with menial jobs.

4. Globalization of Information Networks

The borderless world phenomenon is evident in the globalization of this information network. People everywhere can now quickly, easily and inexpensively access information from all over the world.

Advances in technology are allegedly the main cause of the emergence of this phenomenon, especially communication and information technology. In the end, it is this technological advance that is used by global companies to market their products throughout the world.

The entry of well-known international brands in the fashion and culinary fields eventually became global tastes. This is what is currently being felt in Indonesia. Not only in urban areas, people in rural areas feel more proud to use or consume international brands than locally produced ones.

5 Globalization of Trade

This phenomenon is the ultimate form of economic globalization. The globalization of trade is manifested by the presence of uniform tariffs.

In fact, it is not uncommon for countries in the world to reduce export and import tariffs and remove various non-tariff barriers. This is done so that global trade becomes faster, fairer, but at the same time has tighter competition.

With the rapid pace of global trade, issues regarding IPR, law violations in e-commerce , electronic contracts, consumer protection in cyberspace, and various other issues are increasing. Learn all about it in the book The Influence of the Era of Globalization on Business Law in Indonesia .

C. Influence and Impact of Economic Globalization in a Country

After examining the understanding of the forms of economic globalization above, of course this phenomenon creates significant influence and impact on a country. Like two sides of a coin, economic globalization has positive, beneficial impacts, but at the same time, negative and detrimental impacts are inevitable.

1. The Positive Impact of Economic Globalization

The existence of a global company that spreads its wings throughout the world is of course a breath of fresh air for the economy, especially for developing countries. Indonesia is no exception. This is a blessing in itself that must be grateful for, but at the same time it must be watched out for.

Here are some of the positive impacts of economic globalization in more detail:

1. Economic globalization is able to stimulate economic growth in destination countries—the majority of which are developing countries, our country also feels it
2. Economic globalization makes mechanisms and investment opportunities more open in the international arena
3.  Economic globalization encourages the world economy to continue to grow. Not only partial and sectoral, the world economy is growing as a whole. This is due to the fact that there are industries whose locations have changed so as to encourage efficiency
4. Increased income in developing countries as a result of free trade on an international scale is also a positive impact of economic globalization. The increase in income was ultimately able to reduce poverty in the world
5. Still related to the point above, the increased income of developing countries due to global trade can in turn increase per capita income on a global scale.
6. Economic globalization makes goods and services commodities in one country increase in variety. This is due to the many offers of various goods and services by many countries, so that the variations become more numerous in the global market. This increased variation also results in the fulfillment of the needs of the population in one country
7. Finally, economic globalization makes a country able to compete in global markets more efficiently.

2. Negative Impacts of Economic Globalization

As mentioned above, besides having a positive impact on economic globalization, at the same time it also has a negative impact. This is because every country must increase vigilance in order to face the negative impacts of this economic globalization.

The following are some of the negative impacts of economic globalization:

1. Economic globalization causes the process of economic adjustment in a country to be ineffective. This is due to the flexibility that the country must have as a demand when it wants to engage in global trade
2. Economic globalization also results in an increase in economic conditions that are unstable and sensitive to various events, for example the occurrence of war and the presence of terrorism in a country
3. Economic globalization triggers environmental damage. This is due to the increase in parties carrying out industrial activities, from production to consumption
4. Economic globalization causes an imbalance in per capita income between developing and developed countries
5. Still related to the point above, income inequality does not only occur between countries. This gap can also occur within the scope of a country. This is due to the uneven distribution of regions that are directly affected by globalization. Urban areas usually earn more than rural areas because they have greater access to global trade. This inequality is an unavoidable risk, although on the other hand globalization has a real impact on the economy as a whole
6.   Globalization of the economy results in a decrease in the level of security at work. This is the impact of the wider scope of the market, so that security when transacting or carrying out work becomes difficult to ensure.

D. The Effect of Economic Globalization on the Indonesian Economy

As a world citizen, Indonesia cannot escape the influence of economic globalization. In Indonesia, there are at least four sectors that are directly affected by economic globalization. The four sectors are labour, investment, exports and imports. As mentioned above, the perceived impact can be both positive and negative.

In addition to the four sectors above, the phenomenon of globalization is also capable of making changes to the behavior of economic actors towards the production process. The use of factors of production more efficiently and intensively is the impact of these changes.

The positive effects of economic globalization that can be felt in this country are the increasing frequency of investment and trade, as well as the increasingly competitive industry at the national level. Once again, like two sides of a coin, negative influences must also be borne. The national industry, which is increasingly full of competition, has resulted in the destruction of comfort among the people.

In addition, economic globalization has caused many traditional economic sectors to be abandoned by society. They flocked to migrate to a more modern economic sector. As a result, many traditional markets are now quieter. Therefore, in protecting these traditional markets, the book Managing Cultural Heritage, Caring for Civilization by the Editorial Team is here to answer this.

Thus, economic globalization is indeed a necessity, a phenomenon that cannot be avoided. This is a consequence as a citizen of the world. However, we need to remember that Indonesia also has noble cultural roots that should not be abandoned.

Being global is indeed important and even a requirement, but local wisdom should also be upheld. Think global, act local. Once again, being global is important to show our existence as citizens of the world, but don’t let your identity as a nation of Indonesia erode because of it.

E. Book Recommendations on Economic Globalization

1. The Influence of the Era of Globalization on Business Law in Indonesia

2. Indonesian Economic Politics

3. Monetary Economy: Case Study of Indonesia

Definition of forest – Have you ever asked, what the earth looked like long ago? The plains that are spread all over the earth may still be lush with forests and so many wild animals, even the open seas are still blue and clean.

The vast wilderness along with the wild animals beneath it, is a gift to be a breath for the earth. Brings many benefits to all life around it. However, the development of a civilization cannot be denied, that humans continue to develop and utilize all natural resources.

Forests are included as an ecosystem that is widely used and cannot be avoided from extinction. Can we imagine how many trees in the forest must be willing to cut down to open up transportation routes, settlements, industrial factories and magnificent buildings in the metropolitan area?

When humans have flocked to build civilization, it feels like being at the top of the highest food chain is not enough, because in the industrial era 4.0, human needs are also getting higher. Again, nature must be given up to realize the endless modernization project. However, one thing we must not forget is that none of this will last long without natural resources.

If forests lose their power to continue to provide breath for the earth and all creatures in it, then our hard work in building technology will be in vain. Therefore, it is important for us to start being aware of and maintaining the ecosystem chain so that natural resources exist forever.

So how big is the impact of the presence of forests on the sustainability of life throughout the earth?

Definition of Forest

Forests as terrestrial ecosystems are mostly grown by trees, dominating almost the entire land surface on earth. Forest can also be defined as an area of ​​trees that are closely spaced, on a number of lands that have ecological functions and are protected by law.

About 75% of the gross primary production of the earth’s biosphere is produced from forests, which has a huge impact on the continuity of life on the entire surface of the earth. Forests also contain 80% of the plant biomass on earth. In addition, there are at least 21.9 gigatonnes of carbon as a result of primary production that tropical forests can provide annually.

There are at least five countries that contribute half of the world’s forests, such as Brazil, Canada, China, the United States and Russia. Not only that, most of the world’s forests are found mostly in tropical regions, depending on the temperate and subtropical boreal climate domains.

 

Differences in ecosystem areas in all forest areas also affect the condition of forest ecosystems. Thus, almost half of the forest area has intact areas, the rest have several areas with low fragments or no connectivity.

At different latitudes, altitudes, rainfall and evapontration, the forest has different conditions. So do not be surprised if each forest has different biome conditions depending on the type of forest.

Boreal forests in the Arctic region, tropical moist forests and tropical dry forests located around the Equator, and temperate forests around the mid-latitudes.

If the forest is at a higher elevation, it will usually tend to have similarities with forests at high latitudes. Rainfall in the forest will later affect the composition of the forest as well.

For humans, the forest is one of the important ecosystems and a place where they depend on all their necessities of life. As with other living things, both animals and plants themselves, the forest is also their natural habitat where everyone depends on their life there.

Forest Types in Indonesia

Indonesia itself is a country that has many types of forests. Indonesia’s diverse natural ecosystems also influence the formation of several types of forests. The following are the types of forests located throughout Indonesia.

Based on Climate

Indonesia is one of the countries that is right on the equator which is an area with a tropical climate. The location of the Indonesian archipelago which is between two continents and two oceans also has an influence on the climate, giving rise to areas with very wet, wet and rather dry climates.

This also ultimately affects the condition of forests in Indonesia and creates the following types of forests:

1. Peat Forest

Peat forest is one of the tropical forests that mostly has broad-leaved plants. Peat forests are usually located around waters which are also surrounded by rain forests and mangrove forests in brackish water. This peat forest is considered effective for absorbing carbon in the air, so it can clean it. In addition, we will also find a lot of peat forests in the Kalimantan area.

2. Tropical Rain Forest

Most tropical rainforests have a climate that is wet to very wet. Tropical rain forest areas are found in Kalimantan, Sulawesi, Sumatra, North Maluku, and also Papua.

The highest canopy layer found in this tropical rain forest is Dipterocarpaceae , followed by the lower layer consisting of the families Lauraceae, Myrtaceae, and Myristicaceae.

3. Monsoon Forest

Unlike most forests in Indonesia, monsoon forests are forests with a rather dry climate. We can find this type of monsoon forest in Central Java, Yogyakarta, Bali, East Java, the southeastern region of Maluku, NTB, parts of NTT, and also Irian Jaya.

Most of the trees found in this monsoon forest are teak (Tectona grandis), eucalyptus (Eucalyptus alba), sandalwood (Santalum album), walikukun (Actinophora fragrans), and eucalyptus (Melaleuca leucadendron).

Based on Soil Properties

According to the type of soil, Indonesia also has a forest ecosystem that is different from the wilderness in general. This type of forest has its own functions and benefits that appear naturally around Indonesian waters.

1. Mangrove Forest

There are at least around 776,000 ha of mangrove forests scattered throughout the north coast of Java Island, the east coast of Sumatra, Kalimantan, and the south coast of Papua. Most mangrove forests have tree species from Sonneratia, Avicennia, and Rhizophora.

2. Beach Forest

Coastal forest is a tree ecosystem that usually appears around non-sandy, non-sloping beach areas. For example, in several types of beaches on the south coast of Java, some of them have beaches that are not sloping and tend to be overgrown with coastal forest. Usually, in this coastal forest we find sea pine, ketapang, hibiscus, and pandanus.

3. Swamp Forest

In the area around Kalimantan, the islands of Sumatra, and also Papua, the most abundant swamp forest is found. In many waters around swamp forests, it is easiest to find several types of swamp trees, such as kempas (Koompassia spp), nyatoh (Palawuium leiocarpum), and ramin (Gonystylus spp).

By Type Arrangement

Basically, forests are also divided into two types, in which forest type groups are formed based on the types of plants and trees that are there.

1. Homogeneous Forest

Homogeneous forest is also referred to as a similar forest where most of the trees in it are of the same type. The type referred to here is not the same tree or from the same genus, but the way it develops.

Either by developing itself without human assistance or with human assistance. For example, homogeneous forests such as pine or tusam forests are forests that can develop well in certain areas without human assistance. Therefore, it is likely that other types of trees tend not to be found there.

There are also forests that can develop with human assistance, such as an artificial type of forest that is deliberately planted for special needs. An example is Industrial Plantation Forest (HTI).

2. Heterogeneous Forest

In contrast to homogeneous forests, mixed or heterogeneous forests are forest ecosystems that have far more diverse types of trees and plants. This heterogeneous forest has various genera of trees that form a group of trees.

The types of trees in this forest are also influenced by climate and ecosystem conditions, so that sometimes even in heterogeneous forests there are species and physical similarities of one tree to another. For example, heterogeneous forests that mostly have broadleaf trees, or needles (coniferous forests).

If we classify forest types based on many aspects, of course we will find various other types of forests that may exist in other countries. Like boreal forests in the Arctic region, or other types of forests that you don’t know about. For this reason, studying forest science can also be something that is always interesting to keep learning about.

Sinaumed’s, you can learn about other forest types or the beauty of flora and fauna in the forest through the book below, you know.

Forest Benefits

Forest as a natural ecosystem that provides many natural resources, certainly brings many good benefits to every life on earth. Not only humans, even animals and plants themselves also mutually produce a symbiotic system of mutualism that benefits one another.

1. Produces Oxygen for Breathing

The trees in the forest undergo a process of photosynthesis which will produce clean oxygen for all living things to breathe. With the forest as an ecosystem group, it will provide more oxygen into the air, so that humans, animals and other living things can breathe clean oxygen.

One mature tree can produce enough oxygen for 2 to 10 days. Therefore, this is why forests are the very important lungs of the world and should not be destroyed.

2. Clean the Air

Have you ever wondered why areas with more trees feel cooler? This is because during the process of photosynthesis trees also need carbon dioxide, to produce new, clean oxygen. So that around the green area will tend to be colder and cooler because there is not much carbon dioxide emission.

The leaves on the trees in the forest are also able to absorb carbon dioxide and various other pollutants. A big tree alone can help clean the air around it, moreover forests are able to clean the air on an even larger scale, cooling the earth and reducing global warming.

3. Against Floods and Landslides

Forest ecosystems are also the best water catchment areas. So that areas that have forests will be much less likely to be flooded than other areas that do not have water absorption.

The strong tree roots in the forest help keep out the rain even in high water discharges. So forests not only help against flooding, but also reduce the possibility of landslides.

4. Storing groundwater

The soil that is under the forest has a very large absorption capacity, so all the water that falls to the ground, be it rainwater or dew and other water will absorb into the ground. All the water that flows to the roots of the trees will be stored in the soil, so that it can be reused by trees and other living things on it.

5. Produce Food for All Living Things

As a fairly complex ecosystem, forests are not only naturally beneficial as the largest oxygen supplier. However, the many varieties of plants and trees in the forest are also capable of producing food for its inhabitants.

Starting from fruits from various types of trees, seeds, mushrooms and leaves which are the staple food for animals, even humans. Not only food, in the forest it is also possible for you to find various medicinal plants that can cure diseases.

6. Meet Human Needs

For humans themselves, the presence of forests actually has a very significant impact. If in the past the forest was a place for humans to take shelter from the wind, rain, so that they could create homes and build civilizations.

So, at this time forests are also still producing building materials such as wood, which are then used for various things, recycling them also enables humans to produce paper, textiles and so on.

Forests are naturally also a place for many plants that are suitable for human consumption, and make it easier for us to find animals for hunting materials. Currently, perhaps the presence of forests also makes it easier for humans to find food for their livestock.

Conclusion

Sinaumed’s, you certainly want to have a healthy life until tomorrow when our children and grandchildren are adults. In fact, it is not enough to achieve health with a healthy lifestyle and exercise alone, there are environmental factors that must be equally maintained for our own survival.

If reducing the use of technology that can have a negative impact on nature is felt to have not produced significant results. So the only way is to increase the number of oxygen suppliers to clean the air again so we can breathe properly.

For example by planting trees and plants, increasing green areas, and reducing the use of materials that are not environmentally friendly. As the saying goes, little by little will become a hill. Make small changes together, love nature, for a healthy and prosperous life in the future.

Thus the discussion about the benefits of forests and their types. Hopefully all the discussion above adds to your insight.

If you want to find books about forests, then you can get them at sinaumedia.com . To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information.

Author: Inca

 

Exchange rates and foreign currencies are indicators or parameters used by individuals, agencies and countries in conducting economic transactions. Maybe many people already know and understand what exchange rates and foreign exchange are. However, did you know that there is a term foreign exchange rate?

Foreign exchange rates consist of two different terms, namely exchange rates and foreign exchange. Therefore, before discussing foreign exchange rates, the first thing that needs to be discussed is the meaning of exchange rates, foreign exchange, and foreign exchange rates. Let’s look at an explanation of exchange rates, foreign exchange, and foreign exchange rates.

A. Definition of Exchange Rate

The exchange rate is one of the terms often used in the financial sector and is known as the exchange rate . According to the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI) exchange rate is the value of a country’s currency expressed in the value of another country’s currency.

In general, the exchange rate can be interpreted as the price of currency values ​​that can be measured by the value of foreign currencies and can be purchased or exchanged for other currencies.

B. Definition of Foreign Currency

Foreign currency in the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI) means foreign currency used in international trade. Forex is also included in one part of foreign exchange.

In simple terms, foreign currency or commonly referred to as foreign currency is a foreign currency that is recognized and accepted by other countries. Foreign currency can be used as legal tender when conducting international economic transactions or international trade.

In order to better understand foreign exchange and foreign exchange, Sinaumed’s can read Adler Haymans Manurung’s book entitled Foreign Exchange Reserves & Foreign Exchange Exchange which is below.

C. Currencies Active in Foreign Exchange

The value of foreign currencies will always change from time to time. In general, the currency that has the highest selling value will be traded on forex . What is forex? Forex is an acronym for foreign exchange which means a currency exchange transaction.

Maybe some people don’t know the level of currency that has the highest exchange rate in currency exchange or forex transactions . In order to find out the level of currency values, you can refer to the information from the following table.

Rating	Currency Name	Code
1	United States Dollar (American Dollar)	USD
2	Eurozone Euro (Euro)	EUR
3	Japanese Yen (Japanese Yen)	JPY
4	British Pound Sterling (British Pound Sterling)	GBP
5	Swiss Franc	CHF
6	Australian Dollar (Australian Dollar)	AUD
7	Canadian Dollar (Canadian Dollar)	CAD
8	Deutsche Mark (German Mark)	DM/DEM

If based on the table above, the US Dollar currency, namely the United States Dollar, ranks first in currency exchange transactions. However, in general, all currencies in the table are often traded in pairs or known as pairs . For example, EUR/GBP, GBP/USD, EUR/USD, AUD/USD, and GBP/JPY.

The US Dollar currency is the currency most traded in currency exchange transactions. This is because more than half of all currency exchange transactions are controlled or dominated by the US Dollar.

There are several reasons that can cause the US Dollar to control the forex market . Here are some of these reasons.

1. The United States’ economy is the largest in the world.
2. The US dollar is the world’s reserve currency.
3. The political system owned by the United States is quite stable and strong.
4. The US Dollar is a medium of exchange or payment used in international trade transactions.
5. The United States has the largest and most liquid financial market in the world.

In order to gain a better understanding of foreign exchange, the Foreign Exchange Market book can be used as a reference for Sinaumed’s who is a foreign exchange market player who discusses theory and practice, from micro to macro foundations, as well as cases surrounding the world foreign exchange market.

D. Foreign Exchange Function

As the world develops, especially in the economic field, the trade sector also develops so that many countries carry out international trade. In international trade, a tool for exchanging world currencies is needed and that tool is foreign exchange.

Foreign exchange has three functions, namely a means of exchange and international payments, a tool for controlling exchange rates, and a tool for facilitating international trade. In order to understand more about these three functions. Check out the explanation as follows.

1. Means of exchange and international payments

In general, all transactions require a medium of exchange such as money. In international trade, whether in the form of goods or services, the medium of exchange used is foreign exchange. Thus, it can be said that foreign exchange functions as money used as a medium of exchange in international trade in the form of goods or services.

An example of a case where foreign exchange functions as a medium of exchange and international payments is when Indonesia imports vehicles from Japan, then the resident currency that must be paid to the Japanese is Yen.

2. Exchange rate controller

Currency exchange rates owned by a country will continue to change so that it requires a tool to control changes in other countries’ currency exchange rates and that tool is the foreign exchange rate. The use of certain foreign exchange rates in a country, so that country can overcome or control currency exchange rates more easily.

For example, with the Rupiah exchange rate against the United States Dollar, the Rupiah exchange rate can be seen whether it is increasing or decreasing. In other words, the exchange rate becomes a benchmark for maintaining the stability of the value of a country’s currency.

3. A tool to facilitate international trade

In international trade, it requires smoothness in transactions so that it does not require a lot of time. Foreign exchange is a tool that can expedite international trade transactions so that the buying and selling process runs smoothly without being constrained by the currency of each country. Therefore, every country that wants to transact in international trade requires foreign exchange rates.

For example, the foreign currency that is often used in international trade is the United States Dollar because this currency is easily exchanged into the currency of other countries (which make transactions) so that international trade transactions run easily.

E. Types of Foreign Exchange Markets

The foreign exchange market is a market used for currency exchange transactions. For someone who just wants to enter into currency exchange transactions, it is necessary to know the types of currency markets. By knowing the types of foreign exchange markets, beginners will not take the wrong steps in making currency exchange transactions. Check out the types of foreign exchange market as follows:

1. Spot Market

The spot market is a market that facilitates immediate currency exchange transactions at banks and money changers. Transactions on the spot market are usually carried out when you want to go on vacation abroad.

Traders usually play transactions that exist in the spot market . For example, when the school holidays begin, the demand for Singapore Dollars will increase because many families will go to Singapore.

2. Forward Market

The forward market is a market that serves the purchase of foreign currency with a contract. Usually, the value of currency purchase contracts in this market can reach millions of US dollars.

Forward transactions are usually carried out by individuals or institutions, either from banks or non-banks, who already have a special contract with a bank, so that these transactions can be said to be transactions that occur between banks.

3. Currency Futures Market

The Currency Futures Market is a market that provides Currency Futures contract trading . One type of Currency Futures contract can ensure a standard volume of a certain currency that can be exchanged at a certain settlement date in the future.

In the Currency Futures market, there are two types of transaction objects, namely foreign exchange ( financial futures market ) and commodities ( commodity futures market ). The benefits of this market are limiting risk ( hedging ) and speculative purposes.

4. Currency Options Market

The Currency Option market is a market that provides trading or buying and selling of Currency Option contracts . Currency Option contracts are divided into two groups, namely Currency Call and Currency Put .

F. Types of Foreign Exchange Transactions

There are four types of foreign exchange transactions, namely spot transactions , forward transactions , swap transactions and option transactions . See an explanation of the types of foreign exchange as follows.

1. Spot transactions

Spot transactions are transactions in the form of buying and selling foreign currencies (forex) or currencies by way of handover and payment between banks which are immediately completed within two working days.

There are several ways to use when handing over funds in a spot transaction , viz

2. Value today (Value tod or Cash)

Value today is the transfer of funds made on the same date or day as the date or day a transaction is made. This method is also known as same day settlement .

3. Value tomorrow (Value tom)

Value tomorrow is the delivery of funds made on the next working day or the working day after the contract is made. This method is commonly known as one day settlement .

4. Spot values

Spot value is the transfer of funds made within two working days after the transaction date. Usually this way is done in international transactions.

4. Forward transactions

A forward transaction is a transaction in the form of a contract that is agreed on the same day, but the settlement will be carried out in the future (the agreed date). Because of that, this transaction is also called a futures transaction.

In simple terms, when carrying out a forward transaction, the rate will be fixed at the time the contract is made, but payment and delivery will be made when the contract is due.

5. Swap transactions

A swap transaction is a transaction involving a contract to buy and sell foreign currency using a spot price that has been combined with a buy and sell transaction of foreign currency that is the same as the forward price. Thus, this transaction is a combination of spot transactions and forward transactions.

Briefly, this transaction is executed by a market maker ( dealer ) by buying a currency with a spot transaction and paying the same amount, but with a forward transaction .

6. Option transactions

An option transaction is a contract that is used to obtain the right to buy or sell a certain amount of foreign currency at a certain price, timeframe and end date.

Sinaumed’s can also read learning related to the basics of buying and selling foreign exchange online, through analysis of movements, and much more in the Foreign Exchange Investment book below.

G. Definition of Foreign Exchange Rates

After knowing the meaning of exchange rates and foreign currencies, foreign exchange rates can be interpreted as a ratio/comparison of the value of domestic currency and foreign currency.

Foreign exchange rates are often used in international trade so that a country before carrying out transactions in international trade will see and observe developments in foreign exchange rates.

H. Foreign Exchange Exchange System

Foreign exchange has several systems in its use. These systems are divided into three, namely a fixed exchange rate system, a free or floating exchange rate system, and a controlled floating exchange rate system. Check out the explanation of the three courses.

1. Fixed exchange rate system ( fixed exchange rate )

Fixed exchange rate system is a currency exchange rate system that is fixed or must follow the rules that have been made by the central bank (government).

In this exchange rate system, the central bank or government has a role in the foreign exchange market by buying or selling foreign currency if the exchange rate does not comply with predetermined standards or rules.

2. Floating exchange rate system

A free or floating exchange rate system is a system in which the currency exchange rate is influenced or determined by market forces. The supply and demand for foreign currency will determine the currency’s value.

This system is free or will always change so that foreign exchange market participants must continue to observe developments that occur in foreign currency exchange rates.

3. Controlled floating exchange rate system ( floating exchange rate )

A controlled floating exchange rate system is a foreign exchange rate system in which both the government and the market have the right to determine foreign exchange rates.

I. Types of Foreign Exchange Rates

After knowing the meaning and system of foreign exchange rates, it’s not complete if you don’t discuss the types of foreign exchange rates. Foreign exchange rates are divided into three groups, namely selling rates, buying rates and middle rates. The following describes the three types of exchange rates.

1. Selling rate

The selling rate is the price of a foreign currency given or determined by a bank or money changer to someone who wants to sell foreign currency or exchange Rupiah for foreign currency.

2. Buying rate

The buying rate is the price of a foreign currency given or determined by a bank or money changer to someone who wants to buy foreign currency or exchange foreign currency for Rupiah.

3. Middle rate

The middle rate is the rate given by a bank or money changer between the selling rate and the buying rate (the selling and buying rates are added up and then divided by two).

J. Example of Foreign Exchange Rate Calculation

One day Putri was being given a job abroad and she got paid for the trip of IDR 45,000,000.00.

At the time of carrying out his work, the applicable exchange rate is as follows.

The selling rate is IDR 15,000.00 per US$ 1

Buying rate IDR 14,500.00 per US$ 1

How much will Putri get paid in United States Dollars?

Putri will exchange Rupiah for United States Dollars, here’s how to calculate the selling rate.

Rp. 45,000,000.00 : IDR 15,000 = US $ 3,000

So, the money that Putri has in the form of US Dollars is US$3,000

K. Conclusion

For a country that wants to carry out transactions in international trade, be it imports or exports, it is necessary to pay attention to foreign exchange rates. Meanwhile, for individuals if they want to carry out currency exchange transactions on forex , they need to know the types of foreign exchange markets.

The United States Dollar is the currency that has the highest value in foreign currency. One of the causes of the United States currency being the highest value in currency exchange transactions is that the United States has the largest and most liquid money market in the world.

Such is the brief explanation of the foreign exchange rate for Sinaumed’s which is useful for a country in making transactions.

Sinaumed’s can also learn about transactions in this international trade through the books available at sinaumedia as #Friends Without Borders who accompany your free walk and your learning process. Buy the book right now!

Also read other articles related to  “Foreign Exchange Rates”  :

• Definition of Goods Market
• Definition of Request and Offer
• Definition of Money
• Definition of Inflation
• Definition of Banks
• Definition of Balance of Payments
• Economic Principles
• Definition of Scarcity
• Definition of Macroeconomics
• Microeconomics
• Economic Recession
• Economic growth
• Economic Globalization
• People’s Economy
• Economic agents
• Economic Problems in Indonesia
• Economics
• Types of Economic Systems
• People’s Economy

Definition of Foreign Exchange – The financial sector in a country can be said to be the most important sector in the country’s economic growth. The financial sector is likened to the heart of the country. In other words, if the heart (financial sector) is healthy and stable, economic growth will run smoothly.

The foreign exchange reserves owned by a country are one of the parameters indicating that the country’s financial sector is not experiencing problems and the wheels of the economy are turning well.

Thus, foreign exchange is something that must be given special attention by a country so that the wheels of the economy rotate properly so that developments also run well. Not only that, a country’s good image will emerge when foreign exchange reserves continue to grow.

A. Definition of Foreign Exchange

International trade requires an agreement on means of payment that apply internationally, one of which is foreign exchange. Therefore, every country that wants to or has carried out international trade should have foreign exchange.

According to Law Number 24 of 1999 concerning Foreign Exchange Flows and the Exchange Rate System it is said that foreign exchange is a tool and a source of financing for the nation and state. Meanwhile, according to the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI) foreign exchange is a foreign payment instrument that can be exchanged for foreign money.

Foreign exchange reserves or in English are called foreign exchange reserves, which are deposits from central banks and monetary authorities. Indonesia’s central bank is Bank Indonesia. Meanwhile, Indonesia’s monetary authorities are Bank Indonesia, the Ministry of Finance, and the National Development Planning Agency (Bappenas).

A country that is able to finance imports with foreign exchange reserves is a sign that the country’s financial sector is running stably so that the country can conduct international trade and expand production markets.

If a country has smaller foreign exchange reserves, it is a sign that the country is unable to generate foreign exchange. Therefore, a country must maintain good foreign exchange reserves in order to give a good impression to a country.

Basically, foreign exchange reserves and the domestic economy are interconnected so that they influence one another. If the domestic economy weakens, foreign exchange reserves will decrease. Vice versa, if the economy improves, foreign exchange reserves will increase. Thus, the domestic economy must be managed properly and thoroughly so that the country’s foreign exchange reserves can continue to increase.

B. Foreign Exchange Function

Foreign exchange can be said to be one of the country’s economic strengths, especially in the financial sector. Therefore, a country must be wise when using foreign exchange. Wise use of foreign exchange will benefit the country. The foreign exchange functions that are beneficial to a country are as follows.

1. Foreign debt financing tools

For some countries, especially developing countries, they will pay debts to other countries to meet domestic needs. This is because the country’s income has not been able to meet domestic needs.

The wealth owned by each country is different so that the income of each country will also be different. Good utilization of wealth can be used as a source of state income and can even be used as a state foreign exchange reserve.

These foreign exchange reserves can be used as financing to pay off foreign debt. If the state debt has been paid, the foreign exchange reserves are used for economic growth, development, and others.

2. Means of payment for international trade

Lots of countries want to introduce their superior products and market them to the global market so that international trade emerges. With international trade, the country’s income can increase.

One of the important things in international trade is export and import activities. When carrying out export and import transactions, a means of payment is required, namely foreign exchange. This foreign exchange is often used as a means of payment for international trade because of its convenience when used and transactions can be accomplished.

Thus, the foreign exchange used when carrying out international trade transactions can be used as a second currency for a country.

3. International relations financing tool

Every country must have good relations with other countries. Good relations between two or more countries will make it easier for a country to establish cooperation.

To establish relations with other countries requires operational costs, such as activities carried out abroad, official travel abroad, and diplomatic activities between countries. This operational cost can be financed through foreign exchange.

The use of foreign exchange when carrying out international relations must be carried out wisely and maximally so that no foreign exchange is wasted.

4. As a Source of State Revenue

Most of the function of foreign exchange is used as a means of payment and financing. Starting from international trade payments to financing to establish international relations.

Unlike the other foreign exchange functions, the last foreign exchange function is used as a source of state revenue. With foreign exchange, domestic development can be carried out, the financial sector will be stable, and economic growth will be maintained.

The function of foreign exchange as a source of state revenue must be maintained properly so that state revenue does not decrease and is even expected to increase.

Sources of foreign exchange can be obtained domestically. Therefore, the sources of foreign exchange that exist in the country must be maximally obtained so that foreign exchange functions can be carried out.

C. Sources of Foreign Exchange

Every foreign exchange in a country must come from the largest source of income. That is, if a country excels in the tourism sector, that country will maximize the growth of the tourism sector so that many foreign tourists or local tourists come so that the country gets a high source of foreign exchange. High sources of foreign exchange will maintain the stability of foreign exchange reserves owned by a country.

The source of foreign exchange is not only in the tourism sector, but there are other sources of foreign exchange. Check out the foreign exchange sources as follows.

1. Export of goods and services

Export activities of both goods and services are a source of foreign exchange that can be relied upon because from this activity there will be many benefits for a country, such as introducing superior products that are sold at competitive prices.

Thus, the more goods or services that are exported, the income of a country will continue to increase so that foreign exchange reserves will be stable and tend to increase. Therefore, the government in a country needs to maximize this export activity.

2. Foreign aid

Loans or assistance originating from abroad are usually in the form of money because money is considered more significant as a source of foreign exchange for the country. However, sometimes there are several countries that send aid in kind.

Assistance in the form of goods is also very meaningful for a country, but can only be used to save foreign exchange. This is because a country that is given assistance in the form of goods does not need to issue foreign exchange reserves (money) to buy these goods.

3. Private funding

Sometimes there are several countries that use funds from the private sector as a source of foreign exchange. The source of foreign exchange provided can be in the form of money or in the form of development investment so that when building something, the state does not need to spend funds. One example of development carried out by the private sector is the Integrated Average Mode (MRT).

4. Foreign debt

For some developing countries that have not been able to generate maximum foreign exchange reserves, they will need loans from abroad. Thus, borrowed funds from abroad will be recorded as state debt as well as a source of state foreign exchange reserves.

Therefore, these loan funds must be used optimally so that foreign exchange reserves remain stable and can increase so that these debts can be paid.

5. Tourism

There are several countries that rely on the tourism sector as a source of foreign exchange income, one of which is Indonesia. Tourism in Indonesia is well known to foreign countries so many tourists want to travel to Indonesia. Bali is the most visited area in Indonesia because it has stunning natural beauty.

When traveling, foreign tourists will exchange their money so that it can be used in the country of visit. The money earned when tourists travel will be used as a source of foreign exchange for a country. In other words, foreign exchange earnings from the tourism sector will increase if tourists coming from abroad continue to grow.

6. Import duties

Goods coming from abroad when entering the country will be subject to an entry fee. This entry fee is often known as import duty. This import duty is a potential source of foreign exchange.

The more goods that enter the country, the more income the country will get through the import duty sector. Thus, a country needs to optimize this import duty sector because it is a source of foreign exchange and can increase foreign exchange reserves.

D. Types of Foreign Exchange

After explaining the meaning of foreign exchange and the sources of foreign exchange, it is incomplete if you don’t discuss various types of foreign exchange. By knowing the various types of foreign exchange, it will be easy for us to distinguish the categories of foreign exchange. See an explanation of the following types of foreign exchange.

1. General foreign exchange

General foreign exchange is foreign exchange obtained through credit or international trading activities such as exports and imports, receipt of capital, procurement of services, and others. Thus, this foreign exchange is like borrowing a debt so that when you owe it, you have to repay the debt.

2. Foreign exchange credit

The similarities between credit foreign exchange and general foreign exchange are that they both have to repay debts and what distinguishes these two foreign exchanges is the flow of funds. Funds from general foreign exchange are usually used to advance a company or improve the quality of production.

Meanwhile, credit foreign exchange is foreign exchange obtained from credit or foreign loans. However, funds obtained from foreign exchange credit are usually used for the benefit of the community, such as money loans for MSMEs that have low interest rates.

3. State foreign exchange

State foreign exchange is foreign exchange owned by the government of a country. The country’s foreign exchange is obtained from exports, taxes, import duties, and others. It is important for a country to pay attention to the country’s foreign exchange so that foreign exchange reserves will continue to exist and even increase. Well-maintained foreign exchange reserves will maintain the stability of the country’s economy.

4. Complementary foreign exchange

Complementary foreign exchange is foreign exchange owned by the private sector, but the use of this foreign exchange is supervised and regulated by the government. Usually, complementary foreign exchange is generated through the sale of services (forex).

5. Export foreign exchange

Export foreign exchange is the same as complementary foreign exchange, but what distinguishes the two types of foreign exchange is the source. The source of export foreign exchange is foreign exchange resulting from the export of visible goods. The export foreign exchange used must comply with the applicable foreign exchange regulations.

The use of foreign exchange by the government or the private sector can be said to be good if it has been supervised. Monitoring the use of foreign exchange can prevent foreign exchange reserves from being wasted. If there is a waste of foreign exchange reserves, foreign exchange reserves can be depleted and can give a bad image to the country.

E. Forms of Foreign Exchange

Foreign exchange takes three forms, namely securities, foreign money orders, and foreign currency. Check out the explanation of the following forms of foreign exchange:

1. Securities

Securities are documents that have value and are protected by law and the state. Securities must be properly guarded so that nothing is lost. For example, bonds, stocks, and commercial papers.

2. Foreign bills of exchange

A money order is something that is sent from abroad by Indonesian Migrant Workers (TKI) to their beloved families who live in Indonesia. Families in Indonesia will definitely be happy because they can receive something from abroad.

These TKI are usually called foreign exchange heroes because the large amount of foreign exchange sent to Indonesia will go into the state treasury.

3. Foreign exchange

As we already know that not all domestic currencies can be used as a means of international payment transactions. Therefore, when conducting international trade, a country must use foreign currency. Foreign exchange is the second currency that can be used in international trade transactions.

This form of foreign exchange (foreign exchange) can be obtained from foreign credit, credit foreign exchange, credit general foreign exchange. How to use foreign exchange?

In simple terms, foreign currency will be used if foreign parties want compensation or payment in the form of US currency, namely dollars or other foreign currencies that have more stable exchange rates, such as pounds or yen. Therefore, for Indonesian companies wishing to cooperate with foreign companies, they need to purchase foreign currency at a foreign exchange bank and can be paid using rupiah.

F. Benefits of Using Foreign Exchange

Foreign exchange reserves could run out if they are used without regulation and supervision, which can make it difficult for the wheels of the economy to turn so that national development is hampered. Therefore, the use of foreign exchange must be used wisely so that foreign exchange reserves will not run out and the benefits can be achieved. The following are the benefits of using foreign exchange.

• Can be used to finance trade transactions for imported goods and services;
• Can overcome foreign obligations for the purchase of securities by domestic investors;
• Can be used to make payments on overdue foreign loans (debt);
• Can be used to finance existing or residing government representatives abroad;
• Can be used to carry out cultural, artistic and sports missions abroad.

G. Conclusion

Foreign exchange reserves are the financial sector owned by a country and function as a means of payment for international trade, payment of foreign debts, financing of international relations, and a source of state revenue. The stability of foreign exchange reserves must be properly maintained so that economic growth and development on a national scale can run well.

Foreign exchange earnings can be obtained through six sources, namely export of goods and services, assistance from abroad, private funding, foreign debt, tourism and import duties. Foreign exchange takes three forms, namely foreign currency, securities, and bills of exchange from abroad.

Also read the   following articles related to “Definition of Unemployment” :

• Meaning of Summons
• Example of a column balance
• Example of Bank Reconciliation
• Economic Principles
• Definition of Scarcity
• Definition of Macroeconomics
• Microeconomics
• Economic Recession
• Economic Globalization
• People’s Economy
• Economic agents
• Economic Problems in Indonesia
• Economics
• Types of Economic Systems
• People’s Economy
• Definition of Unemployment

Also get the following ” Economics ” related books :

1. Globalization, Constitutional Economics, and the Economics Nobel

2. Monetary Economy: Case Study of Indonesia

3. Indonesian Economic Politics

Author : Restu Nasik Kamluddin

Force measuring device – In the daily life that we live, of course, it will issue various types of forces with different intensities. Force is a parameter that shows the work of a machine or energy-producing device, for example in a motorcycle engine or car engine. This force can be measured with a special tool called a dynamometer.

With a force measuring device, a dynamometer, we will know the magnitude of the force that occurs, so that we can maximize the force in everyday life. On this occasion, we will discuss more about the force measuring device or better known as the dynamometer. So, read this article until it’s finished, Sinaumed’s.

Definition of Force Measurement Tool

Force measuring devices are also called dynamometers or spring balance. A dynamometer is a device for measuring the size of a force by applying the principle of spring force. Another name for a dynamometer in a physics laboratory is a spring balance.

This spring balance is also commonly used to measure weight instead of mass. Therefore, one of the main parts of this tool is the spring which is located on the dynamometer.

Dynamometers are also used to measure engine speed/RPM and torque, where the force or power generated from a rotating machine or tool can be calculated. Therefore, this dynamometer can also be found on cars or motorcycles, because it has a driving engine.

The Purpose of Using a Force Measurement Tool

The function of a force measuring device or dynamometer is as a tool to measure the size of the force, where when we give a push or pull to an object, we will not know how much pull or push we are giving.

In other words, to know the magnitude of the force we apply, we need a measuring instrument. This tool is called a dynamometer or spring balance.

For example, a force that can be measured with a dynamometer is a force that can be measured with a dynamometer is weight or the weight of an object that is a mass by gravity.

 

 

Dynamometer Parts

The parts of the dynamometer are hangers, scale pointers, springs, scales, rods and hooks. Each part of the dynamometer has its own function. The following functions of each of these parts are as follows

a. Hanger

Hanger as a place to hold the dynamometer (spring balance) so as not to interfere with the measurement process. So, the function of the hanger is to make it easier for someone to hold the dynamometer.

b. Hook

Hook as a place where objects are placed. Then, the function of this hook is as a place to put the object whose force you want to measure.

c. Stem

The stem is the outer part that wraps the spring so that it becomes a system.

d. Scale

The price scale is printed on the dynamometer (spring balance) which shows the measurement results. With this scale, we will know the results of measuring the force on an object.

e. Spring

Spring part of the dynamometer (spring balance) which is very vital. This is because with this spring, the dynamometer system functions properly.

f. Scale Pointer

The section scale pointer serves to indicate the scale (result) of measurement.

Dynamometer Scale

The lines on the scale on the dynamometer or spring balance follow the official unit of force in International Units (SI), namely Newton (N). The spring balance has two scale lines, namely the N (newton) and g (gram) scales. To weigh the load (object), first set the scale to 0 (zero) by rotating the scale adjustment screw.

Then, hang the object on the balance hook, then read the measurement results. The advantage of weighing a load using a spring balance is that once you weigh an object, you can know the mass and weight of the object at once.

Dynamometer Working Principle

In general, the dynamometer (spring balance) uses a principle that follows Hooke’s law, namely: “Elastic force as a cause of harmonic vibration is directly proportional and opposite to the deviation” .

Hooke’s law states that the length of a spring is proportional to the force it pulls. That is, when we apply a force to a spring, this force causes the spring to lengthen or shorten.

It can be concluded, the working principle of the dynamometer, namely the object to be measured is mounted on the end of a helical spring whose extension shows the value of the object’s weight on a calibrated scale. Therefore, it can be said that the working principle of this balance is quite simple where a spring balance can measure the mass of an object by balancing the existing balance arm.

Types of Force Measuring Instruments

Dynamometer force measuring devices (spring balance) are distinguished by the method of measurement as well as by shape and use. There is a dynamometer that is used to measure pulling force, there is also a dynamometer that is used to measure thrust and grip strength. Here’s an explanation.

Based on Measurement Method

Based on the measurement method, dynamometers are divided into two types, namely Engine Dynamometer (ED) and Chassis Dynamometer (CD).

1. Engine Dynamometer (ED)

Engine Dynamometer (ED) is a measurement method that is carried out with the engine output shaft connected directly to the dynamometer. In this measurement, the engine dynamometer provides data that is read in units of horsepower or horsepower. This unit is denoted by the letter dk.

2. Chassis Dynamometer (CD)

Chassis Dynamometer (CD) is a measurement method that is carried out through the vehicle’s drive wheels. By turning on the engine in a very short time until it reaches the maximum rotational speed, then the measurement results can be seen on the monitor or analog panel on the dynamometer unit.

Based on Form and Use

1. Tensile Force Measuring Dynamometer

A dynamometer for measuring the size of the tensile force is called a spring balance. This spring balance consists of a coil spring contained in a protected vessel with a scale pointer connected to the other end.

When a tensile force is applied to the end of the spring, the spring will stretch. The magnitude of the strain depends on the force. This type of dynamometer is often used to measure the amount of force needed to pull an object or to measure the weight of an object due to the influence of gravitational pull.

2. Thrust Measuring Dynamometer

In addition to pulling, force can also be a push. There are several types of dynamometers that can be used to measure the amount of thrust.

If the dynamometer pull uses spring tension, then the thrust gauge uses spring density. When a thrust is applied to the end of the spring, the spring will compress. Then, the density depends on the force.

3. Dynamometer for measuring grip strength

There is one type of dynamometer specifically used to measure hand grip strength or commonly called handgrip dynamometry.

How the Force Gauge Works

The working principle of the dynamometer utilizes the elastic properties of the spring. The physical law governing the nature of springs is called Hooke’s law. This law states that the length of a spring is proportional to the force it pulls. That is, when we apply a force to the spring, this force causes the spring to lengthen or shorten.

An example of the weight of an object due to the gravitational pull of the earth, how to measure it as follows.

Activity:

• Measure the weight of an object with a dynamometer due to the gravitational pull of the earth.

Tools and materials:

• Dynamometer or Spring Balance.
• The object to be measured, such as blocks or iron.

Measurement Step:

• Give a hook on a block or iron so that it can be attached to the dynamometer.
• Then hang the spring balance in a fixed plane.
• Hook the object to be measured on the spring.
• Let the object hang freely and record the scale measurement results.

Procedure for Using the Dynamometer

The procedure for using a dynamometer or spring balance is as follows:

1. Calibration

Calibration is a process of comparing a local reference to an applicable standard to ensure the accuracy of a measuring instrument or to standardize measuring conditions before use so that measurement results are accurate and close to the true value.

The way to calibrate the dynamometer (spring balance) is by rotating the screw at the top of the dynamometer without load until the scale pointer line shows on the zero scale.

2. Measurement

Here’s how to measure the dynamometer as follows:

• Hang the object to be measured on the hook at the bottom of the spring.
• After the system has calmed down, look at the scale indicated by the scale pointer.

3. How to Read

How to read the use of a dynamometer is the same as using a ruler, that is by looking at the number pointed to by the scale pointer. Usually, the accuracy limit or the smallest scale value on the dynamometer varies and usually what is often used in the laboratory is 0.1 N.

 

 

Force Measurement Tool Function

1. Dynamometer as a Force Measuring Tool

When we give a pulling or pushing force, we don’t necessarily know how much force we put out. To measure the amount of force that we put out, we need a tool called a dynamometer or spring balance. In the laboratory, a dynamometer is also used to measure weight, namely gravity, not mass.

The working principle of the dynamometer follows Hooke’s law, while the spring balance as a measuring device for gravity is made of a spring in a container that is given a scale. The number on the scale will indicate the amount of force that the object emits.

The load will be hung on the lower end of the spring vertically, then the spring will extend and the magnitude of the force is known through the scale on the tool. When weighing the load, the scale must be adjusted to the zero position via the scale adjuster. Then the load is hung on the hook.

2. Dynamometer as an Effort Measuring Tool

In physics, when we apply a force to an object and then the object moves from its original place, it is called work. However, if there is no object displacement, it can be concluded that the force exerted does not produce work. For example, the force released when pushing the wall.

3. Dynamometer as a Power Measuring Tool

Power in physics can be interpreted as a measure of the speed of doing work, namely the amount of energy expended per unit time. Measuring power requires a change in the value of the object’s position and the specific time when the change occurs.

Kinds of Style

Friction

Friction is the force generated by the surfaces of objects rubbing against each other. This is due to the contact of one object with another, so this force is a type of touch force. For example, people sharpen knives on a whetstone.

Gravity (Gravity)

Gravity or gravity is an attractive force between two objects that have mass. The magnitude of the force of attraction of an object depends on the mass of the object. The existence of the earth’s gravity makes objects on the surface of the earth always attracted towards the center of the earth.

Spring Style

Spring force is the force possessed by a hanging spring or a stretched or compressed spring. An example of this style is when we ride a trampoline.

Electric Force

Electric force is the force caused by electrically charged objects. For example in electronic devices.

Muscle Style

Muscle force is a pulling or pushing force against an object produced by muscles. In everyday life, an example is a horse pulling a carriage or a person pushing a car when it breaks down.

Machine Style

Machine force is the pulling or pushing force exerted by the engine. For example, when a car or motorcycle moves because of the engine.

Magnetic Force

Magnetic force is a pull or push force exerted by a magnet. For example, the magnet attached to the refrigerator.

Examples of Objects That Have a Spring Style

In everyday life, consciously or not there are some objects that use a spring force in them. The following are among the objects that we often encounter in everyday life:

Per

Per is a suspension technology used in vehicles to stabilize the shake and shock of the vehicle. Apart from that, there is another benefit from having Per on the vehicle on the bicycle so that the user’s waist does not hurt when passing through an unstable road.

On bicycles, Per is placed under the seat. This is to make it easier for the user when sitting on a bicycle so that it is not hard and more flexible. Not only in vehicles, Per is also found in modern pens to make it easier to insert the tip of the pen into by pressing a button-like part.

Dynamometer

The dynamometer is a force measuring device in which there is a spring. The spring in the dynamometer will stretch when it is subjected to an external force.

A dynamometer is a machine that is used to measure the torque (torque) and rotational speed (rpm) of the power produced by an engine. Like a motor or other rotating drive. In general, a dynamometer is used to determine the power and torque required to operate an engine.

Shockbreaker

Shockbreaker or shock absorber is a mechanical device designed to dampen shocks caused by kinetic energy. Shockbreaker as the most important part of a vehicle, especially in the suspension of motorized vehicles, aircraft wheels and some industrial machines used.

Shockbreaker in motorized vehicles utilizes springs. When a vehicle crosses an unstable road such as a pothole, the spring on the shock breaker will work so that it can dampen the shock of the motorized vehicle. In addition, springs on motorized vehicles have other benefits to maintain the stability of motorized vehicles such as when turning or when driving at high speed.

Slingshot

A slingshot is a tool used by people to traditionally hunt animals such as birds. The catapult adopts the spring force that exists in the rubber used as a catapult.

The workings of a catapult are objects that have mass. For example, we store a stone in front of the rubber and then pull and release it, the stone will bounce very quickly because it uses a spring force as a catapult.

Trampoline

A trampoline is a tool that is usually used for jumping sports. This causes us to jump up repeatedly and the jump is getting faster. Not only as a medium to improve physical fitness, but this trampoline is widely used for fun.

Rubber

Rubber is the main material of some spring tools. Because the spring force is already attached to the rubber. In general, if the rubber is stretched there is elasticity which will return to its original shape like a “spring”. The main ingredient of rubber is a hydrocarbon polymer which contains the latex of several plant species, such as the sap of the rubber tree.

Mattress

Mattress is a manufactured product that is used as a mat for sleeping or just for lying down. The mattress consists of cloth, filled with cotton, rubber, foam and covered with cloth on the outside. In addition, the mattress also contains springs in it, although not all of them.

Having a spring on the mattress will make the mattress not feel soft. This of course will be more comfortable when used.

That’s an explanation of the force measuring tool . So which books aren’t on the bookshelf right now, Sinaumed’s? If Sinaumed’s is still confused, still needs references regarding force measuring devices, then you can visit the sinaumedia book collection at sinaumedia.com . As #FriendsWithoutLimits, we will always provide the best and most complete information for Sinaumed’s and make your life #MoreWithReading with sinaumedia. I hope this article inspires you!

Author: Rosyda Nur Fauziyah

Also read:

Footnotes are – When writing a scientific work, we as students or students are often confused by the use of footnotes , endnotes , and bibliography. If you start from the simplest, what exactly is a footnote ?

What are Footnotes?

Footnote alias footnote is a note that is placed at the bottom of the page. This footnote quotes references or comments on certain parts of the text above. For example, Sinaumed’s wants to add interesting comments to the sentences we write, but these comments are not directly related to the paragraph arguments.

In this case, Sinaumed’s can add a symbol for the footnote. Then, at the bottom of the page, we can reprint the symbol and enter a comment. Here’s an example:

This is an illustrative footnote: (¹). The “1” at the end of the previous sentence corresponds to the note below. Look how it fits in the body of the text!

1 At the bottom of the page, Sinaumed’s can include a comment about the sentence before the footnote.

When our readers find footnotes in the main text of the paper, then they can immediately see our comments or continue reading paragraphs and read our comments at the end. Therefore, this makes it easier for our readers. Also, most citation styles require that you use footnotes or endnotes in your paper.

However, some of these allow Sinaumed’s to reference brackets (author, date) in the body of our work. In this article, we’ll also talk about footnote styles.

Footnotes aren’t just for interesting comments, either. Sometimes, they only refer to relevant sources. They tell readers where certain material can come from, or where they can find other resources on the subject.

To decide whether we should cite sources in the footnotes or in the body of the paper, we should ask our teacher or lecturer.

Elements of Footnotes

In the way of writing footnotes, the creator of a scientific work needs to know the elements of footnotes first. By knowing the elements of footnotes, writing footnotes becomes easier. Here are the elements of the footnotes.

1. Author or Name of Author

In writing footnotes, there must be an element of the author’s name or author of the quotation in the scientific work. Although the author has a title, but the title does not need to be written. In other words, the creator of the footnote only writes the name of the author.

2. Quotation Title

The second element is the title of the quoted text used. The title of this article must be clear and pay attention to PUEBI rules. Therefore, in this element the makers of footnotes must be careful.

3. Year of Publication

After the title of the article, the next footnote element is the year of publication. In this case, the year of publication in question is the year of publication of the quotation or reference source used in the scientific work. The year of publication can also be interpreted as the year the reference source was published (generally in a journal or scientific article).

4. Quotations Page Numbers

The last element in making footnotes is the page number of the quote used. In addition, the writing of this page can also be abbreviated as “thing” which is then followed by the page number. This page number makes it easier for the reader to find the reference source used.

At first glance, the elements in the footnotes are almost the same as the elements in the bibliography. In addition, all elements of the footnotes that have been mentioned must be present at the time of writing the footnotes.

Types of Footnotes

There are several types of footnotes or footnotes. Here are some types of footnotes you need to know, Sinaumed’s.

1. Complete Footnotes

Complete footnotes are, of course, footnotes written in full. Complete footnotes consist of several elements, such as the author’s name, book title, serial number (if any), print number, publisher name, year of publication, and page number.

2. Short Footnotes

Short footnotes are footnotes that only consist of a few elements, short footnotes are still divided into 3 forms, namely Ibid, Op.cit, and Loc.cit. Ibid stands for Ibdium or means the same as above. Op.cit is an abbreviation of opere citato which means works that have been cited. Loc.cit is an abbreviation of loco citato which means a place that has been quoted.

3. Footnotes in Chicago Style

Chicago style uses footnotes for citations (unless Sinaumed’s follows the Chicago author-date). Footnotes can also be used to add additional information such as comments on sources cited, or elaborations on points Sinaumed’s touched on in the main text.

In Chicago-style footnotes, Sinaumed’s will place the footnote at the end of a clause or sentence that requires a quote. Footnotes contain detailed information about each source the first time we cite it and brief information for subsequent citations from the same source.

Chicago footnote example

• Tegan George and Jack Caulfield, “Academic Integrity vs. Academic Dishonesty,” March 10, 2022, https://www.scribbr.com/plagiarism/academic-dishonesty/.

• George and Caulfield, “Academic Integrity.”

Detailed information on all of our sources is usually included in the bibliography at the end, except in very short papers, where footnote citations may be used alone if the institution allows it.

Chicago recommends using our word processor’s built-in footnote function (as in Word) to add footnotes, but some formatting details may need to be changed manually:

• Add an indent at the start of each footnote (before the number).
• Write the number at the start of the note in plain text (not superscript), followed by a period, then a space.
• Leave one blank line between footnotes, and ensure that footnotes are single-spaced.

4. Footnotes in APA Style

APA style footnotes are used only to provide additional information, because APA in-text citations appear in parentheses.

Sinaumed’s may use it to provide additional information such as additional examples or clarifications; keep this short, as the APA warns against including unimportant information. Footnotes are also used to provide copyright attribution when needed.

Example of an APA footnote

• ¹ From What Parents Can Expect in Behavior Therapy, by Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 2017 (https://www.cdc.gov/ncbddd/adhd/infographics/what-parents-expect.html). In the public domain.

• ² A second round of testing was initially planned, but this idea was abandoned due to …

APA recommends using word processing software such as Word to automatically insert footnotes. However, add an indent at the start of each footnote if this is not done automatically. Footnotes begin with a superscript footnote number followed by a space.

5. Footnotes in MLA style

MLA style footnotes are used to provide additional information such as additional examples, clarification of citation practices, or elaboration of ideas.

MLA in-text citations appear in parentheses, not in notes, but if multiple citations are needed at once, they can be placed in footnotes to avoid cluttering the text.

MLA footnote example

• ¹ Citations of marginalia refer to George’s edition and include page numbers. Citations of the poem refer to Davis’s edition and include line numbers.

• ² This remains a controversial point. Researchers in the field have debated this issue since …

• ³ See Crittenden 5–11; Kent 17–34; Smith 44–50; and Jones 36.

MLA recommends using a word processor to automatically insert footnotes, setting the number at the start of the quote in superscript, followed by a space. An indent should also be added at the beginning of the footnote (before the number).

Difference between Footnotes and Endnotes

The superscript number refers to the footnote or endnote that contains all the publishing information and the page number for the information to which it is referenced.

Footnotes themselves appear at the bottom of the page containing the referenced sentence. The list of endnotes is listed at the end of the paper on a separate page. The endnote page is placed before the bibliography.

Many professors prefer footnotes to endnotes. So, ask Sinaumed’s instructors to see which style they prefer.

How do I make a Footnote or Endnote?

In using footnotes or endnotes, it involves placing a number in superscript format at the end of a sentence with the information that Sinaumed’s is quoting, either in the form of a quote, word, or paraphrase. Superscript numbers should generally be placed at the end of the sentence they refer to. They must be placed after any punctuation marks except hyphens.

Footnotes or endnotes begin with ¹ and are numbered sequentially throughout the essay. Sinaumed’s can use Ms Word or other software to create footnotes and endnotes.

The difference between Footnotes and Endnotes with Bibliography

Mistakes with footnotes are common. Some people choose to use footnotes without having a firm understanding of how they should be used, or what they should be used for. As a general rule, if Sinaumed’s isn’t 100 percent sure how footnotes should be used, it’s best not to use them at all.

Footnotes should be included to provide the reader with additional information about the content. Footnotes are found at the bottom of the page, and are referenced via a superscript number within the main body of your copy.

Meanwhile, the bibliography page is the last part of our essay or dissertation and includes complete citation information for any source cited or referred to during the work.

The information contained in the bibliography will provide the reader with full details about the work, including when and where the source was published. Footnotes may include only the title of the source.

Occasionally, Sinaumed’s may be asked to include it, especially if you have used parenthetical citation styles. The “References” page is a list of all works whose material we borrow. The reader may find these more convenient than footnotes or endnotes because he or she does not need to read through all the comments and other information to see the source from which we took the material.

How to Make Footnotes

Basically, how to write footnotes is divided based on the source of the quotation, including:

How to Write Footnotes from a Journal

The footnotes of the journal are written beginning with the author’s citation number. There is also the author’s name, article title (italics), volume, journal name, year of publication, and page number.

Example:

¹⁰ Muhammad, Bank Syariah Analysis of Strengths Opportunities, Weaknesses, and Threats, Pustak Pelajar

³ Adnan Buyung Nasution, Some Legal Aspects in Defense and Settlement Issues in Big Cities , in “Eko Budiharjo, A Number of Urban Settlement Problems,” (Bandung: Alumni, 1992).

How to Write Footnotes in a Book

The way to write book footnotes begins with the author’s first name, last name, book title (italics), book edition (publishing city, publisher name, year), and pages cited.

Example:

¹Sri Utami et al, English Level 5 (Yogyakarta: PT. sinaumedia: 2003), p. 5.

How to Write Footnotes from the Internet

How to write footnotes from the internet starting from the author’s name, “Title of work cited” (italics, url, access date, year, and page.

Example:

UNESCO, Indonesia Batik , http://www.unesco.org/culture/ich/en.RL/00170/ accessed on 27 January 2021.

How to Write a Thesis Footnote

The thesis footnotes begin with the author’s citation number. Then, Author’s Name, “Title of Thesis Work (italics)” (City of Publication: Publisher, Year of Publication), and page of citation source.

Example:

Muryid Rahman, Thesis: The Development of Middle and Lower Economic Structures After Learning Information Technology Skills , (Yogyakarta: UGM, 2005), p. 85.

QnA

What is the difference between footnotes and endnotes?

Footnotes appear at the bottom of the page we refer to. This is convenient for the reader but can cause the work text to look cluttered if there are lots of footnotes.

Endnotes appear together at the end of the entire text. This may be less comfortable for the reader but reduces clutter.

Both footnotes and endnotes are used in the same way: to cite sources or add additional information. We usually have to choose one or the other to use in the text, not both.

What are footnotes used for?

Footnotes are notes that are indicated in the text by numbers and are placed at the bottom of the page. They are used to provide:

• Citations (eg, in Chicago-style notes and bibliography).
• Additional information that will interrupt the main text flow.

Be careful about using footnotes (other than citation footnotes), and consider whether the information you add is relevant to the reader.

How to insert footnotes in Word?

To automatically insert footnotes in a Word document:

• Click on the point in the text where the footnote will appear
• Select the “ References ” tab at the top and then click “ Insert Footnote ”
• Type the text we want into the footnote that appears at the bottom of the page

How to change footnotes to endnotes (or vice versa) in Ms Word?

If Sinaumed’s needs to change the note type used in a Word document from footnotes to endnotes, or vice versa, follow these steps:

• Go to the “ References ” tab, and click the arrow in the lower right corner of the “ Footnote ” section.
• In the pop-up window , click ” Convert “
• Select the options that Sinaumed’s requires, and click ” OK .”

Well, Sinaumed’s, that’s an explanation regarding footnotes, even a little bit about endnotes and bibliography. We also advise you to read a lot of reference books or guides for making scientific work so that you understand better!

You can visit the sinaumedia.com website for more interesting and useful articles, plus attractive promos for shopping for books at the largest online bookstore in Indonesia.

To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information.

Understanding the Food Chain – Humans are not the only creatures that live on this earth. There are many living creatures that grow and develop side by side with humans. As fellow living creatures that occupy the earth, there must be interaction between living things.

The relationship between living things that influence each other will produce an ecosystem. In an ecosystem environment, there are relationships between interrelated food webs.

An ecosystem can also be interpreted as an ecological system in which there is a reciprocal relationship between the diversity of species and the cycle of matter and the flow of energy through the components contained therein.

Let’s get to know more about the meaning of food webs and ecology below, Sinaumed’s!

A. Definition of Food Chain

Food chains are part of a food web. Although food chains and food webs look the same, they are slightly different.

The food chain is a series of processes of eating and being eaten between living things based on a certain sequence in which there are producers, consumers and decomposers (decomposers) for survival.

In simple terms, the food chain can be seen sequentially from producers, consumers and decomposers. It’s a different case with food webs. A food web is a combination of interconnected and overlapping food chains in an ecosystem.

Learn about food webs, stages in classification, types of classification of living things that exist, levels of classification and much more in the book Classification of Living Things: Did You Know Series Biology.

B. Functions of Food Chains / Webs

The fundamental purpose of a food web is to describe the food chain between species in a community.

Food webs can be constructed to describe species interactions. All species in a food web can be distinguished into basal species (autotrophs, such as plants), intermediate species (mid-order herbivores and carnivores, such as grasshoppers and scorpions), and apex or predatory species (higher carnivores).

Some scientists call the level of each organism in the food web the term trophic level. These trophic levels determine how energy flows through ecosystems.

The grouping of species at the trophic level helps us understand the relationships between species. Here are some of the functions of food webs that you need to know about in Sinaumed’s:

• Describe the direct interactions between species that exist in the ecosystem itself, so that relationships between species can be distinguished which are included in the basal species, transitional species and which are the top predator species.
• As a simplification in understanding a relationship between species and functions in studying both bottom-up control and top-down control in a community structure.
• Studying top-down control or bottom-up control within a community structure or form.

With their own food chain process, living things can grow and survive. Learn everything about other living things that you need to know in the book Everything About Living Things by Azzurrino Riski.

C. Food Chain Process

The process of eating and being eaten in this food chain takes place continuously with their respective roles, such as producers, consumers, and decomposers or decomposers. Here’s Sinaumed’s’ explanation:

1. Manufacturer

Producers are organisms that are able to make their own food, for example, green plants. Its existence does not depend on the availability of food, but the balance of nature.

Therefore producers do not eat other creatures. But instead it is eaten by other creatures. Producers are also living things that can make organic substances from inorganic substances. Usually producers make their food through the process of photosynthesis. Examples of producers include green plants, algae, and mosses.

2. Consumers

Consumers are living things that depend on other creatures because they cannot produce their own food like producers. Therefore, to maintain their survival, consumers depend on other organisms. The role of consumers in an ecosystem is usually animals. Consumers have several levels, including:

• The first consumer (primary) , the first consumer is a producer or plant eater and is usually called a herbivore consumer. Examples include cows, rabbits, buffaloes and others.
• Secondary consumers , organisms whose food sources are from the previous trophic level (trophic 2). This level is filled by carnivorous animals that can still be preyed upon by other animals, for example, rats.
• Tertiary consumers , these consumers are the second consumer eaters and so on until the last consumer is called the top consumer. Usually the top consumers are animals that cannot be eaten by other animals. For example lions, crocodiles, eagles.

3. Decomposers or Decomposers

Decomposers are the last organisms in the food chain. Because decomposers are organisms capable of converting organic matter into anogarnic substances.

Decomposers break down carcasses or dead plants and then return the nutrients to the soil to be used by plants for photosynthesis, this is where the cycle of the food chain begins again.

Examples of decomposers are fungi and bacteria decomposers. The food chain is part of a food web, the following is an explanation of food webs.

A food web is a combination of food chains that are related, combined or combined, that overlap in an ecosystem. Although in general there are 5 levels of the food chain, not all food chains consist of these 5 trophic levels.

There are food chains that only consist of 4 levels, there are also those that reach 6 trophic levels. The shorter a food chain, the greater the energy available, conversely if the food chain is long, the less energy is available.

D. Types of Ecological Pyramids

An ecological pyramid is a pyramid diagram that can describe the relationship between one trophic level and another, quantitatively in an ecosystem. In this pyramid, there are relatively many organisms that occupy the lower trophic levels. The higher the trophic level, the fewer the individuals. The trophic level consists of producers, primary consumers, secondary consumers, and tertiary consumers.

Producers always occupy the first or lowest trophic level. While herbivores or primary consumers occupy the second trophic level, secondary consumers occupy the third trophic level, tertiary consumers occupy the fourth trophic level or the top of the pyramid. Here are the types of Sinaumed’s ecological pyramids!

1. The Energy Pyramid

This pyramid describes the loss of energy when transferring food energy at each trophic level in an ecosystem.

The energy pyramid is not only the total amount of energy used by organisms at each trophic level of the food chain but also the role of various organisms in energy transfer. In the use of energy, the higher the trophic level, the more efficient its use. However, the heat released in the energy transfer process becomes larger.

The loss of heat in the respiration process also increases from organisms with lower trophic levels to organisms with higher trophic levels. As for productivity, the less you reach the top of the trophic level, the less energy you store. Energy in the energy pyramid is expressed in calories per unit area per unit time.

2. Pyramid of Biomass

The Biomass Pyramid is a pyramid that describes the reduced transfer of energy at each trophic level in an ecosystem. In the pyramid of biomass, each trophic level shows the dry weight of all organisms at that trophic level expressed in grams/m2.

Generally, the shape of a biomass pyramid will shrink towards the top, because the energy transfer between trophic levels is not efficient.

But the pyramid of biomass can be inverted. For example, in the open ocean the producers are microscopic phytoplankton, while the consumers are microscopic creatures up to large creatures such as blue whales where the blue whale’s biomass exceeds its producers. The top of the biomass pyramid has the lowest biomass, which means the number of individuals is small, and generally carnivorous individuals at the top of the pyramid are large.

3. Pyramid of Numbers

The pyramid of numbers is a pyramid that describes the number of individuals at each trophic level in an ecosystem. The pyramid of numbers generally narrows upwards. The number of pyramidal organisms from the lowest trophic level to the top is the same as the other pyramids, namely producers, primary consumers and secondary consumers, and tertiary consumers meaning that the number of plants in the first trophic level is more than animals (primary consumers) in the second trophic level, the number of organisms secondary consumers are fewer than primary consumers, and the number of tertiary consumer organisms is less than secondary consumer organisms.

Learn information about other ecological studies in the Complete Biology Reference book: Ecology that Sinaumed’s must know about existing living things.

E. Example of a Food Chain Based on the Ecosystem

There are a number of examples of food webs grouped according to the habitat in which they live. An example is a food web for a particular habitat. There are about 13 living things in a food web cycle. Some of these living creatures include phytoplankton, zooplankton, fish, shrimp, seagulls, crabs, seaweed, octopuses, penguins, elephant seals, seals, blue whales, and killer whales. Well, looking at the 13 living things that can be classified into a number of food chain cycles, including:

1. An example of a food chain on land

Rice – Rat – Snake – Eagle – Decomposer

• Rice, namely as a food-producing producer for other organisms. Paddy produces rice seeds.
• Mice, namely as primary consumers because rats are animals that eat plants or are called herbivores. Mice eat rice for their survival.
• Snakes are secondary consumers because snakes eat other animals or are carnivores and snakes eat rats as a source of energy.
• Eagles, namely peak consumers. Eagles eat snakes for their survival.
• Decomposers, their role is to decompose the Eagle so that its substances and nutrients can be re-absorbed by the soil and can be absorbed by plants for the process of photosynthesis.

Not only in seas and lakes, food webs also occur in paddy field ecosystems, namely, as follows:

• Tree > Sparrow > Tree Eagle > Cricket > Sparrow > Eagle.
• Grass > Cricket > Rat > Eagle.
• Grass > Cricket > Rat > Snake > Eagle.
• Grass > Rat > Eagle.
• Tree > Cricket > Rat > Eagle.
• Tree > Cricket > Rat > Snake > Eagle.
• Grass > Crickets > Sparrows > Eagles.
• Grass > Rat > Snake > Eagle.

2. Example of a Food Chain in the Desert

The desert is one of the few naturally occurring and biotic terrestrial ecosystems that can survive in this place due to its extremely hot and dry temperature. Some examples of desert ecosystems are the Gobi desert and the Kalahari desert in Africa. The characteristics of a desert ecosystem are:

• Has very low rainfall,
• It is part of the terrestrial ecosystem
• Has very extreme temperatures.

An example of a food chain in a desert ecosystem is:

• Solar energy – grass – deer – hyenas – decomposers
• Solar energy – grass – rabbit – snake – eagle – decomposer

3. An example of a food chain in the sea

Marine ecosystems or marine ecosystems are natural aquatic ecosystems, dominated by very wide and high salt waters. The characteristics of the marine ecosystem are as follows:

• Has a high salinity, the closer to the equator the higher
• NaCl dominates marine ecosystem minerals up to 75%
• Climate and weather do not really affect the marine ecosystem
• It has variations in temperature difference at the surface with at depth.

Examples of food chains in marine ecosystems are:

Phytoplankton – Small Fish – Seals – Sharks – Decomposers

• Phytoplankton, namely as a producer because it can form food reserves called starch through the process of photosynthesis.
• Small fish, namely as primary consumers because small fish eat phytoplankton in order to survive.
• Seals, namely as secondary consumers because seals eat small fish, and convert it into energy for their survival.
• Sharks, namely as top consumers because sharks eat seals in order to survive
• Decomposers, their role is to decompose sharks when they die. So that the nutrients can be absorbed by the soil where sea plants live.

4. Example of a Food Chain in a Lake

Lakes are natural aquatic ecosystems, just like seas and rivers, but lakes are included in the category of unique ecosystems or ecosystems with calm water. The characteristics of the lake ecosystem are as follows:

• Has an inconspicuous temperature variation
• Has very little light penetration
• Inhabited by a distinctive flora
• Inhabited by most animal phyla

An example of a food chain in a lake ecosystem is: Solar energy – phytoplankton – zooplankton – dragonfly or mosquito larvae – fish – crocodile – decomposers

• Phytoplankton -> zooplankton -> Small fish -> Fish-eating birds -> Decomposers
• Phytoplankton decomposers -> Zooplankton -> Small fish -> Big fish -> Decomposers
• Phytoplankton -> Zooplankton -> Small fish -> Big fish -> Fish-eating birds -> Decomposers
• Hydrylla Plants -> Snails -> Fish-eating birds -> Decomposers
• Water hyacinth plant -> Snails -> Fish-eating birds -> Decomposers
• Water hyacinth plant -> Caterpillars -> Birds -> Decomposers

5. Example of a Food Chain in a River

Rivers are Iotic ecosystems or ecosystems with flowing water. The characteristics of the river ecosystem are as follows:

• Water in river ecosystems flows from upstream to downstream
• There is a change in the physical and chemical state of the ecosystem that takes place continuously
• The physical and chemical conditions at the river ecosystem water flow level are very high
• Plants and animals that live have adapted to the conditions of river water flow

An example of a food chain in a river ecosystem is:

• Solar energy – algae or moss – shrimp – fish – river snakes – decomposers
• Solar energy – algae or moss – fish – bears – decomposers

6. Example of a Food Chain in the Savanna

Just like desert ecosystems, savannas also include terrestrial ecosystems that are formed naturally. There are two kinds of savannas, pure savannas and mixed savannas. Pure savanna has only one type of tree while mixed savanna has several types of trees. The characteristics of the savanna ecosystem are:

• Meadows interspersed with trees
• Located in the tropics
• Types of flora that generally grow there are grass, Eucalyptus, Acacia, and Coryphautan
• In general, the types of animals in the savanna biome are lions, tigers, deer, elephants, zebras, horses, termites, insects

An example of a food chain in a savanna ecosystem is:

• Solar energy – grass – zebra – tiger – decomposers
• Solar energy – grass – deer – cheetah – decomposers

Thus the meaning and a few examples of the food chain and examples. Another thing that is more important in studying food chains and webs is that we must understand that all creatures on this earth need each other to survive and for that we must continue to preserve nature.

The extinction of one particular type of animal will destroy the balance of the food chain and in the end it will all have an impact on human survival, the spirit of learning Sinaumed’s!

One of the causes of the destruction of this balance can also be climate change which in the end can have an impact on the extinction of living things as discussed in the book Oh, It Turns Out… Living Things Can Become Extinct Due to Climate Change!

On the Edutore Youtube Channel, various topics are discussed, ranging from unique general knowledge such as “Why are the brake lights red”, learning English with Captain J, to studying with Edutore which contains discussions of questions such as CPNS synonyms, antonyms, and others.

The example of the Prophet David AS- As a Muslim in general, you will certainly know about the stories of the prophet who are always told when listening to religious lectures, be it in mosques, schools, or other places that are holding religious events. As is well known, the stories of the prophets are true stories that have occurred centuries ago as part of the history of the development of the Islamic religion to this day. Faith in the prophets and apostles is the fourth pillar of faith. For Muslims, the pillars of faith are things that must be practiced. Before cultivating faith in the prophets and apostles, one must first understand and study the stories, miracles, history, and journeys of all 25 prophets and apostles.

The lesson to be learned from believing in the Prophets and Apostles is that we can motivate ourselves to be more active in worshiping Allah Ta’ala, stay away from all the prohibitions of Allah Ta’ala, follow and emulate the attitudes of the prophets and apostles. and have good behavior according to God’s commands. Prophets and apostles who have good morals with honest and true faith. The Prophet Daud AS was no exception, who was also the messenger of Allah SWT to spread goodness and convey Allah’s commands that there is no god but Him. Even though he was hit by various obstacles while carrying out the task of conveying God’s commands, he remained patient and determined to be able to get through it. Therefore, it is very good for us Muslims to emulate the qualities of the prophet David A.

For this reason, as a guide in living this life, we also have to know what role models the Prophet Daud AS used and in this discussion we have summarized the example of Prophet Daud AS for Sinaumed’s friends to learn and practice in everyday life.

Furthermore, we have presented the discussion below!

History of the Prophet David AS

David or Dawud (Arabic: دَاؤُوْد) Dāʾūd‎ Hebrew: דָּוִד, Modern Davīd Tiberias Dāwīḏ, Greek: Δαβίδ, translit. Davíd) is a character in the Koran, the Bible, and the Tanakh. He is seen as a prophet. Dawud is known as a figure who has defeated Jalut (Goliath) and as a pious king. Abrahamic religions generally view David as an ideal role model king.

Dawud is seen as a prophet in Islam. In the Qur’an, the mention of Dawud is more emphasized on his strengths or miracles, not on the chronological flow of his life as in the story of Yusuf or Musa.

The Qur’an mentions Dawud as a figure endowed with kingdom, wisdom, wisdom, guided, knowledge, a servant of Allah who is obedient and has strength, and a caliph who has a close position with Allah and a good place to return. His name is also coupled with other prophets, especially Sulaiman who is his own son. Muslims also know Dawud from his fast which is called the Fast of David.

A history of hadith states that Dawud died at the age of one hundred years. It is stated that Allah revealed to Adam his future descendants. When he saw Dawud, it was stated that his age allowance was sixty years, and Adam asked that David’s age be increased by forty years from his own age. But when the angel of death came to Adam, Adam dodged it on the grounds that he still had forty years left and he had forgotten to give it to David.

A history says that David died on Wednesday suddenly. Apart from Harun and Musa, there was no other prophet’s death that made the Children of Israel more anxious and sad than Dawud’s death. His funeral procession was attended by many people and Sulaiman ordered the birds to gather to make shade and blow the wind so they wouldn’t get too hot.

Biblical sources state that Dawud died at the age of seventy after having ruled for forty years. He was buried in Jerusalem. In the Midrash, it is stated that Adam gave seventy years of his life to Dawud.

Follow the story of the Prophet David AS

The example of the Prophet David is one of the inspirational stories that every Muslim should emulate. In Islam, there are 25 prophets and messengers that must be known.

The prophets we have to believe in they seem to have exemplary stories for Muslim life. However, one of the stories that we should know, remember and emulate is the story of the Prophet David.

The story of the Prophet makes us as Muslims learn a lot. Because there is wisdom in a story or story. From pious people we learn to gain the pleasure of Allah SWT.

For that, let’s look at the example of the Prophet David AS below.

• Prophet Daud AS had great courage because he always believed in the help and strength of Allah SWT

During the reign of King Thalut, Prophet David AS was just an ordinary soldier who fought when he reigned. At that time, King Thalut announced a contest to kill his enemy Jalut.

Prophet Daud AS accepted the challenge and dared to advance against Jalut. Everyone was shocked, his two sisters who were also soldiers were fiercely rejected. Jalut who is much bigger and stronger will definitely beat Prophet Daud AS easily.

Prophet Daud AS believed that everything is possible with Allah’s permission. With this belief, the Prophet Daud US took out stones and slingshots to target Jalut. A rock hit Jalut’s forehead, causing him to collapse.

For that we need courage to go through the hardships of life. If we are sure that we are on the right track, we have nothing to fear! Rest assured that Allah SWT will always help us.

If he truly believed in the power of God, Prophet David AS would not have to be afraid of what he had to go through. This was seen when he had to deal with Jalut.

Jalut was a very tall man. The body is big and strong. Previously, no one dared to go against him.

The belief that God will help him if he does it right makes him brave against Jalut.

In the end the Prophet David AS succeeded in defeating Jalut on the battlefield. Something that no one else had thought of at the time. But if God wills, everything is easy.

We must emulate the attitude of taking risks when it is right. Prophet David was able to bravely defeat Jalut because he believed in Allah. Even though he was an ordinary soldier before.

• Have a Humble Nature

Shortly after the Prophet Daud AS succeeded in defeating Jalut, he was raised by many people. But that just made him uncomfortable. He felt that he was not great, but an all-powerful God.

Prophet David did something sincerely in the name of Allah SWT. Not because he wanted praise from people. Nor is it for the pursuit of wealth. He even went to the mountains to avoid people. He prayed and silently prayed to God.

When King Thalut expected nothing in return, he actually married his daughter. Then he became king of the Israelites.

The success of Prophet David AS in defeating Jalut for a time made him praised by many people. King Thalut not only wanted to give him an important position in the kingdom, but people also wanted to give him gifts. Seeing the praise spread, Prophet David AS even stepped aside to a mountain and prayed to Allah SWT.

His courage against Jalut is only because he wants to fight evil. The goal is the pleasure of Allah SWT. And when he dhikr in silence Allah SWT sent down the Zabur Book.

If we look at life today, there are still many people who crave praise and get angry when their kindness is not appreciated. On the other hand, if you’re really sincere, you shouldn’t need people’s compliments.

• Abundant wealth actually makes worship more obedient to worship, one of which is by fasting the Prophet David

Prophet David is a prophet who has so much wealth. He married the daughter of Thalut and became the greatest king at that time. This does not necessarily weaken his enthusiasm for worshiping Allah SWT.

Everything he had brought him closer to Allah. He spent his time taking care of his people and worshiping Allah SWT.

Even the Prophet David was so famous for his fasting. To this day, many Muslims imitate the Prophet David. This made the prophet David closer to Allah SWT. One day fasting and one day not. This is done from time to time.

Prophet David AS, who replaced King Thalut, succeeded in becoming a leader who was loved by the people. No wonder his empire was thriving. The wealth and throne obtained brought Prophet David AS closer to Allah SWT in the form of gratitude. The afternoon is filled with da’wah and government affairs, then the evening is spent in worship.

Prophet David AS really understood that wealth is just a deposit. This is an example of the example of the Prophet David AS who taught us how to behave. Do not let the toil of accumulating wealth make us forget the Creator and neglect worshiping Him.

• Even though he was very rich, Prophet David AS still worked hard

Even though he has become king, he still works to support himself. The Prophet David sold the weapons he made. God gave a miracle in the form of the ability to soften iron.

Then he prepared armor for battle. He made it his business.

Many bought armor. Even at the time of the Prophet David, such armor existed for the first time. This made his army very strong. Stronger than any army.

The Prophet once said: Prophet David never ate food that was not the result of his own labor. We should emulate this high work ethic.

Many people can relax with wealth that they did not earn through hard work. Finally he is lazy. Spending time on useful things is good. Do not rush to claim wealth.

Allah SWT gave the Prophet David AS the ability to soften iron. This is a miracle that the prophet David did not want to miss. Despite his wealth, the prophet David continued to make armor and make a living from it.

Despite the fact that Prophet Dawud’s army earned a lot of money from the armor trade, they were also hard to beat because of their strong armor protection. Wealth should not make us careless, because time must still be filled with useful work.

• Wise and Fair

The Prophet David was a prophet who was gifted by God with wisdom. His ability to be fair and wise is exemplary. He can solve the problems of his people.

One of them is when a greedy person comes to ask for someone else’s only goat. Even though he has 99 goats.

Prophet David said why was he so greedy when he already had so much. It solves the problem fairly.

But he just realized that making him wise is God’s test. He understood that God was guiding him.

He bowed and kowtowed to ask for forgiveness. Then Allah will forgive him. His ability to understand issues and relate them to his own experience is a smart move.

When he has to be a judge, he understands that he cannot be impartial.

We can learn this from the attitude of the Prophet David. He knows how to be fair. Can also think about other people’s problems.

Becoming a king who is loved by his people and remaining committed to worshiping Allah SWT certainly requires wise time management. Prophet David AS advised that humans should not ignore the four seasons.

First of all, it is time to pray to God. Second, it’s time to think. Third, time to connect with other people. Fourth, time to enjoy life as long as it is within the limits of the law.

• Has Polite Speech and Soft Voice

His words can soften a heart as hard as a rock. The Prophet David AS softened a hard heart with a poem he said about his words. This is one of the examples that can be emulated from the Prophet David AS, namely when you want to convey something, you must speak politely and not hurt someone’s heart.

This made the sermon of the Prophet David AS acceptable to his people. He could convince everyone to follow the orders of Allah SWT. It is not surprising that Allah SWT sent the Prophet David AS after the death of Prophet Musa AS and Harun AS to straighten his path.

When the Psalms were revealed to him. Prophet David used a different voice when reading the book. Some even say he can read the book in 70 different tones.

He has such a beautiful and gentle voice. Many people enjoyed hearing his reading. In fact, every time they heard this statement, someone moved as if they were dancing in joy.

Not only humans, birds and plants also sing the tasbih. Until now, no one has been able to match the voice of the Prophet David.

Never before has God given someone such a beautiful voice. He hums the recitation well and eloquently.

The benefits are like the benefits of the good looks of the Prophet Yusuf. There are also many stories that say sick people get better when they hear his voice. The water is calm and the wind is blowing calmly.

The mountains bowed to praise. The flying birds then stopped to worship David who glorified Allah SWT.

All elements are related to praising God. Every morning and evening they pray to Allah SWT. Besides being melodious, he can also read quickly and fluently.

It is said that while he was preparing for the journey, he read the Psalms.

Before he could perfectly finish the saddle on the beast’s back, he finished his entire reading.

Conclusion

That’s all for a brief discussion of the example from the story of the Prophet David AS. From the story of the Prophet David AS mentioned above, there are many examples that we can learn and lessons that we can learn to live our daily lives. Reading and emulating the story and character of the Prophet David AS teaches us to always be grateful and not arrogant with everything we have because it is all entrusted and will return to the Almighty.

This is a review of the exemplary story of the Prophet David AS. For Sinaumed’s who want to learn all about the story of the example of the Prophet David AS and knowledge related to other religions, you can visit sinaumedia.com to get related books. As #FriendsWithoutLimits, sinaumedia always provides the best products, so you have the best and latest information for you.

a

Parts of a Flower & Their Functions – As many people already know, flowers are very beautiful ornamental plants that are liked by many people, especially women. The beauty of flowers varies greatly depending on the type of flower itself. Everyone will choose the type of flower according to their wishes.

Flowers can also be used as a sweetener or room decoration. In addition to beautifying the room, flowers give a fragrant aroma to the room. A beautiful and fragrant room can make you more comfortable and more comfortable living in that room. So, is your room already decorated with flowers?

Flowers are indeed very beautiful, but do you already know the parts of a flower and their functions? Each part of the flower will work or perform their respective functions. By knowing the parts and functions of flowers, you can take care of and plant flowers to the fullest.

For those of you who want to know or get to know the parts of a flower and their functions, then you can read this article to the end. Enjoy reading and see the explanation below.

 

Definition of Flowers

Flowers in Latin are called flos . The flower itself can be said to be a means of sexual reproduction in flowering plants. In general, these flowers are in the magnoliophyta or angiospermae divisions . The two divisions mean closed seed plants.

However, the majority of botanists say that a flower is a short piece of stem or branch that has several clusters of specialized leaves. In other words, flowers are a mixture of leaves and stems that function to help a closed fertilization system.

Basically, plants really need flowers for reproduction. In the process of breeding, flowers need animals to pollinate. To attract animals to want to help pollinate flowers, the flower colors are very bright.

As we know that the plant itself has roots, stems and leaves. Thus, the flower is not part of the plant but a combination of one of the combinations. This is because the reproduction that occurs in plants using seeds is called generative reproduction.

The Function of Flowers As Generative Propagation

1. Plant Reproductive Organs

The flower itself has the function of combining or uniting the fusion of sperm or male gametes and ovules or female gametes. With this, seed production will be carried out. The arrangement or arrangement of flowers in a stalk is called flowering. The reproductive organs in flowers are known as stamens and pistils.

2. Attracts the Pollinator

As we know that there are animals whose main food is nectar. Meanwhile, flowers have nectar or sweet liquid. If using mutualism symbiosis, the nectar in the flowers will be taken as food, at that time pollination of the flowers occurs.

During pollination, pollen is transferred from the male flower head to the female stigma. Thus, the meeting of pollen and pistil will result in the decay of gametes in plants.

3. Producing Nectar or Flower Sarees

Flowers always produce nectar. The nectar in flowers is very rich in sugar, so nectar is called the sweet liquid in flowers. This sweet liquid is produced when the plant is in bloom.

When the flowers are in bloom, that’s when the nectar-eating animals will be attracted to come to the flowers. The more animals that are interested, the faster the pollination process will occur.

4. Beautiful Parts of Plants

It is not uncommon for flowers to be a beautiful part of plants. Therefore, flowers always have bright colors and a variety of interesting shapes. If the plant does not have flowers, maybe the plant will be less attractive.

Bright colors and varied shapes make flowers can be used as ornamental plants. Therefore, until now flowers are still favored by many people to be used as ornamental plants in their yards.

Flower Parts

As we know that the parts of a flower have their respective functions. To find out more clearly what the parts of the flower are, let’s look at the explanation below.

1. Sterile Parts

The sterile part of the flower is divided into two, namely the petals and the flower corolla. See the explanation of the two parts below.

a) Flower Petals ( calix )

Petals or calyx is the outermost part of the flower. The color of the flower petals is usually green like the color of the leaves. At first glance, these flower petals are almost similar to leaves. Flower petals are smaller than leaves.

Then what is the function of flower petals? The function of the flower petals is to protect young flowers and protect the buds when the flowers are developing. If there are no flower petals, it is likely that the flower will not develop optimally.

b) Flower Crown ( corolla )

The crown is always synonymous with something beautiful and usually attracts attention. Likewise, the flower crown always has a bright color to attract the attention of nectar-eating animals. The flower crown is generally larger than the flower petals.

Although, generally the color of the flower crown is brightly colored, but sometimes the color is not so bright or flashy. Not only that, in some flowers, there are crowns that depend on the wind or water. Why so? Because with wind or water, the pollination process can be easier.

The flower crown serves to attract nectar-eating animals to the flower. The pollination process can occur one of them because the animals that eat nectar look for food in flowers.

Where does the color of the flower crown come from? The colors of the flower crowns come from pigments in the chloroplasts called carotenoids. Meanwhile, in cell fluids, they are called flavonoids . Although it is usually caused by these two pigments, sometimes the color of the flower crown can be caused by changes in the similarity of the cell fluids.

Basically the structure of the petals and corolla of this flower is similar to the structure of the leaves. The similarity lies in the ground parenchyma tissue, vascular tissue, and epidermal tissue.

2. The Fertile Section 

This fertile part is the reproductive part of the flower. The flower itself has two fertile parts, namely the stamens or stamens and pistils or pistilum . For more details, let’s look at the explanation as follows.

a) Stamens or Male Genitals ( stamen )

The first fertile part is the stamens or stamens . Stamens are the male reproductive organs. In other words, this stamen organ produces male sex cells in plants.

The stamens have a constituent part called filamin. This filament generally has a shape like a stalk and usually has an antenna at the end. The antenna on this filamin is the location where pollen grains are formed.

In general, stamens are divided into three parts. First, the stamen ( filamenum ), this stamen is the part of the stamen that has a thread-like shape with a transverse diameter and is usually round in shape.

Second, the anther ( anther ), the anther is the part of the stamen whose position or location is at the end of the stamen. In general, the anther has two chambers or theca , then each chamber is further divided into two smaller chambers or loculumum .

Third, connecting the sari chambers or connecting parts of the stamens which are located on the right and left between the anthers and the anthers. In other words, the anthers and anthers are connected by means of a connecting rod or konektivum .

Where are the male sex cells (male gametes) located? The male sex cells are located in the anthers. Inside the pollen chamber there are male sex cells or commonly known as pollen or pollen .

Thus, the function of the stamens is to pollinate the flower. However, there are some stamens that are categorized as barren stamens. Barren stamens occur because the pollen is unable to carry out or reproduce pollination.

b) Pistils or Female Genitals ( pistillum )

After discussing the male reproductive organs in flowers, now is the time to discuss the female reproductive organs in flowers. Flowers have female reproductive organs or organs known as pistils.

This pistil organ is formed from one or more carpels and this pistil is located in the center of the flower. Collections of carpels are called Ginocium .

Like stamens, pistils also have three parts. Each of these parts has different functions and tasks. First, the stigma ( stigma ), the stigma is located at the very top of the pistil. The stigma is generally sticky because the stigma is a place for pollen to stick.

Second, the pistil ( stylus ), the pistil is shaped like a long tube. The function of the stigma is to attach or connect the stigma with the ovary. In addition, the stigma is usually shaped like a thread.

Third, the ovary ( ovary ), this ovary is usually located at the bottom or base of the flower. In addition, when you are storing eggs, these ovaries usually look enlarged. In short, the ovary is the room or place in which there are seeds.

The pistil itself has an egg cell called an ovules or ovulum . These seeds will turn into seeds or cement after being fertilized by sperm from the stamens.

The function of this pistil is a place or container for pollen originating from the stamens or male reproductive organs in flowers. In simple terms, after the pistil has been fertilized by sperm from pollen, then this pistil will grow and turn into an institutional bladder. It is this organ bladder that produces new plants in flowers (breeds).

Breeding In Flowers

From the results of the previous discussion, it can be said that the reproductive organs in flowering plants are stamens or male cells and pistils or female cells. Then what is the process of reproduction that occurs in flowering plants?

1. Flowering plants reproduce or reproduce by forming a seed.

2. These seeds come from the formation that occurs from male sex cells and female sex cells. The male sex cells are in the form of pollen and the female sex cells are in the form of fruit.

3. The thing that must be underlined in the reproduction of flowering plants is the process of fertilization where the pollen (male) must enter the inside of the pistil (female).

Every breeding in flower plants is always accompanied by pollination. The process of pollination is the process by which the pollen reaches the pistil through the thread. Pollination is divided into two types of pollination, namely self-pollination and cross-pollination.

1. Self-pollinated

Self-pollination can only occur in the same flower plant or a different flower plant, but still in the same type. Self-pollination can be seen in barley, long bean, sesame, rice, beans, and others. However, self-pollination has a drawback, namely the seeds produced from this pollination cannot germinate.

Self-pollination is still divided into two types, namely natural self-pollination and artificial self-pollination.

Natural self-pollination is pollination that occurs when flowering plants have complete reproductive organs. Complete reproductive organs consist of stamens and pistils that are in one flower. In other words, flower plants that do not have complete reproductive organs cannot self-pollinate naturally.

Artificial self-pollination is pollination that occurs due to human intervention. Self-pollination assisted by human intervention is called self-crossing or selfing . The workings of this pollination, such as humans will collect the existing stamens on the stamens, then the pollen is placed on the stigma of the same flower plant.

2. Cross pollination

After discussing cross pollination, now what will be discussed is cross pollination. Cross pollination is the pollination of the stamens and the stigma that occurs in two different plants.

In the cross-pollination process, an intermediary is needed. This intermediary aims to carry pollen from one flower to another. You can see the intermediary in cross-pollination in insects, such as butterflies, wasps, hummingbirds, to the wind.

These nectar-eating animals really need flowers as a source of food because flowers contain nectar. When these animals look for food in one flower and another, some of the pollen will stick to the pistil and that’s when cross-pollination occurs.

The thing that needs to be underlined in cross-pollination is that not all flowers are liked by insects. Generally, these insects only like the striking color of the flowers and the smell is very strong. However, it is different with butterfly insects. As long as the flowers still contain honey, the butterflies really like the flowers.

Meanwhile, assisted pollination or using wind intermediaries usually occurs in flower plants that do not have crowns and flower petals, such as weeds.

Conclusion

Flowers can be said as plants that need animals, wind, and humans to pollinate. Flowers that are not pollinated will not be able to reproduce. Therefore, if we want to care for and grow flowers as ornamental plants, we must often pay attention to this pollination process.

After discussing the meaning of flowers and the parts of flowers and their functions. Are you interested in planting and caring for flowers as ornamental plants? For more details on how this pollination process occurs, you can read books that discuss the ins and outs of flowers.

The flow of Surrealism – Painting is included in the branch of the flow of fine arts. In the branch of painting, one can channel their creativity by using two-dimensional planes, such as canvas, board, drawing paper, and can also use other media. In the field of art, there are several streams that produce various kinds of beautiful and meaningful paintings. On this occasion, we will discuss a school of art that is quite well-known and still exists today, namely the Surrealism school. This one genre is a flow of art that displays images of real objects in conditions that are not possible in the real world. So that the flow of Surrealism has an image like in a dream state.

The development of the art of painting has indeed existed since ancient times. This relates to an expression of one’s soul which is poured into written form. From ideas or ideas from the existing flow of painting, it will certainly produce a style of painting which will then differentiate between one artist and another. Even in some schools of painting there is a teaching that can be easily understood.

In this article, we will discuss the definition of Surrealism, the characteristics, characters, and examples of the work of each artist. But before going deeper, the first thing we will discuss is the meaning of Surrealism.

Definition of Surrealism

Surrealism is a school that presents the contradiction between dreams and reality and then makes it real into an image that displays real objects in conditions that would not be possible in the real world. It is like in a dream or our subconscious. Surrealism itself uses the approach of Freud’s psychological theory which explores the subconscious and the image of a human dream as a depiction of human desires.

Dreams or images from the subconscious are believed to be able to show true human desires and desires, but these things have been buried in the subconscious due to social pressure or other things so as not to display them. Even though it has been covered up, it does not mean that what is a desire and also what a person really wants is a negative thing. It is possible that something that is hidden can occur due to lack of confidence, embarrassment, to the point of being feared because of certain traumas. It can also be as simple as a childhood dream that fades away as they have to face a more logical reality as they grow up. Having a little desire is okay, as long as we can control it and not follow it.

 

The Rise of Surrealism

Surrealism is one of the greatest art movements of the 20th century. Surrealism was coined by Andre Breton, a poet from the Dadaism school in his Surrealist Manifesto in 1924. This stream originated in the world of literature and ended up spreading to the world of fine arts and other fields of art. However, some scholars suggest that this genre dates back to 1917, through a work by Giorgio de Chirico that presents a view of a city sidewalk with a stylistic touch that seems almost hallucinatory. Although in the end, Chirico decided to leave his painting style. But his work has inspired Mac Ernst to adopt a similar style.

Like the majority of art schools, Surrealism is a product that exists from its historical period. This flow rebelled against the comfort zone produced by the lower middle class. The Dadaists disagreed with the satisfaction of the middle class. They conclude that the middle class is a group whose horizon is the most squeezed by its own comfort zone. Until they are not aware that they are actually one of the most disadvantaged groups in modern society.

This illustrates how the Dadaists with their various surprising and unreasonable ideas will try to move the middle class out of these generic ideas. Surrealism itself still adopts this idea, but does so by bringing dreamy images that tend to be imaginative on real objects. On the cloth side, Dadais presents something shocking through an ugly, random, and unorthodox image for the general public to see. The Surrealism flow always wanted to make their minds free from the various limitations of reality that were built by modern society.

The end of Surrealism

As for the polemic that has arisen among historians about the end of this school. For some historians, Surrealism ended after World War II. When other modern art movements rose to prominence. Meanwhile, experts reveal that the death of Andre Breton which occurred in 1966 marked the end of the Surrealism school. On the other hand, other opinions reveal that this one genre continues today and is reflected in many contemporary works of art.

 

Elements of Surrealism

The following are some elements of Surrealism that helped create a Surrealist work. These elements include:

1. Myth

Myth is an expression from within the human soul. Every human being has a fear within them that they believe in. While in Surrealism, they will present these myths, which we may believe or fear. With the existence of myths, the value of an art from Surrealist works will increase.

2. Dreams

Dreams are one of the best ways to reveal something that comes from the subconscious. With dreams, things that are not real can be created and realized in a form of work.

3. Metamorphosis

Metamorphosis will usually use automatic techniques, frottage, drawing, fumage, decalcomania, cadavre exquis, and development techniques.

Characteristics of Surrealism

The following are some of the characteristics of the Surrealism flow that you need to know:

a. Presenting images of real objects in unreal conditions
b. Imaging as in a dream
c. Having a high contrast, that means: there is a large form side by side with a small form
d. Playing an image in a dream with one in the real world
e. Impressed like a fantasy but still stick to the references that exist in the real world

Surrealist Style and Technique

Surrealist paintings are defined not only by identifiable characteristics, but also by a philosophy that believes in using certain techniques to express the intent of works of art and enable them to achieve their goals.

Several works by Surrealist artists, for example Picasso’s works are different from Max Ernst’s works. Artists tend to change their style over time, they will even use different styles and techniques in one work of art. Some of the techniques commonly used by Surrealist artists are collage, automatism, grattage and frottage.

1. Automatism

Automatism is often used in writing. Where the writer will let the flow of words flow by itself without any obstacles. The same process was applied to Surrealist painting, where the artists would let their brushes paint and move by themselves without any resistance.

2. Frottage and Grattage

Frottage is when an artist creates a textured surface and rubs it in using a soft material such as a crayon. While Grattage refers more when pieces of paint are removed using a certain method.

Figures of Surrealism

Below are some figures from the Surrealism school who had a considerable influence on the Surrealist art movement. These characters include:

1. Rene Magritte

Rene Magritte born on November 21, 1898 is one of the most famous Belgian artists of the 20th century. Magritte received a lot of praise and acclaim for his very special approach to Surrealism. However, before becoming an artist, to support his life, Magritte spent years working on designing and producing book covers.

Magritte is very interested in the existence of the middle class, namely people who spend most of their time working and spending their money to survive. According to Magritte, the middle class is classified as poor enough to receive subsidies from the government, but also unable to meet basic needs such as housing. He symbolizes this life through a painting of a man wearing a bowler hat.

Golconda Surrealism Painting and Its Analysis

The work features a human rain scene. Where everyone looks almost identical to one another and wears the same clothes, complete with a bowler hat. Even so, it could be that the men in the painting are just floating because there is no implied indication of movement. The background of the painting is an area in the suburbs that is similar to the area where Magritte lives. He also wears clothes in the same way, that is, like the people in the painting. A bowler hat is a hat commonly used by the middle class at that time.

One of the interpretations or interpretations that can be produced is that Magritte wants to highlight the boundaries between individuality and associations or groups that have been lost and blurred in modern times. All the men wore the same clothes, had similar body features, and were all floating simultaneously in the same place. Individual freedom has been lost, even though this is one of the basic human rights to express themselves the way they want.

2. Frida Kahlo

Frida Kahlo is an artist who regularly uses visual symbolism derived from the physical pain she experiences in an effort to better understand emotional suffering. Since childhood, Kahlo has suffered from polio which unbalanced her legs. During her life, Kahlo experienced pain that would not end. So he spends more time in the hospital. Before Kahlo, the language of death, loss, and loneliness was well researched by male artists. However, the results have not been significantly dissected by female artists. Not only that, Kahlo didn’t just enter the realm of general symbolism, but she also expanded it by creating her own symbol.

Kahlo is not only categorized as a Surrealist artist. But also became one of the figures of the feminist art movement. She has created many distinctive symbols or icons used throughout her career, including hair, animals and ribbons. Kahlo has succeeded in creating a new way to talk about even the most complex aspects of a woman’s identity. Not only being a great artist, Kahlo is also a figure much admired because of her unique personality. A portrait of Kahlo’s face which is also very iconic, with the characteristic thick and united eyebrows. He also had a major influence on other artists. Until now, there are still many contemporary artists who use their portrait images to be used as references for their works.

The Surrealism Painting The Wounded Deer and Its Analysis

This painting features a hybrid between a deer and a human, which is a portrait of the painter, Frida Kahlo. He put himself into a helpless creature and was injured because of the arrows that stuck all over his body. Apparently, this hybrid creature was being hunted in the forest.

When viewed from the scene in the painting, Kahlo confirms that he is still alive. However, the arrows that stuck all over his body would slowly kill him. The creature is seen wearing a pearl earring, as if highlighting her desire to become another woman who might live longer because she doesn’t suffer from a disease like her. He also seems to show his desire to live more freely in the open.

Kahlo does not describe herself as a stag with big antlers. This shows her spirituality towards feminist thought. Like satire on the condition of the art world which has always been dominated by a man. Rarely do women get a place to become artists. In this painting, he also shows his interest in appreciating other great artists from the past. The painting is associated with a painting with the theme of St. Sebastian, who has a similar scene, namely arrows sticking all over his body.

3. Salvador Dali

Salvador Dali is one of the most famous, dominant, and productive Surrealist artists of the 20th century. Dali is known as a pioneer artist who knows that commercial awareness is also needed for an artist. He frequently appeared on TV and received intensive press interviews. In the course of his career, he has not only painted, but has also explored other art media such as printmaking, sculpture, advertising art, design art, literature, film, and what is quite famous is the collaboration he did with Luis Buñuel and Alfred Hitchcock.

Apart from his unbeatable technical skills, Dali was also renowned for his eccentric and flamboyant personality. In his early use of organic morphology, his work bears the hallmarks of the Spanish artists Pablo Picasso and Joan Miro. His paintings also show his interest in Classical and Renaissance art. This is evident through the hyper realistic style and use of religious symbolism in his works.

Surrealism Painting The Persistence of Time and Its Analysis

The Persistence of Time is a fairly iconic and famous painting by Salvador Dali. The painting displays various kinds of wall clocks and an alarm that looks melted. In this painting, Dali makes an object that should be hard appear soft. The existence of a tree that looks like it is growing on a block of wood that is similar to a table adds to the impression of the contrast between reality and the world of dreams.

The horizon that looks wide but looks empty, coupled with the cliffs that are clearly depicted even though they are not close, makes the background of the painting look like in a dream world, or just an illusion. The Persistence Of Time seems to be the main focus in this work.

As we know that painting is a branch of fine art. Therefore, painting also includes a more complete development than drawing. In painting, there are various kinds of schools that have their own characteristics in drawing paintings. One such stream is the flow of Cubism. So, what is cubism, its characteristics, and who are the characters in it and its brief history. Below we will discuss this in more detail.

Definition of Cubism

The flow of Cubism is one of the fine arts that has a point of view from an object that is in one image. So that it will produce images that seem separate or fragmented. The fragmentation in the Cubism flow will form a geometric shape such as cubes, triangles, cylinders, circles, and others. That way, the flow of Cubism does not have to be cubic, but can also be geometric. A painting from the Cubist school has a front and side perspective that can be seen simultaneously in one painting object. So that it will produce artistic value.

 

History of Cubism

Cubism first appeared in 1907, when Picasso began using the style in his work entitled “Demoiselles D’Avignon”. The work is either a prototype or a work from pre-Cubism. In this work, various characteristics of the Cubist school have appeared, such as a radical distortion in the nose area, a split or fragmented background, and the position of the eyes that are a little odd but can give artistic expression. Georges Braque, who saw the painting in Picasso’s studio, felt interested and responded to the style used by Picasso by exploring a similar or similar style.

Examples of Cubist Works: Demoiselles D’avignon, by Pablo Picasso

Then, why is this flow called Cubism? The term cubism basically comes from a comment made by one of the art critics named Louis Vauxcelles when he saw several paintings by Georges Braque which were exhibited in Paris in 1908. He explained Braque’s paintings by simplifying the object into a geometric shape. So it looks to the cubes. That term eventually spread when the flow of Cubism increasingly gained the attention of the general public.

Cubism itself can be said to get influence and inspiration from the works of Paul Cezanne. Until one of its early phases was called Cezzanian Cubism. Cezanne’s work no longer pays attention to accurate perspectives. So that the work he makes does not have a consistent perspective. Even some objects look odd because there is no clear perspective. But that is one of the things that makes it look more interesting than with the classics which at that time had been considered too flat.

Pablo Picasso was also inspired by masks from African tribes. The style used to make the mask is very unrealistic and unnatural, full of distortion but still conveys a living human image. At that time Picasso had said: “The face consists of eyes, nose and mouth which can be distributed in any way according to your wishes”. That means, we can just draw or paint the mouth above the nose and the eyes under the nose, if we want. That is one of the views of Cubism that is important to understand.

Characteristics of Cubism

The following are some of the characteristics of the Cubism school that you need to know:

1. Only use geometric shapes

Paintings that have a Cubist style usually ignore the original form of the subject that exists in nature. Cubist artists deconstruct painted objects and carry out an analysis from various angles. That is one of the reasons the first type of Cubism was called Analytical Cubism. This is because the objects that have been analyzed are then painted in geometric arrangements, for example squares, triangles or cones.

2. Looks flat (flat) & minimal depth (sense of depth)

The parts in the subject are broken down and rearranged to make it look 2-dimensional and abstract in shape. This removes the illusion of depth from the painting itself. Cubist work also deliberately avoided using many traditional painting techniques. For example, perspective techniques, chiaroscuro (the use of dark and light colors to present a 3-dimensional impression), and foreshortening (shortening the subject to describe objects that are close to the observer).

3. Using multiple perspectives

The same subject can also be viewed from multiple angles simultaneously. For example, a cup that is broken into two parts. Where the left side will display the cup seen from the side, while the right side will depict the cup from above.

4. Consists of many fragments

Cubism flow itself is often referred to as a collection of broken glass by people who do not like it. When viewing paintings from this genre, observers need to piece together the pieces of the image. Then the painting is viewed as a whole to understand its meaning. Sometimes, painters break objects into parts so that they can be drawn from different perspectives. The backgrounds as well as the subjects of Cubist paintings often penetrate one another. In addition to the way of painting that uses multiple perspectives, this visual fragmentation makes works of Cubist style often difficult to understand.

 

Types of Cubism

Cubism developed through two distinct phases. The first phase is Analytic Cubism or Analytics Cubism and the second is Synthetic or Synthetic Cubism. However, this stage of Cubism is still debated and continues to be updated today. Various opinions from experts say that the flow of Cubism has three or even four phases. One phase before the Analytical phase and another after the Synthesis phase. So, to make it even more clear, below are the types of cubism that need to be understood:

Cezannian Cubism / Cezannian Cubism (1908 – 1909)

This was a phase of Cubism that was still rawly inspired by Cezanne’s works. A retrospective view of Cezanne has inspired many artists to take the positive side of their works. One of them is the freedom of perspective which can make a work more dynamic and not just imitating nature.

Analytic Cubism / Analytics Cubism (1910 – 1912)

Cubism in this phase developed in a fairly systematic way. Works based on observing objects in the context of their backgrounds and exploring them from various points of view. Picasso and Braque limited their subjects to the traditional portrait genre as well as still life. On top of that, they also limited the palette to earth tones as well as muted grays. It aims to reduce the clarity between fragmented figures and objects.

Synthesis Cubism (1912 – 1914)

In 1912, Picasso and Braque began to introduce foreign elements into their own compositions. Picasso added a wicker-like wallpaper to his work entitled: Still Life with Chair-Caning in 1912. Meanwhile, Braque stuck newspaper cuttings onto his canvas, then began to explore the collage movement. In essence, this phase is called Synthetic because they start composing and combining non-paint objects in their paintings.

Crystal Cubism (1915 – 1922)

Crystal cubism is a simplified form of various previous phases. In this phase, the flow of Cubism emphasized flat geometric planes that were stacked on top of each other. It was here that Cubism became close to formalistic abstraction, since geometric non-representative forms almost control all elements of works of art.

 

Artist Figures & Examples of Cubism Works

There were many artists involved in Cubism. This is because this flow can already be categorized into a fairly large sect. Below are some of the more influential Cubist artists and some examples of his work.

1.George Braque

Georges Braque was at the forefront of the Cubist revolutionary art movement. Throughout his career, Braque’s works have always focused on living objects and how to see different perspectives through lines, colors, and textures. Braque has been called one of the main originators and developers of Cubism. Although Picasso introduced it to the public. Braque himself started his art movement as a member of Fauvism. He began to develop Cubism after meeting Pablo Picasso. Even within a phase, their paintings have many similarities in terms of style, theme, and color. However, Braque says that his work is not like Picasso. Where his work tends to be purely from space and also images. This is certainly different from Picasso who used figures and objects as iconic signs. Braque seeks a balance as well as harmony in his compositions. Especially through papier colles, a paper collage technique that was discovered along with his observations of Cubism in 1912.

Examples of Cubist Works: Bottle and Fishes (1910-12)

Braque has always painted a bottle and a fish throughout his painting career. The painting above is an example of Analytic Cubism, namely the initial phase of collaboration in developing Cubism with Picasso. The painting has a characteristic palette of light earth tones. So that it can produce a very soft image even though the objects being painted are messy and many. The dynamic texture of brush strokes fills various potential voids in the large and wide elements of the painting. A neat composition using vertical objects resting on horizontal supports helps balance the painting.

2. Pablo Picasso

Pablo Picasso is one of the most dominant and very influential artists of the first 20th century. Especially because of the emergence of Cubism that was promoted with Georges Braque. Picasso is also known as one of the founders of the collage technique and made a major contribution to Symbolism and Surrealism. Although his main work is painting, his sculpture is also quite influential and has successfully explored various types of media and other fields such as ceramics and printmaking. Picasso himself had a charismatic personality. So it’s easy for him to become more famous.

From the beginning, Picasso was influenced by Henri Rousseau and Paul Cezanne, to the prehistoric art and crafts of African tribes. Picasso borrowed a lot from structure and imagery. This influence led him towards Cubism. Where he deconstructs the established perspective conventions of the Renaissance tool. Then revolutionized the artist’s attitude towards the image of form as well as space.

Picasso’s deepening of Cubism eventually led him to the invention of the collage technique. Where he decided to leave the idea of ​​the image as a window on the things that exist in the world. He also began to think of it as simply an arrangement of signs used in a different way. Sometimes, the object is just an Icon, sometimes it becomes a symbol. These ideas would be highly influential throughout the decades of the Cubist era.

Example of Pablo Picasso’s Work: Guernica

Pablo Picasso’s Guernica is one of the most famous paintings of all time. As with other famous works of art, the meaning of this painting is not very clear and is left free to interpret. Guernica itself is a small town in Northern Spain which became a means for bombing exercises by the German Luftwaffe during the Spanish Civil War. By looking at Picasso’s habit of frequently using metaphorical signs, it is likely that the painting contains many symbols, such as a horse, a bull, and a man with a sword. The various objects and figures seem to depict scenes of bullfighting. One of these extreme sports is indirectly a symbol of Spain.

3. Juan Gris

Juan Gris is the only artist who is very talented in making Picasso feel threatened. His style of Cubism was built on the foundations of early Cubism, but he later moved towards new Cubism. As a member of a group of avant-garde artists in Paris, Gris adapted the experiments of Pablo Picasso and Georges Braque. Gris’s paintings tend to be unique, different from other artists. Because, his background is an illustrator. Therefore, Gris is used to playing with design elements that are generally used to create commercial images.

Unlike the case with other Cabbage, Gris’s main goal is to feast the eyes. As the artist puts it, ‘I prefer emotions fixing the rules’. Despite his radical treatment of space as well as objects, Gris’s composition remains balanced. Where the chosen palette is bright colors and the subject that is often used is an avant-garde theme. Like Picasso and Braque, Gris also began to paste newsprint and advertisements into his works. The distinctive feature of the collage technique is that it will leave larger pieces of advertisements or newspapers, as if it still wants to maintain the integrity of the original information.

Example of a Cubist Harlequin with a Guitar

The painting is the favorite work of Gris’s mentor, Picasso. Harlequin is a main character figure in the commedia dell’arte or masque that originated in Italy in the 16th century and a charlatan who had a tendency to act on his own. In addition, Harlequin is also a subject that is often raised in the arts. From here, the background shows in the subject’s cartoon-like mouth and eyes. The bright graphic lines tracing the figure as well as the costume also contribute to reinforcing the impression a commercial poster appears. In addition, there are warm tones and familiar subjects that create harmony.

Benefits of Flexibility – Flexibility is an important component of physical fitness. Just like the other components, the level of flexibility can be used as a benchmark for assessing a person’s physical fitness.

There are several popular sports that require flexibility in joints and muscles, including floor gymnastics, equipment gymnastics, and beautiful jumping.

In these sports, joint and muscle flexibility is needed because there are so many movements in these sports that require athletes to move joints to limits that we rarely or even never do in our daily activities.

Definition of Flexibility or Flexibility

The ability to move joints optimally in order to reduce the risk of injury is called flexibility or flexibility. In other words, flexibility is the ability of a person to adapt his body to each work activity effectively and efficiently by stretching the body properly. If a person has good flexibility skills, it will be useful to minimize the occurrence of injuries during activities.

Benefits of Body Flexibility

As previously explained, the ability of the joints and surrounding muscles to carry out maximum movements without getting disturbed is flexibility. Practicing flexibility skills itself has several benefits, one of the main benefits of which is to avoid injury to the joints and muscles. Increasing flexibility throughout the body can make your joints move freely, smoothly, and can minimize disturbances such as sprains or sprains.

In addition, there are various other benefits of flexibility training, namely:

1. When your muscles are more flexible, relaxed, and not tense, then when you do any activity that requires quite extreme body movements, you will not feel too sore or sore.
2. Reducing the possibility of injury while playing various sports.
3. Reducing the possibility of muscle cramps.
4. When you focus on exercises that function to increase muscle flexibility, you will most likely be able to improve your posture at the same time.
5. The length of the spine, the length of the shoulder bones, and the length of the leg bones can all increase depending on how flexible your muscles and joints are.

 

 

How to Train Flexibility Levels for Beginners

The various sports movements below can train the flexibility of the joints and muscles of the body easily, but are quite effective. Do these movements once or twice a day or every time you start exercising.

1. Side lying quadriceps stretch

Side lying quadriceps stretch has a function to train the flexibility of the thighs and calves. This type of sport does not require the help of any tools so it is very suitable for beginners.

Follow these steps to train flexibility of the body.

1. Position yourself lying on the right side of the body, then bend your right arm and use it as a pillow under your head, and also make sure your legs are stretched out straight.
2. Bend your left knee and pull your left ankle or heel towards your buttocks with your left hand.
3. Make sure your waist and shoulders are parallel to the floor, while your head is parallel to your spine.
4. Squeeze your stomach muscles, exhale, and hold the position for about 30 to 45 seconds, then straighten your legs while contracting your quadriceps muscles.
5. Repeat for 3 to 6 reps and try to switch to the other side of the leg.

2. Glute bridge single leg progression

In addition to training the level of flexibility, glute bridge single leg progression is also a sport to strengthen the muscles of the back, waist, buttocks, thighs, and calves.

Just like the previous exercise, you also don’t need the help of additional equipment to do the following movements. This movement is also quite easy to do, so you can try it as a start in exercising.

This is how to do the single leg progression glute bridge movement to train body flexibility.

1. Lying on a mat or other flat surface, bend one calf and make sure your palm is touching the floor.
2. Open the other side of the thigh and calf to hip-width apart, then lift the other side of the leg, bend it, and place both hands behind the raised thigh.
3. Tighten your abdominal muscles, make sure your posture is straight and touches the floor, then take a deep breath.
4. Exhale while contracting your abdominal muscles, then lift your belly while pushing it away from your buttocks. Make sure your lower back and buttocks don’t touch the floor.
5. Inhale slowly, then lower your buttocks and lower back to the starting position.
6. Repeat several times, then replace with the other leg.

3. Seated butterfly stretch

Just like the side lying quadriceps stretch , this example of a flexibility exercise will train the calf muscles as well as the thighs. This movement is quite easy so it is suitable for beginners.

The following are the seated butterfly stretch steps that you need to follow.

1. Sit in a cross-legged position, making sure your back, neck and head are straight.
2. Place your hands on your feet.
3. Tighten your abdominal muscles to stabilize your spine, exhale slowly, then bend your hips and back forward.
4. Lower your elbows so they rest on the inside of your thighs, then push your thighs down.
5. Make sure your back is straight, then push your back and hips as low as possible, then hold for about 20-35 seconds and then try to relax and return to the initial position.
6. Repeat this movement for about 20-35 seconds.

4. Swan pose

This is an example of joint flexibility in the thigh muscles and also the waist muscles. You can find this movement in pilates sports.

Follow some of the following movements to do the swan pose exercise.

1. Start by lying on your stomach.
2. Place your palms on the floor, bend your elbows, and keep your arms close to your body so your hands stay under your shoulders. Make sure the position of the shoulders away from the ears.
3. Keep your feet together as close as possible or if you can’t, try to open them shoulder-width apart.
4. Push your palms toward the floor, tighten your abdominal muscles, then lift your stomach off the floor.
5. Inhale while stretching your back as far as possible, keeping your elbows close to your body and your head in line with your spine.
6. Hold the inj position for about 10-15 seconds, exhale, then slowly lower your stomach and chest to the floor.
7. Repeat this movement several times.

5. Trunk rotation

This movement aims to train the flexibility of the hips and lower back. This helps you to roll your back more easily.

In this exercise, you’ll need a special weight ball, so please have one handy beforehand. The following is an example of a trunk rotation flexibility exercise.

1. Sit on the mat with your knees bent, feet together, and position your heels touching the floor.
2. You can hold a special weight ball in your lap close to your body.
3. Make sure you are in an upright position, then tighten your abdominal muscles while rotating your body slowly, and your hands while holding the weight ball to one side. Make sure the ball stays parallel to your body.
4. Pause, inhale, then exhale slowly. Rotate the body with the hand carrying the weight ball in the opposite direction.
5. Repeat the movement back and forth and then repeat the entire sequence a few times.

6. Knee to chest

This exercise trains the flexibility of the lower back muscles and also the hips. Follow these knee to chest steps.

1. Position your body on your back while bending your knees.
2. Grab the top of the knee.
3. Pull your knees toward your armpits and hold for about five seconds.
4. Repeat this movement up to 3-10 times.

 

7. Lunges

In doing lunges, there are two types of movements that you can try to train flexibility more optimally, namely front lunges and side lunges. Quoting an explanation from the website of the National Strength and Conditioning Association, an example of this exercise is believed to increase the flexibility of the hip muscles. This flexibility movement is also useful for training the lower body muscles and keeping the body balanced and stable.

Here are the steps for doing front lunges .

1. Stand up and bend your left leg 90 degrees, position your right foot in front of your left foot and make sure your foot touches the floor properly.
2. Bend your left leg as low as possible while keeping your back straight. Stretch the muscles in the left groin. Then hold that position for about seven seconds.
3. Repeat for about 3 to 6 times and try on the opposite leg position.

Meanwhile, follow side lunges .

1. Position yourself standing straight and widen your legs.
2. Bend your left knee while your body leans to the left.
3. Make sure your back and right leg stay straight.
4. Hold this position for about 10 seconds, then repeat 3 to 6 times, and repeat with the opposite leg.

8. Cross-Over r

This example of a cross-over flexibility exercise can be described as very simple. This cross-over exercise will train the joints and muscles in the neck and back. Try these flexibility exercises.

1. Position your body to stand by crossing your legs, make sure your feet are in a tight position and straight.
2. Bend over and try to touch your toes as much as possible.
3. Make sure the position of the back and neck remains straight or not curved.
4. Hold this movement for about five to 10 seconds, repeat 3 to 6 times, then switch legs in the opposite direction.

9. Seat stretch

This exercise is very useful for training the flexibility of the neck, knees, thighs, calves, and also the back. This example of a seat stretch exercise is quite simple. Follow the steps according to the following instructions.

1. Position your body to sit by straightening your thighs and calves. Make sure the toes are pointing up as far as possible.
2. Touch your fingertips using your hand as much as possible. Feel the stretch slowly from the tip of the neck to the back.
3. After that, push your chin towards your knees.
4. Hold for approximately five seconds, repeat 3 to 6 times.

10. Standing quad stretch

In addition to training the flexibility of the thigh muscles, this movement is also an exercise to maintain body balance. Here are the steps for doing the standing quad stretch.

1. Position yourself by standing on one leg. Then, pull the raised leg toward your buttocks.
2. Make sure you lift your legs as high as possible while folding them as tightly as possible.
3. Hold for about five seconds, repeat about 3 to 6 times, then switch to the other side of the leg.

A Sport That Can Be Lived

If you are interested in learning flexibility more deeply, there are several sports that make all the muscles of your body work effectively and train all members of the body to increase flexibility to the maximum, including:

1. Yoga

This sport with smooth but quite complicated movements is indeed very useful for increasing the level of flexibility of the body. The body’s habituation to yoga movements is also usually not difficult because you will be introduced to basic or general movements that are easy first. Only after that switch the level to the middle and continue to the high level.

Yoga is not only good for training muscles, training flexibility, and also making the body fitter. However, it also teaches you to practice breathing and relaxation to release stress.

2. Pilates

Often yoga and Pilates are thought of as the same sport, but in fact the two things are different sports. Even though yoga and pilates both train body flexibility, pilates movements are relatively shorter or only last about 3 seconds at most. In pilates movements, you will be in a lying, sitting, and also kneeling position more than in yoga movements, which are mostly done in a standing position.

3. Ballet

Of course, not everyone can master it, and ballet is usually practiced from an early age. However, if you are used to doing ballet movements, your body will become flexible by itself. It does require a struggle if you have just started practicing ballet when you reach adulthood, but it is possible that you will be able to do it.

Apart from making it easier for you to adapt to your daily activities and prevent injury, the examples of body flexibility exercises that have been described earlier can help increase blood circulation to all the muscles in the body.

Having good blood circulation can help protect you from various types of diseases, such as lowering blood pressure to prevent various serious diseases such as stroke. Make sure you always do these movements to practice flexibility in each of your regular exercise schedules.

Enough of the summary regarding the understanding of flexibility, benefits, and how to improve it. Thank you for visiting, I hope this article is useful and can help you.

As a business actor, it’s normal to struggle with numbers and also calculations and various kinds of business terms, right? For example, when ordinary people only know the term wealth to refer to assets that a person owns, business actors will actually be more familiar with the term fixed assets.

In that sense, fixed assets and wealth do have a lot in common. However, when talking about fixed assets, there will be a series of specific things that make the meaning more than just wealth.

Assets or what is usually referred to as assets are assets that are a company’s economic resource that are used for the company’s operational activities.

According to the Financial Accounting Standards, in the framework of the preparation and presentation of financial statements (2002, page 13, paragraph 49), assets have the meaning of resources controlled by the company as a result of past events and from which future economic benefits are hope the company will get it. In general, these assets are divided into two, namely current assets and fixed assets.

Definition of Fixed Assets

Assets or assets are property that is one of the company’s economic resources used for the company’s operational activities. According to the Financial Accounting Standards, within the basic framework for the preparation and presentation of financial statements. To be able to produce a product, the role of this asset is very large. For example, land as a place for production, buildings used for factories or offices, machines and equipment as tools for production and so on.

To understand this fixed asset, there are several opinions expressed by experts, including:

According to the statement submitted by Financial Accounting Standards (PSAK) Number 16 paragraph 5 states that “Fixed assets are tangible assets that are acquired in ready-to-use form or built first, which are then used in company operations, not intended to be sold in the course of the company’s normal activities. and has a useful life of more than one year.

From the explanation above, we can conclude that fixed assets are:

– Is a tangible asset
– Has a useful life of more than one year
– Is used in the company’s operations
– Not intended to be resold

 

Fixed Assets Grouping

These assets are divided into several groups because they have different characteristics from other assets. The criteria itself consists of various types of goods. Therefore, further grouping of these assets is carried out.

This grouping depends on the accounting policies of each company. Because basically the more fixed assets owned by a company, the more groups there will be. Fixed assets owned by a company consist of various forms. Depending on the nature and also the field of business occupied by the company.

The value tends to be large and the types and forms that vary from this type of asset will cause companies to be more careful in classifying them. Of the various assets, for accounting purposes will be grouped as follows:

a. Which is usually unlimited, such as land for the construction of companies, livestock, and agriculture.
b. Which are usually limited and when their useful life has expired can be replaced with similar assets, for example, machines, buildings, tools, furniture, and others.
c. Which are usually limited and when they have expired they cannot be replaced with similar assets, for example, natural resources such as mining products and so on.

Based on the Angle of the Substance

According to Sofyan Safri H, fixed assets can be grouped in various angles, including:

a. Tangible Assets or tangible assets such as machinery, land, equipment and buildings.
b. Intangible Assets or intangible assets such as patents, copyrights, franchises, goodwill, copyrights, and so on.

Based on Angle Shrinkage or Not

The following is a grouping of fixed assets based on whether they are depreciated or not, including:

a. Depreciated Plant Assets: depreciated assets such as buildings, equipment, machinery, inventory, roads, and so on.
b. Undepreciated Plant Assets: assets that cannot be depreciated such as land.

 

Types of Fixed Assets and Examples

The types of assets can be divided into two groups, namely tangible or tangible and intangible or intangible. The following is a full explanation.

1. Tangible Fixed Assets

This type of assets includes assets that can have a tangible form so that they can be seen. For example, land, buildings, machinery, factories, and equipment. The period of use of tangible fixed assets is more than one accounting period. Tangible fixed assets can be divided into two groups, namely those that can experience depreciation or depreciation and those that cannot experience depreciation. Here is the explanation:

a. Land

Land has a form and will not experience depreciation. The acquisition price of this land includes the purchase price, certificate processing fees, commission fees, and land leveling costs.

b. Building

Buildings or buildings are included in the group of tangible fixed assets and can be depreciated. There are two ways to acquire buildings, namely through construction or purchase. The cost of acquiring a building by way of construction is the cost of the services of architects and contractors, material costs, construction worker costs, and building permit fees. Then the cost of acquiring the building purchased includes the purchase price of the building, intermediary commissions, certificate processing fees, tax costs, and also renovation costs.

c. Machine

As we know that the machine is real and can experience depreciation. The acquisition price of this machine includes the purchase price, shipping costs, installation costs, value added tax, as well as insurance costs.

2. Intangible Fixed Assets

Intangible assets are company assets that do not have a tangible form with a useful life of more than one year. The right or advantageous position for the company in earning income can be seen from this wealth. For example:

a. Patent

Patents are exclusive rights originating from the state to inventors for inventions in the field of technology to be used later in the production or sale of a product for a certain period. Where this patent provides legal protection to the owner of the right from the possibility of product imitation or counterfeiting by other parties. Patents can be obtained by purchasing or self-developed.

b. Goodwill

Goodwill is the difference in value of the accounting costs or the acquisition of a company with a fair market price or the book value of the company. Where this goodwill becomes an integral part of the corporate entity. So it cannot be sold separately. The factors that form goodwill include good reputation, well-known brand identity, strategic business location, employee competence, and also the technology used.

c. Licence

License is official permission obtained to do, use, produce, and also own something. Where this license can be in the form of permission to use trademarks, intellectual property rights, and also permits to sell products abroad. Licenses can be obtained by purchasing or submitting an official application to the government with or without a fee.

d. Copyright

Copyright is a right for intellectual work in the fields of science, art, and literature that is unique and is given based on ideas, methods, procedures, or concepts that have been realized. For example, copyrights on computer programs, maps, books, and photography.

 

Characteristics of Fixed Assets

As one of the assets or wealth owned by a company, fixed assets certainly have characteristics that distinguish them from other types of assets. According to Agus Ismaya Hasanudin in Accounting Theory, the characteristics of fixed assets are as follows:

a. Fixed assets are acquired for later use in operations and not for resale.
b. Fixed assets have a long-term nature and generally experience depreciation.
c. Fixed assets have physical substance.

Acquisition of Fixed Assets and the Method of Recording

Below are some explanations about how to get fixed assets or fixed assets:

1. Cash Purchase

Fixed assets obtained from cash purchases are recorded in the books with an amount equal to the money issued. The amount of money spent to acquire the asset includes the price listed on the invoice as well as all costs incurred to get the fixed asset ready for use. If there is a cash discount in the purchase of an asset, then the discount is a reduction to the invoice price, regardless of whether the discount is obtained or not.

If in a purchase obtained more than one type of fixed assets, then the acquisition price must be allocated to each product. For example, when buying a building and land, the acquisition price is allocated for the building and land. The allocation basis used is as much as possible based on the market price of each asset, namely in the case of purchasing land or buildings, the market price of the land and the market price of the building must be sought. Where each market price is compared and becomes the basis for the allocation of the acquisition price.

2. Installment Purchase

If fixed assets are obtained from installment purchases, then the acquisition price may not include interest. Interest made during installments, whether expressly stated or not stated separately, must be removed from the acquisition price and then charged as interest expense. The method of recording is that every year payments are made in a journal that reduces the debt to the amount of the loan principal repaid and debits the interest fee for the year concerned and cash credits in the amount of installments.

3. Exchanged with Securities

Fixed assets obtained by exchanging bonds or company shares are recorded in the general ledger at the market price of the shares or bonds used as exchange. If the market price of a stock or bond is not known, the acquisition price is determined by the market price of the asset.

If the market price of the securities and fixed assets being exchanged is not known, then under these conditions the exchange value will be determined by the decision of the company’s leadership. This exchange value is one of the bases for recording the acquisition price of fixed assets and also the valuable values ​​issued.

The exchange of fixed assets with bonds or company shares will be recorded in the Share Capital or Bonds Payable account in the amount of the nominal value. The difference between the exchange value and the nominal value is recorded in the Disagio or Agio account.

Fixed assets, for example machine xxxx
Capital xxxx
Agio Shares xxxx

If in this exchange the company adds a down payment. Then the acquisition price of the machine is the sum of the money paid plus the market price of the securities used as exchange.

4. Exchanged with Other Fixed Assets

Many purchases of fixed assets are made by way of exchange or trade-in. Where old assets are used to pay for new assets, either in whole or in part where the shortfall is paid in cash. Under these conditions, the principle of acquisition cost must still be used, that is, new assets are capitalized at an amount equal to the price of the old assets, then cash paid or capitalized equals to the market price of the new assets to be received.

5. Obtained from Gifts or Donations

Fixed assets obtained from gifts or donations can be recorded deviating from the cost principle. To be able to receive these gifts costs are often incurred, but these costs are much smaller than the value of the fixed assets received.

If fixed assets are recorded at the cost already incurred, this will cause the amount of assets and capital to be too small and the depreciation expense to be smaller. To overcome this, assets received as gifts are recorded at market value. Depreciation or depreciation of fixed assets received from the gift will be calculated in the same way as the others.

6. Self Created Assets

Through certain considerations, companies often make their own assets or fixed assets needed, such as buildings, tools, and also furniture. The creation of these assets is generally intended to fill capacities or employees who are still idle. All costs charged for manufacturing assets such as materials, direct wages, and direct factory overhead will not cause problems in determining the cost of fixed assets made.

However, indirect factory overhead costs will raise questions about how much should be allocated for the assets being made. There are two ways to charge factory overhead costs, including:

a. Increase in factory overhead costs charged to assets created.
b. Factory overhead costs will be allocated at rates for manufacturing assets as well as production.

This is an explanation of the meaning of fixed assets and their various types and classifications. Hopefully the information described above can be well understood and provides benefits for the business being managed.

Financial Management – ​​Is Sinaumed’s someone who keeps an eye on personal monthly expenses, be it through the widely available apps or manual tables?

If so, then Sinaumed’s includes managing personal finances. Management or financial management is not only limited to calculating ordinary expenses, but also helps us plan good spending and savings in the future.

In a company or organization, finance is also considered as the most important aspect. In order to generate successful business and growth, a company needs to prioritize good financial management. Because, there are a myriad of benefits and functions related to business survival.

Definition of Financial Management

In business, financial management is essentially the practice of making a business plan and then ensuring its implementation for each department. With good financial management, it is possible for companies to obtain data to create visions, make investment decisions and have insights to fund investments, control liquidity, profitability, cash, and so on.

Financial management in the system combines several financial functions, including accounting, fixed asset management, revenue and payment processing.

If these components are successfully integrated, companies can achieve financial visibility in facilitating day-to-day activities.

Tactical VS Strategic Financial Management

Tactical-level financial management includes procedures that govern how we process daily transactions, close monthly finances, compare actual expenses to budgeted money, and meet auditor and tax requirements.

Meanwhile, strategic financial management includes financial planning and analysis activities, investment planning by financial leaders using data, finding opportunities, to building a formidable company.

The Importance of Financial Management

Why is financial management important? Previously, we need to understand the three pillars of sound fiscal governance.

1. Develop a strategy, or identify the things that are needed by the company financially to achieve its goals, both short and long term. For example, a company leader needs insight regarding current performance for future planning.
2. Make decisions, or assist business leaders in deciding the best way to implement plans through the provision of up-to-date financial reports and relevant data.
3. Controlling or ensuring the contribution of each existing department to the company’s vision and operations according to the budget and in line with the strategy.

Well, these three pillars can be achieved through effective financial management. This is because every employee knows the direction of the company and can see progress.

Want to know more about financial management through books? Take a peek at the book recommendations from sinaumedia below!

Financial Management Objectives

Based on the pillars above, companies need to be assisted with good financial management. Here are some of the objectives of financial management:

• Maximize profits by providing insight. For example, insight into the increase in raw material costs that can trigger an increase in cost of goods sold.
• Track liquidity and cash flow to ensure that the company has enough cash to meet obligations.
• Ensuring the company complies with state and industry regulations.
• Develop financial scenarios based on current business conditions and predictions regarding various outcomes based on possible future market conditions.
• Effective interaction with investors and directors.

This objective can certainly be achieved by applying effective management principles to the company’s financial structure.

Scope of Financial Management

Sinaumed’s, financial management also has its own scope regarding its fields. Let’s look at the four main areas!

1. Planning

This area tasks financial managers with projecting the amount of money a company will need to maintain positive cash flow, allocating funds for growth, adding new products or services, dealing with contingencies, and sharing that information with business partners.

Planning can be broken down into several categories, including capital, labor, indirect, and operational costs.

2. Budgeting

In the area of ​​budgeting, financial managers allocate available company funds to meet expenses, such as mortgages or rent, wages, materials, employees, and other obligations. Ideally, there will be some remaining funds set aside for emergencies and to fund new business opportunities.

Companies generally have separate master budgets and sub documents. This includes, for example, cash flow and operations; Budgets may be static or flexible.

3. Manage and Assess Risk

This field sees financial managers as assessors and compensators for various risks, including:

• Market risk: Affects business investment, reporting and stock performance. It may also reflect specific financial risks to the industry, such as a pandemic affecting restaurants or a direct-to-consumer retail shift.
• Credit risk: For example, the effect of customers not paying their bills on time and thus the business not having the funds to meet obligations. This can affect creditworthiness and ratings, which determine the ability to borrow at a rate that is profitable for the company.
• Liquidity risk: The finance team must track current cash flow, forecast future cash needs, and be prepared to free up working capital as needed.
• Operational risk: This is a general and new category for some finance teams. For example, this could include cyberattack risk and consideration of buying cybersecurity insurance, disaster recovery and business continuity plans, and crisis management practices that are triggered if a senior executive is accused of fraud or misconduct.

4. Procedure

Finance managers, in this field, establish procedures for how the finance team processes and distributes financial data: invoices, payments and reports safely and accurately. These written procedures also outline the people who are responsible for making financial decisions in the company.

Financial Management Function

Financial management has a very important function for procuring funds, allocating financial resources, and utilizing funds. Here are the details of the function, Sinaumed’s!

1. Controlling and Making Decisions

The financial manager bears primary responsibility for making decisions and controlling finances. Through various techniques, they prepare for potential threats.

2. Financial planning

Decision making also includes planning activities and financial resources. Managers can use available information to gauge business priorities and needs. They also analyze the overall economic situation to plan budgets and make decisions accordingly.

3. Allocating Resources

Managers need to ensure that all financial resources are used in an appropriate way. They also need to oversee business investments in an effective and efficient manner. Proper allocation of financial resources leads to long-term profitability.

4. Manage Cash Flow

Managers have a responsibility to ensure cash management. In other words, they need to ensure that the organization is able to meet operational costs and emergencies. This is done by checking whether the business has sufficient working capital and cash flow.

5. Acquisition and Merger

A company can take critical strategic turns to maintain relevance in a competitive marketplace. Businesses can expand by acquiring new businesses or through mergers, when they enter into a new business. Such decisions relate to complex securities valuations, and the financial manager is the one who oversees the process.

6. Capital Budgeting

Capital budgeting refers to decisions that involve investing in stocks or bonds, such as building new factories and buying new equipment. Financial managers need to identify opportunities and challenges before a company decides to invest a large amount of capital.

In short, financial management functions to help businesses maximize their wealth. Even so, this is a continuous process that is interrelated. Financial management must also be fast and efficient.

Financial Management Principles

Here are 7 principles of financial management that Sinaumed’s needs to know before implementing them:

1. Consistency

System and financial policies within the company must be consistent at all times. Even so, this does not mean that the financial system cannot be adjusted when there are changes in the company’s internal affairs. An inconsistent approach to financial management is a sign that manipulation is taking place.

2. Accountability

Accountability is a moral or legal obligation. Do not tend to certain individuals, groups or organizations over property rights granted to third parties as they have been used. There are operational, moral and legal obligations for companies to explain all decisions and actions that have been taken.

In other words, companies must be able to explain how they use resources. This is because stakeholders have the right to know how their funds or rights are used.

3. Transparency

As we know, companies have obligations related to transparency. Companies must be open in providing information related to their activities. This also includes providing financial reports that are accurate, easily accessible to stakeholders , and show profits. If the company is not transparent, it means that something is being hidden, including regarding its finances.

4. Survival

A financial manager must be able to plan the finances assigned to him so that the company can continue to run, aka live. Even good financial management will have the right financial strategy for the company, Sinaumed’s.

5. Accounting Standards

Every company must have the same accounting system. This system must also be enforced. That is, all accountants internationally can understand and understand this same accounting system.

6. Management

This is a very general principle for many things. In accounting management, financial management must also be carried out by the company properly and effectively.

7. Integrity

The integrity of records and reports related to the company’s finances must also be properly maintained. In other words, these records must be understandable, complete, and accurate.

Want to learn Islamic financial management? Take a peek at this book recommendation from sinaumedia!

Financial Management for Startups

In the beginning, the responsibility of financial management in a startup was to create and stick to a budget that aligns with the business plan, evaluates what to do with the profits achieved, and ensures that bills are paid.

When a company grows and adds employees or finance and accounting staff, financial management becomes more complicated. We need to ensure our employees are paid with accurate deductions, file taxes and financial statements correctly, and watch for errors and fraud that may occur.

By drawing up a plan, startup entrepreneurs can answer the big questions: Will the goods and services they create be profitable? Can we launch a new product or make it happen? What might the next few years bring to the business?

Well, solid financial management provides systems and processes to answer these questions.

Financial Management Tips

Sinaumed’s, here are tips for those of you who want to start managing your finances personally, let’s take a good look!

1. Track spending to improve finances

If Sinaumed’s does not know what and where he spends his money each month, there is a good chance that Sinaumed’s’ personal spending habits need to be corrected. Better money management starts with spending awareness.

For a simple start, use a money management app to track expenses across categories, and see for yourself how much money we spend on non-essentials.

Once we familiarize ourselves with these habits, we can make plans to improve them.

2. Create a realistic monthly budget

Use your monthly spending habits and monthly salary that you’ve done to set a budget that you can stick to. There’s no point in setting a strict budget based on drastic changes like never eating out. Make a budget that fits your lifestyle and spending habits, Sinaumed’s.

We should look at budgets as a way to encourage better habits, like cooking at home more often. Even so, give yourself a realistic chance to meet this budget. That’s the only way this money management method will work.

3. Increase savings even if it takes time

Create an emergency fund that can be used when unforeseen circumstances occur. Even if the contribution of these tips is small, these funds can save us from risky situations when we are forced to borrow money at high interest rates or may not be able to pay our bills on time.

In addition, Gramds must also make a general savings contribution to strengthen financial security in the event of job loss. Use automatic contributions to strengthen the habit of saving money.

4. Pay bills on time every month

Paying your bills on time is an easy way to manage your money wisely and comes with great benefits: It helps you avoid late fees and prioritize important expenses. A strong history of on-time payments can also boost your credit score and increase your interest rates.

5. Reduce recurring costs

Does Sinaumed’s subscribe to services that are never used? It’s easy to forget about the monthly subscriptions or streaming services and mobile apps that weigh on our bank accounts even if these services are never used regularly.

Try reviewing spending on bills like these, and consider canceling unnecessary subscriptions to save more money each month.

6. Save cash for big purchases

Certain types of loans and debt can be helpful when making big purchases, such as a house or even a car that we currently need. Even so, for other large purchases, cash offers the safest and cheapest buying option.

When buying in cash, Sinaumed’s avoids interest and creating debt that can take months, often years, to pay back. Meanwhile, the money saved can be deposited in a bank account.

7. Start an investment strategy.

Even if our ability to invest is limited, a small contribution to an investment account can help in using the money previously earned to generate more income.

The path to better finances starts with changing our own habits. Some of these changes will be easier than others, but if Sinaumed’s stays committed, you will gain powerful money management skills that will help you throughout life. Meanwhile, we will have more money in life!

Financial Management Conclusion

Financial management is very important in personal and corporate life. Of course, we need to study financial management in general beforehand to be able to implement it in company activities.

Sinaumed’s, we can learn about financial management more enjoyably through books, you know ! With sinaumedia , you can get quality books and understand more.

Come on, get books related to financial management with your #Friends Without Limits, sinaumedia, so you have information #MoreWithReading.

Plants are part of living things and can affect an environment. The plant itself consists of several parts, such as stems, leaves, roots, and so on. The root is the part of the plant whose job is to maintain or support the plant so that it remains standing.

Talking about roots, it cannot be separated from the so-called fibrous roots. On this occasion, we will discuss more about fibrous roots. So, keep reading this article to the end, Sinaumed’s.

Definition of Fibrous Roots

Then what exactly is meant by fibrous roots? Fibrous roots can be said to be side roots which can come out from the base of the stem. In addition, these roots usually look like hair.

In addition, the roots of each plant are different. The different types of roots are influenced by many things, one of which depends on the type of plant itself.

This root cannot develop to function as a substitute for the taproot. The Latin name for the fibrous root is radix adventitia. Usually, this root is present in monocot plants or plants that have seeds with two pieces. For example bananas, bamboo, and many more.

Characteristics of Fibrous Roots

After discussing what is meant by fibrous roots, we identify with the characteristics of fibrous roots, namely:

1. In general, plants with fibrous roots experience a condition where embryonic roots undergo a process of root regeneration faster than other types of roots.
2. Fibrous roots generally have a thread-like shape with the smallest size, known as thread fibers.
3. The shape resembles a fiber, so it is branched and this is in accordance with its name.
4. Fibrous roots are smaller than taproots
5. Not too deep into the ground.
6. The growth is at the base of the stem.
7. The size of the types of fibrous roots are almost all the same.
8. The root system is not strong enough so that the plant collapses easily when blown by the wind.

Types of Fibrous Roots

Based on the shape of the fibrous roots, there are 3 types of fibrous roots. Here are the three types of fibrous roots.

1. Root thread

Thread roots are very small thread-like roots. This is in accordance with its name, for example, plants with roots of this type are the majority of grasses and rice alias Oryza sativa.

2. Mine root

Mine root is a root that resembles a rope, hard, stiff and quite large. An example of a mine root plant is coconut aka Cocos nucifera.

3. Large fibrous roots

Large fibrous roots are roots that are almost the size of an arm and generally do not form branches. An example of a plant is pandanus alias Pandanus tectorius.

Advantages of the Fibrous Root System

This fibrous root system turns out to have several advantages. Here are some advantages of using a fibrous root system, namely:

1. The fibrous root model can help plants get lots of water and minerals from the soil.
2. The fibrous root system is concentrated only a few centimeters (cm) at the soil surface. This actually helps the roots in preventing erosion because the root system will hold the top layer of soil in place.
3. This fibrous root system is able to grow up to 100 miles. Therefore, these fibrous roots can find more water sources.

Examples of Fibrous Root Plants

For example, there are several types of fibrous roots based on the type of root. The following are examples of fibrous roots that you need to know:

• Corn

Corn is a plant with fibrous roots, this is because corn is a monocot plant. Interestingly, corn does not only have one type of corn root, but there are three different types of roots, namely seminary roots, roots, adventitious roots and supporting roots.

• Orchid

The next example of a plant is an orchid that has fibrous roots. Orchids are beautiful and expensive plants that also need fibrous roots to develop and grow. The fibrous roots of orchids are called succulents. The succulent form itself is a fibrous root that has a fleshy organ.

Understanding about plant tissue culture can be said to be quite fun. However, sometimes, some people don’t know about readings or books about plant tissue. To find out about plant tissue, you can find out in the Textbook of Plant Tissue Culture .

• Potato

The potato plant (Solanum tuberosum L.) is an annual and bulbous herbaceous vegetable plant. How to reproduce potato plants through tubers. This plant can thrive in highland areas with a cold climate. The area has a height of about 1000 to 2000 meters above sea level.

The cold air temperature is between 14-22 degrees Celsius. Rainfall required during the plant growth period is between 1000-1500 mm per year. Good soil conditions are loose soil that contains lots of nutrients. Will not develop and form tubers on hard and compact soil.

If potato plants are planted in the lowlands, with hotter air temperatures, potatoes will not grow tubers either. In potato cultivation, there are several techniques.

This type of plant has roots that are not only one type of root but there are two types of roots, namely fibrous roots and taproots. This causes the potato is a unique plant.

• Coconut tree

Coconut or scientific language Cocos nucifera is the sole member of the Cocos genus of the aren-arenan tribe or Arecaceae. The definition of the word coconut (or coconut, in English) can refer to the whole coconut tree, seed or fruit, which is botanically a fruit tree, not a nut tree.

The term coconut is derived from the 16th century Portuguese and Spanish word coco meaning “head” or “skull” after the three indentations on the coconut shell that resemble facial features. Almost all parts of this plant can be utilized by humans, so it is considered a multipurpose plant, especially for coastal communities.

In addition, coconut is also the name for the fruit produced in this plant. This plant has fibrous roots to absorb nutrients and to strengthen the plant so that it is strong. This plant has fibrous roots with a hard texture and forms a hump. This plant is fibrous for all types including trees and fruit.

• Pawpaw

The next example of a plant that has fibrous roots is papaya. This plant is also unique because it has no stems and is woody. These plants reproduce depending on the fibrous roots. What humans can use from the papaya tree is its sweet fruit, papaya leaves and flowers for vegetables.

Well, the content of papaya is good for the body, so many people eat papaya. However, not a few also want to plant papaya fruit, but don’t know how. Don’t worry, through the book I Can Grow Papayas, this is perfect to serve as a guide for those of you who want to grow papayas.

 

• Sugarcane / Saccharum Officinale

This part of the plant consists of roots, stems, leaves, flowers and fruit and seeds which are interconnected. Sugar cane has the following characteristics:

1. The root is a fibrous root that reaches 1 meter in length.
2. The stem of this sugar cane is straight, there is a grayish white waxy layer.
3. The leaves are incomplete and the veins are parallel, consisting only of the leaf blade and midrib.
4. This sugarcane does not bear fruit, it’s just that the stem is taken for consumption because it tastes sweet.

Apparently, this sugar cane can be used as a business that is quite promising. For those of you who want to plant sugar cane and turn sugar cane into an agribusiness, then you can read the book Profit Exorbitant from Sugar Cane Agribusiness .

https://sinaumedia.com/products/untung-selangit-dari-agribusiness-tebu-1

• Rice / Oryza Sativa

Rice is the staple food of Indonesian people. Therefore, rice is highly developed in Indonesia. This plant is a seasonal plant once a year to be planted. Each part of the rice plant has its own function.

Rice is included in the grain family or Poaceae (Graminae). Rice is a unique plant because it does not only have fibrous roots but has many types of roots. In rice, the root of the plant has four parts, namely as follows:

• Banana / Musa paradisiaca

Banana is a plant in the form of fruit where the fruit is often consumed because it is good for health. This banana plant usually grows in the tropics and has no wood.

When compared with other plants, banana plants have a structure that is quite unique and distinctive. This is what actually makes it easier for humans to identify plants that are categorized as banana plants.

If based on the morphological form, the banana plant can be divided into several parts, namely roots, stems, leaves, fruit, and flowers. The banana tree is a monocot plant, which has a fibrous root system or it can also be referred to as a rhizome root and does not have a taproot.

The root is centered on the hump and also the growth is not too deep. This is because the shallow growth makes bananas easy to collapse if growing on wet soil. The depth of the soil can be penetrated by banana roots which have a length of between 75 – 150 cm.

This banana root is usually located on a flat ground surface and can grow up to 4-5 meters.

• Salak / Salacca Edulis

Salak is a monocotyledon plant (single seed). Salak plants can also be called snake fruit and have a clumping nature. At the bottom of the soil, shoots will grow and the salak leaves themselves are long.

All parts of the leaf have sharp spines. The bark of the salak plant is not very long, but can grow up to 3 m or more. The crown of the leaves is large so that the stem cannot hold it because it is too heavy. The roots of the salak tree are only one type, namely fibrous roots.

In salak plants, the flowers consist of three types, namely mixed flowers, male flowers, and female flowers. Especially for mixed flowers, this is also known as a perfect flower because it can combine male and female flowers.

Male flowers are wrapped in a sheath (spandex) with long stalks. In salak plantations, male flowers are often sold in the market as a source of males. Meanwhile, the female flowers are covered with a short stalk. This seludang usually comes from when the salak tree.

Planting salak fruit is arguably not a loss, because many people like salak fruit. So, if you want to be successful in owning a salak garden, then you can read the Guide to Success in Local and Imported Salak Gardening. 

 

• Pinang / Areca Catechu

Areca nut is a solitary plant that grows individually. The stem is straight and reaches a height of 20-30 meters, with a diameter of 25-30 cm. The stem has leaf marks or clear nodes with a distance of about 15-20 cm per segment, but the size depends on the variety. When viewed from the type of root, areca nut is a monocot plant.

• Grass / Poa Annua

The stalks of sedge grass can grow upright, and have a triangular shape, small hollow and slightly soft. The height of the grass is around 10-30 cm and the cross section is 1-2 mm. The grass forms tubers at the base of the stem and forms long rhizomes which can form new shoots.

The roots of sedge grass can be said to have a fiber system. This is because many of the sedge roots are branched like having fine hairs.

Meanwhile, sedge grass leaves have a line leaf texture, smooth, hairless. It has a dark green upper surface and a light green lower surface. In addition, it has a longitudinal ditch in the middle, the tip is slightly pointed, shorter than the stem that carries flowers, the width ranges from 2-6 mm.

Parts Of Plants

Parts of a plant are not only roots, but also stems, leaves, flowers and fruit. The parts of plants that are used by humans vary, some use the roots, some stems, some leaves, some flowers, some fruit, but some can even be used by all components of the plant.

So what are the parts of the plant? Here are some parts of the plant you need to know.

1. Roots

Roots are one of the important organs in plants that have various functions and structures, for example to absorb water, look for nutrients, store food and distribute food to all parts of the plant. The plant root itself consists of several different tissues. Usually, roots develop below the surface of the soil. Even so, there are also some plants whose roots can grow in the air.

2. Stem

The stem can be regarded as one of the most important parts of the plant. This is because the stem has a function to support other plant parts.

3. Leaves

Leaves are organs of plants that have quite important organs because they function for the process of photosynthesis.

4. Flowers

The flower is the part of the plant that has a function as a means of reproduction.

5. Fruit

The fruit is the part of the plant that functions to disperse plant seeds.

Thus the discussion of fibrous roots, starting from the definition to examples of fibrous root plants. Hopefully all the discussion above is useful for you, Sinaumed’s. If you want to find books about roots or plants, then you can get them at sinaumedia.com .

To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information.

Author: Yufi Cantika Sukma Divine

Reference:

• https://www.orami.co.id/magazine/akar-serabut
• https://pertanian-mesuji.id/klasifikasi-dan-morfologi-tanaman-padi-oryza-sativa/
• https://rimbakita.com/pisang/
• https://www.pecintambuh.com/2022/04/pisang%20merah.html/
• https://www.detik.com/edu/detikpedia/d-5824387/fungsi-akar-dan-strukturnya-pada-plants
• https://kumparan.com/berita-update/mengenal-akar-serabut- Kunci-kehidupan-dinding-monokotil-1w8MZSHalDE
• https://www.teknikbudidaya.com/cara-menanam-kentang/
• https://brainly.co.id/ assignment/33915185
• https://www.bing.com/ck/a?!&&p=3b35c2fc5ff68855JmltdHM9MTY3MTA2MjQwMCZpZ3VpZD0wYWI0ZWUxMS0yMjMyLTY0NmYtMzBhYi1mYzZkMjMwMjY1OTImaW5zaWQ9NTA5NA&ptn=3&hsh=3&fclid=0ab4ee11-2232-646f-30ab-fc6d23026592&u=a1aHR0cHM6Ly93d3cuZGV0aWsuY29tL2VkdS9kZXRpa3BlZGlhL2QtNTgyNDM4Ny9mdW5nc2ktYWthci1kYW4tc3RydWt0dXJueWEtcGFkYS10dW1idWhhbg&ntb=1
• https://responsibility.live/baca-https-brainly.co.id/juang/1237088
• https://www.smpn6bandarlampung.sch.id/2016/03/pengertian-dan-exemple-
• https://brainly.co.id/juang/1237088
• https://www.bing.com/ck/a?!&&p=aafb42da6e3fdfabJmltdHM9MTY3MTQwODAwMCZpZ3VpZD0zZTcwYzVjZC1kMjA5LTZlOGEtMDAyMi1kNzRkZDNiMzZmN2ImaW5zaWQ9NTA5NA&ptn=3&hsh=3&fclid=3e70c5cd-d209-6e8a-0022-d74dd3b36f7b&u=a1aHR0cHM6Ly9yaW1iYWtpdGEuY29tL3Bpc2FuZy8&ntb=1
• https://rimbakita.com/pisang/
• https://rsudsyamsudin.org/9133/pelepah-pisang-dinding-textur/

 

sinaumedia Literasi – It seems that almost every one of us has one social media account, maybe even
more than one and is monitored almost every time. Not a few also take the time to play
cellphones while eating, studying and even disturbing your sleeping hours, Sinaumed’s? Are you
one of those people who can’t miss scrolling social media timelines all the time? Be
careful. Even though the initial goal is to update the latest information, seeing a row of
posts on the cellphone screen can eat away at your mind for a long time, you know. Various
studies have reported that long-term use of social media can change your mindset and interfere with your
mental health. Behind all the beauty of photos and the excitement of stories of people in
cyberspace, long-term use of social media will have a negative impact on your health.

Overly active use of social media can leave an imprint not only on mental health, but also on physical
health, especially by changing sleep patterns. A 2014 study of adults in the United States aged
19–32, found that participants checked their preferred social media account for more than an hour per day,
and about 30 times per week. 57% of these users also reported having trouble sleeping.
The researchers suggest that the reason behind why social media users experience poor sleep is the
fact that they feel compelled to be active on websites at all hours, including late at night on
Sinaumed’s.

Social media also reduces your productivity. A research paper published last year in the
Journal of Applied Social Psychology states that we spend more time on social media networks than we
realize, thus wasting one of life’s most valuable resources: time. The researchers found
evidence that internet and Facebook-related stimuli could distort the perception of time due to attention
and arousal-related mechanisms. Reports show that even when we’re at work, we still
subconsciously look at our phone screens to check our recent “likes” and comments count, even though we know
we shouldn’t. One data set also found that employees spend approximately 2.35 hours per
day,

Another bad consequence of continuous use of social media is an increased risk of depression, insomnia,
poor self-image, decreased self-confidence, anxiety disorders and eating disorders, to self-harm behavior.
All of these risks are strongly suspected of appearing as a concrete manifestation of our
subconscious tendency to like to compare ourselves to other people’s lives so we don’t enjoy life.
This theory has been explained in a study entitled Online Social Networking and Mental Health which
was published in the journal Cyberpsychology, Behavior, and Social Networking. Has social media
also become toxic in your life? Here are some signs that you need to know about Sinaumed’s.

CONTENT SLAVES

If you are at this level, you will do everything just for content. Forcing to buy this and
that for the sake of content, or snacks for the sake of content, or vacations for the sake of content, or
flipping merrily when the green light at a red light is on the road for the sake of content, all you do is
for the sake of content so that you forget the boundaries of existing norms, even forcing yourself to do
extreme things just for the sake of content. It’s even worse if you get into debt to look cool
on social media.

FORGET THE REAL WORLD

Even though it has become part of everyday life, using social media often makes you forget to build
relationships with people in real life. The same negative effect also occurs when someone is
too focused on social media and puts it in a position that is more important than anything else.
For example, when someone is very worried about uploading photos that they feel are not beautiful,
or are more concerned with updating photos on Instagram than enjoying a vacation. You also
always check your cellphone all the time just to see your timeline or social media notifications.
No matter the time and place, while working, eating, hanging out with friends, watching movies, you
just keep checking your cellphone repeatedly, Sinaumed’s.

MAKE SOCIAL MEDIA AS AN ESCAPE

Are you the type of person who often spit out problems on social media and make social media accounts a
place to “garbage” excessively? Be careful, because this can be dangerous if it is not stopped
immediately or left alone. Apart from making other people feel uncomfortable, this habit
certainly does not solve the problem you are facing. Instead of getting a solution, maybe the
existing problem becomes more complex or other new problems emerge.

COMPARE YOURSELF WITH OTHERS

Constantly comparing yourself to others. This is usually caused by following an influencer or
public figure with a life that “seems” perfect on social media. Even though everyone must have
their own problems, maybe even more severe than what we experience. After scrolling through the
timeline on social media, maybe someone only sees the happy side, so they start to compare it with their own
condition when they are facing problems, without taking into account what strengths and benefits they
already have, which other people may not necessarily have.

Watch Insecurity

INFERIORITY

Insecure is one of the negative effects that can be caused by social media if not used wisely.
These feelings are usually seen when someone is easily suspicious, such as suddenly becoming a
drama queen, easily offended, and feeling insecure about their body condition. On social media,
we cannot limit other people’s comments that might hurt our feelings. Therefore, what can be
done to prevent feelings of insecurity is not to worry about their negative opinions on social media.

MEDSOS STALKING HOBBY

For people who are too active on social media, stalking other people’s social media accounts can become one
of their habits. But it turns out that the effect can actually create competition which in the
end makes you feel lonely. Apart from that, you also know more about people’s lives through
their social media accounts than the lives of those closest to you. If your hobby has entered a
dangerous stage, maybe it’s time for you to do a Sinaumed’s social media detox.

NOMOPHOBIA SYNDROME

Nomophobia is a fear syndrome that occurs when you don’t have a smartphone. You feel that a
smartphone is an object that must be near you for 24 hours. You feel restless, worried, and
confused when your favorite cellphone is not there. It’s as if in your life dictionary these
things are a must and you can’t miss them, even if you go to the toilet or the toilet. If you
feel that way, it means it’s time for you to do a social media detox for a healthier psychological
condition, Sinaumed’s.

SOCIAL MEDIA DETOX

For those who feel tired of the virtual world, take a break for a while or as long as possible to restart
again, such as the physical fatigue we feel after a long time of work and lack of vacations, it’s better to
take a break from the hustle and bustle to refresh your mind. Do a social media detox.
What is social media detox, in simple terms is a kind of self-healing by staying away from social
media to calm the mind for mental health due to exposure to the negative effects of social media.
One way to do a social media detox is to take a short break from cyberspace. Here are
some tips you can do. Check these out!

KEEP YOUR SMARTPHONE OUT OF REACH

Starting a social media detox is not as easy as turning your palm. Especially if you have a
lot of free time. However, immediately keep your cellphone or other electronic device out of
reach. Especially if you don’t have much activity. Immediately “fill” your empty
hands with other activities so you don’t always think about reaching for your cell phone. Also
keep your cell phone out of reach and turn it to silent or vibrate mode while studying. This
method makes it easier for you to focus more on completing tasks more efficiently.

CREATE A SOCMED LIMIT ALARM

The most efficient way to detox social media is to limit the time you access it. The
reasonable limit for using social media according to psychologists is 30 minutes to one hour per day.
You can divide the total 1 hour into several “sessions” for the day. For example, 15
minutes in the morning, 15 minutes at lunch, 15 minutes on the way home on public transit, and 15 minutes at
dinner. In order not to go too far, remind yourself to log out of social media accounts by
setting an alarm. There are also many applications that can help remind you when you reach a
set time limit. It’s best to avoid accessing social media just before bedtime, because it can
interfere with the quantity and quality of your sleep, Sinaumed’s.

TURN OFF SOCIAL MEDIA NOTIFICATIONS

Turn off notifications on all social media so that you are not tempted to check your cellphone every now
and then to see the latest updates. Unless the account is used for work needs. If
necessary, set any application that is installed on the front screen of the cellphone. Try to
install only what is needed by Sinaumed’s.

DIFFICULT ACCESS TO SOCIAL MEDIA

Making access to social media a little complicated because if you install a social media application on the
smartphone’s front display it will make it too easy for you to access social media. Try
removing some of the shortcuts (shortcuts) for direct access to some of these social media.
Then, create a special folder on your smartphone for several social media applications.
That way, you’ll need a few steps of tapping and scrolling before you can access Sinaumed’s.

PHONE-FREE AREA

Even though it sounds silly, there’s no harm in trying this method. You can determine for
yourself which areas of the house are not allowed to carry, let alone play smartphones. For
example, in the TV room or dining room to focus on gathering with family, or in the bedroom to get away from
the habit of playing on your cellphone before going to bed to disturb your sleeping hours which should be
Sinaumed’s.

A DAY WITHOUT SOCIAL MEDIA

Designate one day a week for “a day without social media”. For example Sunday, so you can
spend time hanging out with friends or family, as well as doing hobbies that you like.

DIGITAL DETOX RETREAT

Try a digital-detox retreat. Try a special digital detox vacation discovered by Tanya Goodin,
a digital entrepreneur who has seen the effects of screen dominated life on health. This
retreat does not allow anything related to technology. Instead of that, you can enjoy
mindfulness workshops, yoga, hiking, flying kites, and storytelling. They also serve raw food
and ban alcohol, so your life will be totally reset. If you prefer adventure over wellness
retreat, then you just need to ‘fly under the radar’. A place where there is no WiFi connection
or phone signal at all for you to enjoy your time to the fullest without a smartphone connection at
all.

CHANGE PLATFORMS

It’s not comfortable playing social media but can’t let go 100%. The solution is to replace a
more useful platform. Replace social media platforms that show off ideas. For
example creating a podcast that can be posted on Soundcloud or Spotify, or creating YouTube content which,
if you get lots of views, you can monetize and earn.

SELF CONTROL AT YOUR BEST

The point is self control. If at this time, maybe you still enjoy doing personal uploads to
cyberspace, it’s legal, but what needs to be considered is the content of the post. Upload
wisely because digital footprints will forever be imprinted. If we ourselves can delete it, but
we can’t control other people to download our photos, videos or screenshots of our posts, which in the
future can become a boomerang for us.

Watch An Art Of Being Totally Stupid

RESET YOUR MIND

Many people have proven the benefits of meditation. The importance of taking time to refocus
even more than updating social life depends on connectivity. If you spend all day in front of
the computer, periodically take time to relax by sitting or taking a short walk. If you really
can’t leave your desk, try logging into Do Nothing for 2 Minutes. This web page will ask you to
concentrate on a relaxing seascape, and if you move the mouse or try to type, the timer will repeat again.
This website is not going to help you avoid the problem of eyes that keep staring at the screen,
but it is certainly useful for calming your mind. You can work around this by closing your eyes
and just listening to the sound of the waves.

SET RULES

In the end, it all depends on your choice. Investing in a traditional alarm clock and keeping
your phone out of your bedroom overnight can keep you from scrolling both before bed and when you wake up.
Don’t forget to enforce technology bans at certain times in your life, mute Whatsapp conversations,
and turn off email alerts and respond only at certain times. Remember that not much will happen
when you step away from social media. Reading more, going for walks, and looking for new
hobbies will be advantages that you will feel in Sinaumed’s soon.

Of the many benefits that can be obtained from using social media, you need to be aware if what you feel
after using social media is excessive anxiety. If anxiety has struck due to the negative things
you receive from using social media, you should be aware of it and start doing a social media detox.
Apart from letting go of dependence, you also need to focus more on building good relationships in
real life Sinaumed’s. Good luck!

EDUTORE

sinaumedia developed an educational platform called Edutore. On this platform, you can access
many question practice books like those in sinaumedia by subscribing. Edutore has a slogan
“Everyone Can Be Smart” and that is also what Edutore aspires to be. So that Edutore can
participate in educating Indonesian children. On the Edutore Youtube Channel, various topics
are discussed, ranging from unique general knowledge such as “Why are the brake lights red”, learning
English with Captain J, to studying with Edutore which contains discussions of questions such as CPNS
synonyms, antonyms, and others. Check the YouTube account directly, click here.

Source: from various sources

Characteristics of Fiscal Policy – ​​Talking about fiscal policy, might remind Sinaumed’s of the news that in November 2017, the world bank provided loans to Indonesia worth US$300 million or the equivalent of Rp.4.05 trillion.

This loan was disbursed to help increase regional spending, including in terms of tax policies and revenue administration.

The World Bank Representative for Indonesia, Rodrigo A. Chaves also said that this loan was provided in order to continue the significant progress that Indonesia has achieved so far. According to him, fiscal reforms must be continued so that Indonesia can fulfill all its aspirations.

Characteristics of Fiscal Policy

1. Encouraging Investment Entry

Fiscal policy has the objective of increasing economic growth and maintaining the stability of the country’s economy. One of the things that can be obtained by enforcing fiscal policy is economic stability which can increase the trust and interest of foreign investors to invest in Indonesia. Investment by foreign investors is expected to have a positive effect on the country’s economy.

2. Encouraging the State’s Development and Economic Growth

Through fiscal policy, the government can make various adjustments to state spending and revenue in the hope of achieving development and economic stability.

In general, the government through the implementation of fiscal policy will change the amount of tax which is one of the instruments of fiscal policy and has a role as a source of state revenue to finance development.

3. Providing Better Access to Various Community Services

One of the actions that the government has taken with the aim of realizing social justice is the enactment of the National Economic Recovery Program issued by the Ministry of Finance so that people in the middle to lower and vulnerable economic categories are able to survive the COVID-19 pandemic.

This makes the realization of social justice that can be felt by all Indonesian people.

Fiscal Definition

According to Sinaumed’s Besar Bahasa Indonesia, fiscal has a relationship with state income and tax matters. The word fiscal itself comes from the Latin word fiscus which is the name of someone who had or held power over finances in ancient Rome.

Meanwhile, in English fiscal is called fisc which means regulation or treasury of incoming and outgoing money in the kingdom.

So, this fiscal is used to provide an explanation of the form of state and royal income that is collected from the public as well as by the state or royal government which is considered as income and is used for expenditure with programs to obtain national income, production, the economy, and is also used as a balancing device. in the economy.

In Indonesia, the term fiscal policy refers to government policies by directing a country’s economy through government revenues and expenditures. Then, the question arises, what is the difference between monetary policy and fiscal policy? The difference lies in the purpose.

If monetary policy has the goal of stabilizing the economy by controlling the amount of money in circulation along with the interest rate, Sinaumed’s can understand fiscal policy by reading the following points.

Fiscal Policy Objectives

Broadly speaking, the objective of fiscal policy is to influence the course of the economy with the following objectives:

1. Increasing GDP and economic growth

Fiscal policy has the aim of increasing economic growth to the maximum because it will have a major effect on state income or income, including: customs and excise, income tax, land and building tax, foreign exchange, tourism, imports, and so on.

In addition, examples of state spending in question include:

• Development of public facilities and infrastructure.
• Weapon shopping.
• Government project.
• Aircraft and other programs for public welfare.

2. Expanding employment and reducing unemployment

As Sinaumed’s already knows, unemployment is a problem that is a scourge for a country. In Indonesia, the unemployment rate has been reduced by 140,000 people.

According to the percentage of the open unemployment rate, if in February 2017 the figure reached 5.33%, in February 2022 it would be at the level of 5.13%.

3. Stabilize the price of goods and overcome inflation.

The decline in the price of an item causes the loss of hope for profit for the private sector. However, rising prices can also result in inflation.

On the other hand, inflation can provide benefits such as creating full employment opportunities. However, inflation can also have a negative impact on groups or people who have low incomes because purchasing power decreases.

The problem of unstable inflation will have great potential to reduce public trust in the government. Through fiscal policy, it is hoped that the level of national income, employment opportunities, levels of national investment, and distribution of national income will run as expected.

Fiscal Policy Instruments

Then to find out more about fiscal policy,  Sinaumed’s must also understand some of the instruments. Fiscal policy instruments are various sectors in the economy that are used by the government to maintain the stability of the macro economy. These sectors include:

1. Taxes

An important sector in fiscal policy instruments is taxes from both the domestic and foreign sectors. In order to achieve economic goals, the government can increase or decrease people’s purchasing power through taxes.

For example, if taxes are reduced, the amount of output of goods and services will also increase so that it will affect and increase people’s purchasing power. However, the opposite also applies if taxes are increased, it will reduce the output of goods and services and can reduce people’s purchasing power.

2. Expenditures

The fiscal policy instrument that Sinaumed’s needs to understand next is state spending. This is the same as the basic concept of whatever happens, even in Sinaumed’s’ own life. For example, if family income decreases, of course, Sinaumed’s will try to save money and reduce expenses so that there is a balance between income and expenses.

3. Public Bonds

The last fiscal policy instrument is regarding the issuance of bonds for citizens or bonds. These debt securities are quite well known in the field of investment, where people who have funds are offered to buy debt securities from the state, and the state will repay the debt accompanied by interest on the loan.

One of the bond products is Government Securities which are traded or Retail SBN. This letter is traded as one of the investment products. If Sinaumed’s decides to buy Retail SBN, besides getting returns through interest, Sinaumed’s will also play a direct role in financing the country’s development budget, you know !

Various Kinds of Fiscal Policy

Basically, fiscal policy is categorized into two kinds, namely according to theory and according to the amount of income and expenditure. Well, here’s the explanation,

Fiscal Policy According to Theory

1. Functional fiscal policy

Functional fiscal policy is a policy that under consideration, expenditures and receipts of the government budget are determined based on looking at various indirect effects on national income especially with the aim of increasing employment opportunities.

2. Deliberate fiscal policy

Deliberate fiscal policy is a policy enacted to address current economic problems by intentionally manipulating the budget, either through changes in government spending or changes in taxation.

There are three forms of deliberate fiscal policy. First, creating changes to government spending. Second, creating changes to the tax collection system. Third, creating changes simultaneously both in the tax collection system and in the government management system.

3. Unintentional fiscal policy

Unintentional fiscal policy is a policy enacted to control the speed of the business cycle so that it is not too volatile. Types of involuntary fiscal policies are proposals, minimum price policies, progressive taxes, and unemployment insurance.

Fiscal policy according to the amount of income and expenditure

1. Balanced fiscal policy

Balanced fiscal policy is a policy that makes spending and revenue have the same amount. There are positive and negative impacts of this one fiscal policy. The positive impact is that the state does not need to borrow a certain amount of funds, both from within the country and from abroad. The negative impact is that economic conditions will worsen if the country’s economy is in an unfavorable condition.

2. Surplus fiscal policy

In a surplus fiscal policy, the amount of income must be higher when compared to expenditure. Surplus fiscal policy is one way that can be done to avoid inflation.

3. Deficit fiscal policy

A deficit fiscal policy is a fiscal policy that is the opposite of a surplus policy. One of the advantages of this policy is that it can overcome the sluggishness and depression of economic growth. As for the drawback, the country will always be in a state of deficit.

4. Dynamic fiscal policy

The function of dynamic fiscal policy is to provide income that can be used to meet all the needs of the government which also increase over time.

Examples of Fiscal Policy Applicable in Indonesia

There are several examples of fiscal policies that have been implemented by the Indonesian government. Among them:

1. The first fiscal policy was when President Joko Widodo announced the Tax Amnesty program in 2017. This program was launched because there were many cases of tax arrears reports and many people did not report the amount of wealth they owned. Therefore, finally President Joko Widodo decided to implement the Tax Amnesty program.

The Tax Amnesty Program is a program for the elimination of taxes owed as well as countless criminal sanctions in the field of tax administration sanctions. With this amnesty, many political parties are competing to immediately settle tax arrears as well as many individuals who immediately report the amount of their wealth to the authorities. This program can increase Indonesia’s national income against rupiah and it is proven that national income can increase up to 15.22 trillion rupiah.

2. The second is the tax relaxation that will take place from 2020 to early 2021. This tax relaxation program aims to increase people’s purchasing power.

3. An example of the last fiscal policy is gas and fuel subsidies. The purpose of this fiscal policy in the fuel sector is to facilitate mobility and economic transactions in society.

Differences between Monetary Policy and Fiscal Policy

In order to maintain the stability of the country’s economy, the government can implement two policies, namely monetary policy and fiscal policy. These two economic policies are equally important for increasing economic growth and maintaining the stability of the country.

The first difference between monetary policy and fiscal policy is in terms of different decision making. If fiscal policy is to be managed and decided by the Ministry of Finance, then the decision on monetary policy is absolutely in the hands of Bank Indonesia (BI).

The second difference can be seen from the objectives of implementing monetary policy and fiscal policy. The objective of monetary policy is to maintain the amount of money circulating in society. While the purpose of implementing fiscal policy is to maintain state revenues and expenditures in order to create economic stability.

Also read:

• Definition of Balanced Budget: Policy to Method
• Monetary Policy Instruments: Definition, Types
• Macroeconomics: Definition, Purpose, Scope
• Monetary Policy: Definition, Types, Purpose
• Macroeconomic Theory: Definition and Key Issues
• What is Economic Growth Theory
• Understand the Definition, Purpose, and Scope of the Economy

Characteristics of Language in Advertisements – Sinaumed’s certainly understands that the existence of advertisements is included in terms of marketing which is very useful for introducing a product or service to the general public. Yep, basically advertisements are used for such things so that currently the number of advertisements is very diverse, both in mass media and electronic media.

An advertisement is required to have an interesting delivery of language so that it can always be remembered and unknowingly influences readers or listeners as potential consumers to try and buy a product or service. A good form of advertising is simple but the use of the language used in conveying the message of the offer really “touches” potential customers.

Then, what are the characteristics of good language in an advertisement? Can advertisements that are either broadcast in electronic media, heard on the radio, or shown through the mass media affect a person’s mindset?

So, so that Sinaumed’s isn’t confused about this, let’s look at the following review!

Characteristics of Language in an Ad

Before discussing the characteristics of the language contained in an ad, you must first understand what the nature of the ad is. According to Johnson and Lee (1999), advertising is a commercial and non-personal communication process about an organization and its products or services that are transmitted to the general public through mass media, such as newspapers, radio, television, websites, and so on.

Basically, all advertisements, both commercial advertisements and public service advertisements, are trying to provide information to the general public. In making advertisements, one must pay attention to the use of language which is very important for the success of advertisements in the eyes of the public. The language used in advertisements must be able to be a presentation to the public so that they are interested in something being advertised.

According to Salamadian (2017), language features in an advertisement text are as follows:

1. Using Persuasive Sentences

Persuasive sentences are sentences that aim to convince and persuade the reader or listener to carry out the idea expressed in the sentence about something. In making advertisements, you also have to use this type of persuasive sentence because so that readers or listeners feel persuaded to accept the offers in the advertisement. Usually, the use of persuasive sentences in an ad emphasizes a certain diction, for example “cheap”, “fast”, “reliable”, and many others.

2. Using Slogans and Special Jargon

Slogans and jargon are interesting, striking, and easy to remember sentences or words to convey something to the general public. The use of this slogan usually consists of four to five words which of course has its own charm so that the message or offer in the advertisement can influence people.

The preparation of diction and sentences for a slogan must be creative and up to date. Even if you can try to use the diction that was currently being widely discussed so that people can easily remember it.

3. Using the First Person Point of View

Without realizing it, it turns out that the use of the first-person point of view is very influential on the ad content, you know… Text in an advertisement will usually use the first-person singular or plural subject, for example I , I , and we , who act as if they are parties. advertiser.

Examples of using first-person point of view in public service advertisements about drug prevention:

As a result if you use drugs; friends stay away from you , your parents are disappointed, caught by the police, satan is happy. Say no to drugs.

4. Short and Easy to Understand

The arrangement of sentences in an advertisement must be short but also easy to understand. The point is that the message to be conveyed in an advertisement is to the point , it doesn’t need to be convoluted and still uses language that is easily understood by the general public, not just a group of people.

What is the Purpose of an Ad?

In general, the purpose of advertisements, both commercial advertisements and public service advertisements, is the same, namely that the message contained in the advertisement is conveyed to the general public.

1. Introducing the Product

Especially for a commercial advertisement, the main goal is to introduce a product or service to the general public as consumers. Especially if the product is a new type where not many people know about the existence of the new product.

2. Displaying Social Messages

This is found in public service advertisements which aim to increase public knowledge and awareness of the social issues that are being raised in these public service advertisements. The communication contained in public service advertisements is made in such a way that it can be enjoyed by all people from various social groups.

3. Offer Products

After introducing a product, especially in commercial advertisements, there will definitely be scenarios related to product offerings with the aim of driving sales. So, almost the same as the proverb “one oar, two islands exceeded”.

Therefore, in commercial advertisements, it is very important to pay attention to the use of sentences so that the message to be conveyed is truly understood by potential customers. The more effective the commercial advertisement is, the more transactions will be formed, thereby making the company benefit.

4. Expanding Target Targets

Especially in commercial advertisements posted and aired in the mass media, the aim is to make the introduction and product offerings accessible to the wider community. Not only that, if commercial advertising is easily accessible to the wider community, it will expand the target market at the same time.

Meanwhile, in public service advertisements, the intended target is all members of the public from various social groups to be willing to accept and understand the knowledge that is being discussed in the public service advertisement.

What is the Function of a Commercial Ad?

The existence of commercial advertising certainly has various functions, which are accepted by various parties. Here are three functions of the existence of a commercial advertisement.

1. Giving Information

The first function of the existence of a commercial advertisement and public service advertisement is to provide information. It needs to be understood once again that an advertisement is actually made to convey messages or information to the general public regarding something, including products or services for trade purposes to knowledge of the social issues being discussed.

Meanwhile, in public service advertisements, the information provided relates to all areas of life, from politics to health. An example of a public service advertisement in the health sector is information about administering MR immunization to prevent measles and rubella.

Usually using language delivery:  Let’s protect your baby from illness, disability, and death due to measles and rubella. Immediately give MR immunization. 

2. Persuade

The second function of the existence of commercial advertisements and public service advertisements is to persuade. That is, this commercial advertisement can function so that the general public is willing to buy and try the product or service that is being advertised. After they try the product, they may later repurchase it because they feel comfortable with the product.

Meanwhile in public service advertisements, its existence functions to persuade the public to carry out the things that have been notified in the public service advertisement. For example, in drug prevention community service advertisements, usually the information will be in the form of persuasion not to use any type of drug.

Usually, the use of language sentences is as follows:  The consequences if you use drugs; friends stay away from you , your parents are disappointed, caught by the police, satan is happy. Say no to drugs.

3. Remind

The third function of the existence of commercial advertisements and public service advertisements is to remind. In advertising efforts, especially commercial advertisements, the goal is to make the general public read the information or content contained in the advertisement repeatedly. Therefore, the broadcast of commercial advertisements on television is often repeated, because so that the general public who watch them will continue to remember the brand or brand of the product.

Meanwhile, in public service advertisements, this function is to remind the public to be willing to do the things discussed in the advertisement. As is the case with commercial advertisements, public service advertisements are often repeated in various media so that people can be influenced and at the same time do what is asked of the public service advertisement.

For example, in a public service announcement that discusses the dangers of smoking, there will usually be a sentence stating that smoking is a killer because it causes cancer and other fatalities.

The Concept of Language in an Ad

Does Sinaumed’s realize that the use of language in an advertisement really influences human life in such a big way? Even today, hedonism and consumptive lifestyles are increasingly practiced because they are easily influenced by the language conveyed in an advertisement.

According to Schrank (1996), claims that contain product superiority, especially in commercial advertisements, are dishonest. Dishonesty here means that the information in an advertisement contains lies by using figurative words or distorted figures of speech.

Does Sinaumed’s know that some advertisements that have exaggerated claims can actually be categorized as false information? Yep, because basically, none of these products have true advantages as claimed in their advertisements. According to Corbett (1971), Tropes are figurative words that contain an unusual meaning from the meaning of the word designated. These tropes are usually used in advertising to convey information in an informal way, where the delivery of information is more like an implicit statement. The purpose of using tropes in an advertisement is to make a persuasive statement in order to influence others.

The following are several types of tropes that are contained in several commercial advertisements:

	Type	Meaning	Sample ad
Substitution (Simple Tropes)	Hyperbole	Excessive claims	Pantene Shine – Pantene Ads
	annaklasis	Repetition of a word with a double meaning	Sarimi sticks to the heart sticks to the tongue – Mie Sarimi ad
	Resonance	Phrases that have different meanings with a combination of pictures	Men have taste – Gudang Garang Cigarette Advertisement (with a healthy masculine image)
Destabilization (Complex Tropes)	Metaphor	The replacement of meaning based on the similarity of meaning	There is a mother at home, everything must be in order – Mama Lime advertisement
	Paradox	Contradictory, false or improbable statements	“This picture was taken by someone who didn’t bring a camera.” – Kodak Movies

According to Swales, the language contained in advertisements actually has its own approach and goals and is an event of communication with a set of communication goals. The purpose of this communication is what makes the language in an advertisement have its own style of language. Especially in commercial advertisements, the use of language that includes diction and sentence structure is also related to the identity of the product or service being advertised.

The Effect of Advertising on the Language Acquisition Process in a Child

Previously, it was mentioned that an advertisement can have a major influence on humankind, not only with regard to lifestyle but also in efforts to acquire language, especially in a child. Yep, this was revealed in a study entitled The Effect of Advertising with Music on Children’s Language Acquisition by Erika Fibriyanti.

In this study, he highlighted the use of television as a medium of entertainment during self-isolation during the Covid-19 pandemic which is currently occurring. It is possible that children will also make television and the commercial advertisements it displays as entertainment. Today’s advertisements use a lot of background music so that the ad is not too monotonous and is accompanied by a distinctive chant.

For example, the Shopee e-commerce advertisement, which holds a special event every month with the ad text “shopee pee pee pee shopee shopping day…” and is sung in a distinctive tone to make it easy to remember.

In fact, advertisements with background music and distinctive tones are very useful in the process of acquiring language in early childhood, because they tend to remember things they have just heard, especially if they have a distinctive tone. Actually, language acquisition efforts that occur in early childhood can be done anywhere and anytime, including from an advertisement on television.

Children usually pay more attention to things that are considered interesting accompanied by cheerful visuals and music. This attention can later be called the listening process which can then be imitated. Imitation is tantamount to producing new utterances or languages ​​that he unconsciously learns and accepts.

In this case, it is a note for parents to keep an eye on the advertisements that appear on television and pay attention to whether the child will imitate them or not. Because sometimes there is vocabulary or diction contained in an ad that is inappropriate for children to imitate.

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

 

Source:

Fibriyanti, Erika. (2020). The Influence of Advertising With Music On Children’s Language Acquisition . Jakarta: UIN Syarif Hidayatullah.

Harjanto, Ignatius. (2010). (Language) Advertising: Understanding and Utilizing It as Language Study Material. Magister Scientiae, No.27.

Also Read!

• 8 Advertising Purposes, What Are They?
• Definition and Characteristics of Advertising
• What is Personal Selling?
• Definition and Forms of Direct Marketing
• Definition and Types of Magazines
• Definition and Benefits of Market Segments
• 12 Examples of Marketing Strategies You Can Try
• 10 Benefits of the Internet in Education
• Understanding and Advantages of Digital Marketing
• Definition and Types of Communication Media
• Definition and Functions of Search Engines
• Definition and Benefits of e-Commerce

Fauvism is a school of art and style that originally developed in France at the end of the 19th century. This school of fauvism art eventually developed to several places in Europe based on the foundation of the concept of expressionism pioneered by Van Gogh.

The name of the flow of Fauvism, comes from a satirical word that is fauve which means wild animals. The word arose from Louis Vauxcelles when he commented on an exhibition held at the Salon d’Automne. To find out more about the flow of Fauvism, see the explanation below.

Fauvism definition

Fauvism is a school that values ​​the concept of expression in capturing the atmosphere to be depicted. Fauvism flow is different from the works of impressionism. Where, fauvis painters can argue that harmony which is not connected with reality in nature, will show more of the artist’s personal relationship with nature.

Fauvism emphasizes more on the quality of artistic elements, such as lines, shapes and strong colors over realistic values ​​that are still maintained by impressionism.

This means that in the flow of fauvism, even though impressionism came out of the principles of realism or naturalism, its basic nature is still the same, i.e. it still imitates nature. Fauvism uses a style that is almost the same as impressionism, but Fauvism rejects the basic idea of ​​imitation of nature.

In the flow of Fauvism, artists prefer to use every element in their works to become works that are independent without the need to be associated with image resemblance or realisticity. An example is the use of color as symbolism.

The term Fauvism itself comes from the French language, namely les Fauves , which means beast. The term was taken from an art critic and commentator named Louis Vauxcelles who expressed his amazement at the works of Fauvism artists.

The term wild beast was used, because fauvism artists were considered to have rebelled against various kinds of mainstream art principles that existed at that time in Paris, but these fauvist artists were able to prove that they produced great and stunning works.

The basic concept of the flow of Fauvism was first traced in 1888 from Paul Gauguin’s comments on Paul Serisier, his comments are as follows.

“How do you interpret that tree? Yellow, therefore added yellow. Then, the shade looks a bit blue, because of that added ultramarine. Reddish leaves? Just add vermilion.”

Everything that has to do with objective or realistic observation, as in naturalist painting, is replaced by emotional and imaginative understanding.

As a result of this emotional and imaginative understanding, the color and concept of space have a poetic feel. The colors used are clear and are no longer adjusted to the colors on the ground, but follow the heart and desires of the painter.

The use of lines in Fauvism flow becomes simpler, so that connoisseurs of the painting can detect clear and strong lines in the painting. Therefore, the shapes of objects in paintings become easier to recognize without the need to consider many details.

Fauvism painters also call for rebellion against the establishment of painting which has long been aided by the objectivism of science like what existed in impressionism. Although, knowledge from previous painters is still used as a basis for painting. This upheaval occurred in the early days when the flow of Fauvism was popular, namely in the period 1904 – 1907.

Characteristics of Fauvism

The flow of Fauvism has several characteristics, as follows:

• In the flow of Fauvism, model images in Fauvism paintings do not have the same accuracy as with reference to painted models.
• Objects from the painting model, outlined with lines that are clearly visible and very firm. Examples such as images found in the forms of cartoon character images and so on.
• The use and selection of colors in Fauvism paintings tend to be contrasting, bright and bright. The striking color was chosen, because the color does not look at the accuracy according to the reference of the painting model.
• Brush markings in Fauvism paintings tend to be very striking, contrasting and not obscured by shading.
• Some are Fauvism painters, some paint in landscape forms and some painters are still attached to certain types of objects.
• In accordance with its understanding, the flow of Fauvism painting conveys what is in the minds and ideas possessed by the painters.
• Contrasting and striking colors are used, as a way to express the ideas of the author.

Characteristics of Fauvism

Based on the characteristics of Fauvism, here are some of the characteristics of Fauvism that you need to know.

1. Color

In the flow of Fauvism, color is the priority when painting an object. Raw and pure colors are not something that is secondary to the composition of a painting. For example, when a painter paints a red sky, the entire landscape of the painting must follow suit.

Another example is when a painter wants to maximize the effect of a red sky, the artist can choose the color of the building in green, the water in yellow, the sand in orange, and the boat in blue.

Artists from the Fauvism school can also choose colors that are just as contrasting and just as bright. One thing that cannot be forgotten from the art of Fauvism is that there are no artists with this style who give realistic color to their paintings.

2. Has a simple shape

Because in the flow of Fauvism the artist avoids normal painting techniques, simple forms of the objects the artist paints are born. Simple forms in Fauvism painting, become one of the necessities in Fauvism flow apart from using contrasting and bright color tones.

3. Expression

The third characteristic of Fauvism is that the paintings presented are of the expressionist type. Expressionism can express the emotions of artists through high color selection and popping forms, or it can also be said that the paintings of this Fauvism school have a passion that appears in their paintings.

4. The object of the painting is an everyday object

Fauvism artists tend to paint landscapes or scenes from everyday life. Everyday objects are a source of inspiration for Fauvism artists because they are considered uncomplicated, and Fauvism artists can play a wider and unlimited range of colors.

Concept Art in Fauvism

In accordance with the understanding and origins of the Fauvism school, this school has an art concept that departs from efforts to perfect the Impressionism school that was present and was used mainstream by artists.

The flow of Fauvism departs from the denial of Paul Gauguin’s style which carries the decorative style and expressionism of Van Gogh. although it is not the same as the impressionism school, but in the fauvism flow, the paintings from the fauves show the same and consistent technique.

The difference is that in Fauvism paintings, they always have the same traits and characteristics, namely the strength in the use of color, dashed and firm lines, and the appearance of the painting object which is irregular or disorganized appearance .

Freedom and spontaneity in Fauvism painting is one of the personal responses in which fauves artists can be equated with expressionism.

Fauvism is included in the history of fine arts in the West. Apart from learning about the history of art schools born in the west, Sinaumed’s can also study art schools in the east. What and how are the characteristics of the existing eastern art schools? If you want to find out more, Sinaumed’s can read material on the history of eastern art in a book entitled ‘Sejarah Seni Rupa’ which is available at sinaumedia.com!

Figures in the Flow of Fauvism

In the flow of Fauvism, there are several important figures who carry the flow of Fauvism in each of his works. Here are some important figures in the flow of Fauvism.

1. Henri Matisse

The first figure who played a major role in the flow of Fauvism was Henri Matisse. He is the father figure of Fauvism and is known as one of the biggest rivals of the famous artist, Pablo Picasso.

Henri Matisse was initially interested in Cubism, but Henri Matisse also rejected the general idea of ​​Cubism. Matisse prefers to continue to develop Fauvism along with his group.

Matisse is of the opinion that art must still have a soft and calming side, but on the other hand art must not be stiff like the flow of cubism.

Almost all of the key characteristics and ideas in Fauvism appear in every work of Henri Matisse. However, Matisse still has one characteristic, namely freedom when he draws.

He doesn’t want to get too technical instead of fixating on accuracy. So that all the burden of the painting process appears in each of his works. Therefore, in each of Matisse’s works, he allows the appearance of anatomical errors and slightly deviated forms. However, the expressions depicted by Matisse are not obscured by the mistakes in the painting.

As the father of Fauvism, Henri Matisse believed that art should not create difficulties for the artist. Instead, art should be able to provide joy in the process.

2. Maurice de Vlaminck

One of Henri Matisse’s colleagues was Maurice de Vlaminck who also competed with Cubism artists, such as Pablo Picasso. These two Fauvism artists have something in common, namely the ability to innovate and create something new.

For Pablo Picasso, ideas were cubism, while for Vlaminck and colleagues innovation was the expressive use of bright colors and was nothing but fauvism.

Vlaminck is one of those artists whose role is to be a true pioneer of modern art. However, Vlaminck is also one of the artists who is vocal when criticizing the development of modern art.

Maurice de Vlaminck is unique from his fellow fauvists. He uses a bolder outline that is heavy and dark in contrast to the color of the shape he made himself. Examples include soft, light and bright colors.

The hallmark of Vlaminck, eventually became a focal point and an addition to the style of Fauvism which is already very contrasting and expressive from other art streams.

The uniqueness possessed by Vlaminck is not only seen in each of his paintings, but also seen in his attitude. For example, his hypocritical attitude towards modern art, but modern art can also be seen in the styles of his paintings.

Another attitude is when Vlaminck often insults the flow of cubism, but in some of his paintings he is also seen using the cubism style.

3. André Derain

Derain also had a major role in the development of two significant artistic movements at the beginning of the 20th century. Together with Matisse, Vlaminck, Derain also succeeded in producing Fauvism.

Different from other members of the Fauvism group, Derain is actually quite close and not a rival of the Cubism school like the other two figures. Derain is considered to be quite close to Pablo Picasso so that Derain’s presence is considered as a process of synthesis from fauvism and Picasso’s ideas which became an integral part of early cubism.

However, Derain’s contribution when producing some of the ideas behind the movement continues to be debated. Some also consider that Derain only provides derivative ideas.

The debate about Derain’s ideas arises because of the fact that Derain is constantly looking for artistic meaning and strives to create timeless art that has been erased in the peculiarities of modern times.

But throughout Andre Derain’s life, he continued to perform various experiments using various idioms in painting styles. Derain became one of the important figures who started the spread of modern art in the world.

4. Kees Van Dongen

Van Dongen is one of the figures in the Fauvism school who has works with the strongest Fauvism flow. Although he was not an innovator, like the other three figures of Fauvism, Van Dongen succeeded in adapting the colors with Fauvism lines to the paintings of women depicted living in luxury.

One of his famous paintings is when he depicts women’s jewelry. The painting was then considered very brilliant with images of the luxurious clothes of the dancers and artists.

Apart from these paintings, Van Dongen also continued to paint with passion. He also describes his passion for painting in the flow of Fauvism in accordance with the flow of the group he follows.

Not only that, the painting by Van Dongen is also recognized as the most brilliant of the paintings he previously made after 1920. However, unfortunately Kees Van Dongen is considered to be too immersed in the artwork he paints by depicting worldly life. In addition, his work was also considered inferior compared to the works of other fauvism schools at that time.

5. Raoul Dufy

The fifth figure of Fauvism is an artist from France. As an artist with a Fauvism style, most of Dufy’s works use painting subjects with luxurious and exclusive nuances.

He succeeded in making one of the largest paintings in the modern era at that time. The painting is titled La Fee Electricite which depicts the history and importance of electricity in the 20th century.

Unlike other fauvism figures, Dufy also contributed to the fashion sector at that time by associating with a fashion designer named Paul Poiret. From this association, Dufy became an artist with a stable financial condition.

That is the explanation of the flow of Fauvism. If Sinaumed’s wants to know more about other modern art schools, Sinaumed’s can learn more by reading books related to modern art schools available at sinaumedia.com

As #FriendsWithoutLimits, sinaumedia provides a variety of quality and original books for Sinaumed’s. So what are you waiting for? Buy and read the book right now!

Faraday’s law – Faraday’s law is one of the laws of physics that has made a major contribution to the progress of electricity. This law makes electricity a very important thing for modern human life. Michael Faraday at that time succeeded in creating the first electric generator that was used to meet human needs until the discovery of electromagnetic induction.

It was explained that there were discoveries regarding the quantitative aspects contained in electrolysis and the results were in the form of Faraday’s two laws of electrolysis. Several types of quantitative aspects are mentioned, such as the mass of the product, the volume of the gas, the number of moles of electrons, the current strength, and the electrolysis time required in the process.

Faraday’s Law Inventor Biography

Portrait of Michael Faraday.

Faraday’s law was formulated by the British chemist and physicist, Michael Faraday. In 1833, Faraday described discoveries about the quantitative aspects of electrolysis that eventually led to Faraday’s two laws of electrolysis.

Quoted from the XII Chemistry Module compiled by Arni Wiyati (2020) in this case electrolysis is an electrochemical cell in which electrical energy is used to carry out non-spontaneous redox reactions. The quantitative aspects referred to in the electrolytic cell are the mass of the product, the volume of the product gas, the number of moles of electrons, the current strength, and the time of electrolysis. The two laws obtained are divided into Faraday’s laws 1 and 2.

Michael Faraday (22 September 1791-25 August 1867) himself was a British scientist who earned the nickname “the father of electricity”, because thanks to his efforts electricity became a technology that was of many uses. He studied various fields of science, including electromagnetism and electrochemistry. He also invented the device that would become the Bunsen burner, which was used in nearly all science laboratories as a practical source of heat.

The effects of magnetism led him to discover the ideas that became the basis for the theory of the magnetic field. He gave many lectures to popularize science to the general public. His rational approach in developing theory and analyzing results is admirable.

 

1. Michael Faraday’s Childhood

Michael Faraday was born in Newington Butts, London, United Kingdom. The family moved to London in the winter of 1790. And it was in the spring of that year that Faraday was born. Faraday was the third of four children who had little formal education. At the age of 14, he was apprenticed as a salesman and bookbinder. During his seven years working as a bookbinder and salesman gave him many opportunities to read many books and it was during this time that he developed his curiosity towards science.

At age 20, he quit his apprenticeship and attended lectures given by Humphry Davy. It was from there that he later got in touch with Davy and eventually became Davy’s assistant when the scientist experienced impaired vision due to nitrogen trichloride. And this is where he started his extraordinary life story.

2. Michael Faraday’s Scientific Achievements

a. Chemistry

Faraday began his work in chemistry as an assistant to Humphry Davy. He succeeded in discovering Chlorine and Carbon substances. He also succeeded in liquefying several gases, investigating alloys of steel, and manufacturing several new types of glass intended for optical purposes. Faraday was the first to invent the Bunsen Burner. Which is now widely used throughout the world.

Faraday worked extensively in chemistry. Find other chemical substances, namely Benzene and dilute chlorine gas. The liquefaction of chlorine gas aims to establish that the gas is a vapor of a liquid having a low boiling point and to provide a more certain basic concept of molecular assemblage.

He also determined the composition of the hydrated chlorine clathrate. Faraday was the discoverer of the Law of Electrolysis and popularized the terms anode, cathode, electrode and ion. He was also the first to study metal nanoparticles.

b. Electricity and Magnetism

Faraday became famous for his work on electricity and magnetism. His first experiment was to make a voltaic pile construction with 7 and a half pennies, stacked with 7 sheets of zinc and 6 sheets of salt water soaked paper. With this construction he managed to decompose magnesium sulfate.

In 1821, Hans Christian Ørsted published the phenomenon of electromagnetism. It was from here that Faraday then began research that aimed to create a device that could produce “electromagnetic rotation”. One of the tools he succeeded in creating was the homopolar motor.

In this tool there is a continuous circular motion caused by the force of the magnetic circle around the cable which is extended into a pool of mercury where a magnet has previously been placed in the pool, so the cable will rotate around the magnet when an electric current is supplied from the battery. This discovery became the basis of today’s electromagnetic technology.

Faraday made a breakthrough when he wound two separate coils of wire and found that current is carried in the first coil, while the current is introduced in the second. This is what is known today as mutual induction. The results of this experiment resulted in that “a change in the magnetic field can produce an electric field” which was then made a mathematical model by James Clerk Maxwell and is known as Faraday’s Law.

vs. Diagmatism

In 1845, Faraday discovered that most matter exhibits a weak resistance to an electric field. This event is called diagmatism. Faraday also discovered that the plane of polarization of linearly polarized light could be rotated by the application of an external magnetic field in the direction of motion of the light. This is what is called the Faraday Effect.

Then in 1862, Faraday used a spectroscope to find differences in changes in light, changes of spectral lines by applying a magnetic field. However, the equipment he used at that time was inadequate, so it was not enough to determine the changes in the spectrum that occurred. This research was continued by Peter Zeeman and he published his results in 1897 and received the Nobel Prize for Physics in 1902 thanks to references from Faraday.

 

Faraday’s Law Working Principle

Before knowing more about Faraday’s Law and what are the applications in it. It is necessary to first understand the working principle of this law, starting from its understanding. Faraday’s law is a rule whose content is in the form of an explanation of the relationship between the mass of a substance present at an electrically charged electrode produced by an electrolytic supply.

Michael Faraday saw that each atom obtained was carried by one mole of electrons, this he observed during the process of electrolysis. As a result, a constant is found that is useful for calculating the amount of charge contained in one mole of electrons. Making it easier to calculate stoichiometry is one of the benefits.

There is the Faraday constant which is used to calculate the amount of charge contained in one mole of electrons. The Faraday constant facilitates the process of electrolysis stoichiometric calculations and in effect makes it possible to carry out stoichiometric calculations without having to take into account the electron charge at any time.

The Faraday constant is represented by F and has the following values, F is L/Mole x charge of the electron or electrons, F is (6.02214 x 10^23 electrons/mol) x (1.6022 x 10^-19 C/electron) and F is 96,500 C. After that the next understanding related to Faraday is the division of this law which is divided into two types.

Basically, Faraday’s law is used to make hypotheses or predictions regarding how a magnetic field can interact with an electric circuit. Useful to bring up the electromotive force or known as electromagnetic induction. Faraday’s law is divided into two types, namely Faraday’s law I and Faraday’s II.

1. Faraday’s Law I

Faraday’s law I states that the mass of a substance that is dissolved or precipitated is directly proportional to the charge passed through the cell and the equivalent mass of the substance. Faraday’s law I reads as follows, the mass of the substance obtained at the electrode during the electrolysis process is proportional to the amount of electric charge flowing.

From the sound of the law above it can be seen that the mass of the product which is symbolized by W, precipitated or dissolved on the electrode will be more and more. Increasing the number of masses goes hand in hand with an increase in the electric charge which is symbolized by the Q used, so it can be concluded that W = Q, the formula for Faraday’s law I is W = e. i . t/F.

• W is the mass of the substance produced in terms of grams.
• e is equivalent.
• i is the current strength in amperes.
• t is the time in seconds.
• F is the Faraday constant, which is 96,500 Coulombs/mol.

2. Faraday’s Law II

Faraday II’s law has a very interesting point, where this law applies to two electrolytic cells with different substance properties. The existence of a different number of zets of electrolysis products so that they appear is directly proportional to the equivalent mass of the existing substances, in understanding this according to the sound of Faraday II’s law.

The sound of Faraday II’s law is that the mass of a substance produced in an electrode that appears during electrolysis (W) is directly proportional to the equivalent mass (e) of the substance. If some electrolytic cells are arranged in series or the same amount of electric current includes the same amount of electric charge.

So that it will bring up the mass ratio of the substances obtained to be the same as the equivalent mass ratio of each substance. The formula for Faraday II’s law is W1 / W2 = e1 / e3, W1 is the mass of substance 1 (grams), W2 is the mass of substance 2 (grams), ei is the equivalent of substance 1 and e2 is the equivalent of substance 2.

This explanation confirms that the application of this law is used to account for the quantitative aspects of the substances involved in reactions in electrolytic cells. In addition, Faraday is also a law regarding electromagnetic induction after conducting an experiment on how a magnetic field induces an electric current.

Discovery of Electromagnetic Induction

Michael Faraday became head of the laboratory at the Royal Institute to replace Sir Humphry Davy who was seriously ill at that time. Six years later Faraday discovered electromagnetic induction by using an induction ring as the first electronic transformer in the world at that time.

In a second experiment, performed in September 1831, Faraday discovered electric-magnetic induction, which is the production of a steady electric current. This discovery later became the principle behind the birth of modern electric motors, transformers and electric generators. Likewise with the discovery of Faraday’s Law which has been explained in detail above.

Prior to 1839, Michael Faraday experienced a problem that made his health decline drastically, namely a nervous breakdown. The scientist’s deteriorating health reduced his research, although he still carried his responsibility as a lecturer at that time until 1861.

Right at the age of 75, the inventor of electricity finally died at his residence in Hampton Court. On August 25, 1867, according to reports Faraday died while sitting in his office. His body was later buried in Highgate Cemetery in North London and a monument was erected as a memorial.

 

Examples of Faraday’s Law Questions

1. Problem 1

The source of the electromotive force is…

a. magnet moving around the coil.
b. electric charge moving around the coil.
c. a stationary magnet around the coil.
d. two permanent magnets around the coil.
e. the interaction of the magnetic poles around the coil.

Discussion:
The electromotive force originates from a magnet that moves around the coil.

Answer: A

2. Problem 2

When Faraday conducted an experiment to prove whether a magnetic field could generate an electric current, a phenomenon occurred where an electric current appeared when a magnet was in a state of ….

a. move.
b. away from the coil.
c. shut up.
d. static.
e. close to the coil.

Discussion:
When Faraday conducted an experiment to prove whether a magnetic field could generate an electric current, a phenomenon occurred where an electric current appeared when the magnet was in motion.

Answer: A

3. Problem 3

The correct statement about the magnitude of the induced emf is…

a. proportional to the magnitude of the magnetic field.
b. Inversely proportional to the magnitude of the magnetic field.
c. Proportional to the change in magnetic flux and inversely proportional to the number of turns of the coil.
d. Inversely proportional to the change in magnetic flux and the number of turns of the coil.
e. Proportional to the change in magnetic flux and the number of turns of the coil.

Discussion:
The magnitude of the induced emf is proportional to the rate of change of the magnetic flux and the number of turns of the coil.

Answer: E

4. Problem 4

What is the equivalent mass for the following reaction Cu2+ (aq) + 2e – Cu (s) if it has, copper (Cu) Ar = 63.5 ?

Judging from the above reaction, it can be seen that there is a change in the oxidation number, namely at +2, so the equivalent mass of Cu is ME = Ar/bioxal = 63.5/2 = 31.75. If the same amount of electricity is supplied to two or more electrolytic cells with different electrolytes, the ratio of the substances released is directly proportional to the ratio of the equivalent masses of the substances.

5. Problem 5

If in the network above a Cu deposit of 5 grams is formed, then how much Ag is deposited on the electrode? (Cu = 63.5, Ag = 108).

Answer:

To calculate the mass of Ag, wag uses the formula provided in the figure above where ME = Ar / oxidation state. While it is known that Cu, wcu = 5 grams. To calculate MEcu and MEag, you must first write down the Cu and Ag reduction reactions as shown below.

If the Faraday I and Faraday II laws are combined, we get w = I xtx ME, then this comparison becomes an equation by adding a factor of 1/96,500 and we get the formula for Faraday’s law w= 1/96,500 x I xtx ME.

6. Problem 6

A coil consists of 50 turns, the magnetic flux in the coil changes by 5 x 10 ^-3 Weber in 10ms (milliseconds) intervals. Calculate the Electromotive Force or induced emf in the coil!

Solution:

Number of turns (N) = 50
Time interval (Δt) = 10ms = 10 x 10 ^-3 seconds
ΔΦ = 5 x 10 ^-3 weber
emf induction (ɛ ) = ???

Answer :

e = -N (ΔΦ/∆t)
e = -50 (5 x 10 ^-3 wb / 10 x 10 ^-3 )
e = -50 (0.5)
e = -25V

So, the Induction Electromotive Force is -25V .

—

Thus the explanation and discussion of the principles of Faraday’s law, starting from the meaning and examples of questions that are easy to work on. sinaumedia makes students love to understand science related to nature, including basic things such as the occurrence of electric currents and these laws in it.

The Hindu-Buddhist Kingdom in Indonesia – Hindu-Buddhist became one of the fastest growing religions in the archipelago in the past. The influence of Hinduism has reached the archipelago since the 1st century AD. The rapid development of Hinduism was followed by the establishment of many Hindu-style kingdoms at that time. Several kingdoms existed around the 4th century, namely the Kingdom of Kutai Martapura in East Kalimantan, Tarumanagara in West Java, the Kingdom of Kalingga on the North Coast of Central Java, and the Kingdom of Bedahulu in Gianyar.

The ancient Hindu kingdom in the archipelago that stands out is the Medang Kingdom because it is known for building the Prambanan Temple. Since then, Hinduism then spread along with Buddhism throughout the archipelago and reached its peak of influence in the 14th century.

Buddhism, on the other hand, first entered the archipelago (now Indonesia) around the 5th century AD, judging from the remains of the existing inscriptions. Allegedly it was first brought by a traveler from China named Fa Hsien. The first Buddhist kingdom that developed in the archipelago was the Sriwijaya Kingdom, which existed from 600 to 1377.

The Sriwijaya Kingdom was once one of the centers for the development of Buddhism in Southeast Asia. This can be seen in the notes of a scholar from China named I-Tsing, who traveled to India and the Indonesian Archipelago, and recorded the development of Buddhism there.

The following is an explanation of several Hindu-Buddhist kingdoms that once existed in the archipelago and had a major influence during their heyday.

List of Famous Hindu-Buddhist Kingdoms in Indonesia

1. Kingdom of Kutai Martapura

Yupa Inscription.

According to a study conducted by Muhammad Sarip (2021) in his book entitled The Kingdom of Martapura in Kutai Historical Literacy 400–1635 , the oldest Hindu kingdom in the archipelago is Martapura (not Martadipura) in Muara Kaman District, not Kutai Kertanegara (established in the 14th century). This is based on the Yupa Inscription or inscribed stone monument which was found in two stages, namely in 1879 and 1940.

Yupa numbered seven, the majority told about the prosperity of the Mulawarman period. Now, the seven Yupa stones are in the National Museum. The classic book entitled Surat Salasilah Raja Dalam Negeri Kutai Kertanegara with a thickness of 132 pages from 1849 is an authentic source for writing the history of the Kingdom of Kutai Kertanegara.

The book was written by Khatib Muhammad Thahir, a Banjar who became the clerk of the Kingdom of Kutai Kertanegara. This book is written in Jawi script (the text uses Arabic letters, while the language is Malay). This book can be a historical source by setting aside the fairy tale part, even though it is classified as literature mixed with exaltation mythology. The original manuscript of the book is currently kept in the State Library of Berlin, Germany.

The finding of the seven Yupa fruits became the beginning of the discovery of the oldest kingdom of the archipelago. Based on Sarip’s explanation, there are three famous names in the Kutai Martapura Kingdom which are mentioned in Yupa. First, Kundungga (not Kudungga) who was written by the Hindu brahmins at that time as the founding father of the kingdom, not the first king.

Second, Aswawarman son of Kundungga, the first king of Martapura. Third, Mulawarman son of Aswawarman, the famous king who brought the glory of Martapura to the point where he was able to donate 20,000 cows to the Brahmins. There is no further record of who will be Mulawarman’s successor.

However, Muhammad Fahmi (2016) through his research entitled The Kingdom of Kutai Kartanegara ing Martadipura and the Role of the King in the Development of Islamic Religion in the 17th and 18th Century Kutai Kingdom mentioned the rulers of the Kutai Martapura Kingdom, among others:

• Maharaja Kundungga Posthumous Dewawarman;
• Maharaja Aswawarman;
• Maharaja Mulawarman;
• Maharaja Sri Aswawarman;
• Maharaja Marawijayawarman;
• Maharaja Gajayanawarman;
• Maharaja Tunggawarman;
• Maharaja Jayanagawarman;
• Maharaja Nalasingawarman;
• Maharaja Nala Parana Tungga;
• Maharaja Gadinggawarman Dewa;
• Maharaja Indrawarman Dewa;
• Maharaja Sanggawarman Dewa;
• Maharaja Candrawarman;
• Maharaja Prabu Mula Tungga Dewa;
• Maharaja Nala Indra Dewa;
• Maharaja Indra Mulyawarman Dewa;
• Maharaja Sri Lanka Dewa;
• Maharaja Guna Parana Dewa;
• Maharaja Wijayawarman;
• Maharaja Indra Mulya;
• Maharaja Sri Aji Dewa;
• Maharaja Mulia Putera;
• Maharaja Nala Pandita;
• Maharaja Indra Paruta Dewa;
• Maharaja Dermasatia.

Furthermore, Salasilah Kutai then revealed the process of the collapse of the Martapura Kingdom with its last king, Dermasatia. Sarip discusses in a separate sub-chapter the expansion carried out by Kutai Kertanegara in 1635 when it was ruled by the 8th king, Aji Pangeran Sinum Panji Mendapa.

In short, there was a war for seven days and seven nights until the two kings stabbed each other, which resulted in the death of Dermasatia. Martapura’s defeat marked its downfall, as well as the annexation of territory by Kutai Kertanegara. Since then, the winning kingdom has completed its name as Kutai Kertanegara ing Martapura.

The Kutai Kingdom era actually ended in 1960, but since 2001 it has been revived as a form of historical and cultural preservation, without any governing authority. Somewhat different from before, the kingdom was named Kutai Kartanegara ing Martadipura. Kartanegara with “a” instead of “e”, Martadipura instead of Martapura.

Regarding this matter, Sarip did not escape reviewing it. Regarding Kartanegara, for him it is not so fatal because “Kartanegara” and “Kertanegara” have the same meaning. However, it is different with Martadipura, who cannot be justified because he changed his name by inserting unnecessary syllables.

The name Martadipura as a change from the word Martapura only appeared in the 1980s. The Regent of Kutai for the 1965–1979 period, Ahmad Dahlan, revealed that the idea came from Drs. Anwar Soetoen, an official of the Level II District Government of Kutai.

Soetoen thought that between the words “marta” and “pura” it was necessary to insert the preposition “di” instead of “ing”. According to him, the preposition “di” has the same meaning as the word “ing” in Javanese Kawi. Dahlan revealed this case in his book about Salasilah Kutai , which was published in 1981.

Sarip in his book also discusses the misunderstanding of the name Kundungga to become Kudungga, which has taken root over the last few years. Equally important, Sarip’s work raises questions about the naming of the museum in Tenggarong which is called Mulawarman, not Aji Batara Agung Dewa Sakti as the founder of Kutai Kertanegara, even though this museum is a former palace of Kutai Kertanegara, not a witness to the history of Kutai Martapura.

Not to mention the addition of the Suwana Lembu statue that welcomes museum visitors which also has the potential to create assumptions that the animal is the mount of King Mulawaman. The Suwana ox is actually a mythological animal mounted by Aji Batara Agung Dewa Sakti.

2. The Kingdom of Tarumanagara

Tarumanagara or the Taruma Kingdom is a kingdom that once ruled in the western region of the island of Java in the 5th to 7th centuries AD. Tarumanagara is one of the oldest kingdoms in the archipelago which left historical records and artifacts around the kingdom’s location. These remains show that Tarumanagara was a Vaishnawa Hindu kingdom.

The word tarumagara comes from the words taruma and nagara . Nagara means kingdom or country, while taruma comes from the word “tarum” which is the name of the river that divides West Java, namely Ci Tarum. Archaeological findings located at the Ci Tarum estuary are extensive baths, namely the Batujaya Baths and the Cibuaya Baths, which are thought to be civilizations left over from the Kingdom of Tarumanagara.

One of the inscriptions used as a historical source for the existence of the Tarumanagara Kingdom is the Ciaruteun Inscription. The location of the inscription is in Ciaruteun Village, Cibungbulang District, Bogor Regency.

This inscription was discovered in the flow of the Ciaruteun River, Bogor in 1863 and is divided into two parts, namely the Ciaruteun A inscription written in Pallawa script and Sanskrit consisting of four lines of Indian poetry or anustubh rhythm (rhythm found in classical Vedic and Sanskrit poetry ) , and the Ciaruteun B Inscription which contains footprints and spider motifs whose meaning is unknown.

According to the caretaker of the Ciaruteun Inscription, the symbol contained in the inscription signifies the valiant and powerful King Purnawarman. This inscription is 2 meters long, 1.5 meters high, and weighs 8 tons.

The literal translation of this inscription is as follows.

First line: vikkrantasya vanipateh

Second line: srimatah purnnavarmmanah

Third row: tarumangarendrasya

Fourth line: visnor=iva padadvayam ||

Its meaning is as follows.

” Here are a pair of (soles) feet, which are like (soles of the feet) of Lord Vishnu, are the soles of His Majesty Purnnawarman, the king of the country of Taruma (Tarumanagara), the bravest king in the world. “

Based on the message contained in the Ciaruteun Inscription, it can be seen that this inscription was made in the 5th century and informs that at that time there was the Tarumanagara Kingdom, led by King Purnawarman who worshiped Lord Vishnu.

The Tarumanagara kingdom was influenced by Indian culture, as evidenced by the king’s name ending in -warman and footprints indicating the power of his era. In 1863, this inscription was washed away by a flood, so that the existing writing was reversed, then in 1903 this inscription was returned to its original place. It was only in 1981, this inscription was protected.

Another news source that proves the founding of the Tarumanagara Kingdom comes from Chinese news, in the form of travel notes of Fa-Hien (explorers from China) in book form with the title Fa-Kuo-Chi, which states that in the early 5th century AD there were many Brahmins and animists. in Ye-Po-Ti (the name for Javadwipa, but there are other opinions which state that Ye-Po-Ti is the White Way in Lampung).

In 414, Fa-Hien came to Java to make historical records of the To-lo-mo Kingdom (Tarumanagara Kingdom) and stopped at Ye-Po-Ti for 5 months. In addition, news from the Sui Dynasty wrote that To-lo-mo envoys had come from the south in 528 and 535.

News of the Tang Dynasty further wrote that To-lo-mo envoys had arrived in 666 and 669. Based on these news, it can be seen that the Tarumanagara Kingdom flourished between 400 – 600, which at that time was led by Purnawarman with jurisdiction over almost all of West Java .

As for the kings who once ruled the Kingdom of Tarumanagara, among others:

• Jayasingawarman (358 – 382);
• Dharmayawarman (382 – 395);
• Purnawarman (395 – 434);
• Wisnuwarman (434 – 455);
• Indrawarman (455 – 515);
• Chandravarman (515 – 535);
• Suryawarman (535 – 561);
• Kertawarman (561 – 628);
• Sudhavarman (628 – 639);
• Hariwangswarman (639 – 640);
• Nagajayawarman (640 – 666);
• Linggawarman (666 – 669).

3. Medan Kingdom

Early records of the Medang Kingdom are in the Canggal inscription (732), which was found in the Gunung Wukir Temple complex in Canggal Hamlet, southwest of Magelang Regency. This inscription is written in Sanskrit and uses the Pallawa script. The contents tell about the founding of Siwalingga (symbol of Shiva) in the area of ​​Kuñjarakuñjadeça (Kunjarakunja), which is located on an island called Yawadwipa (Javanese) which is blessed with lots of rice and gold.

The formation of the phallus was under the command of Sanjaya. This inscription tells that in the past Yawadwipa was ruled by King Sanna, who was wise, just in his actions, an officer in war, generous to his people. After Sanna’s death the country was in mourning, falling into divisions. Sanna’s successor was Sannaha’s son (his sister) whose name was Sanjaya. Sanjaya conquered the areas around his empire and his wise rule blessed his land with peace and prosperity for all his subjects.

The stories of Sanna, Sannaha and Sanjaya are also described in Carita Parahyangan, a text compiled around the end of the 16th century. Broadly speaking, the story from the Carita Parahyangan manuscript has characters in common with the Canggal Inscription.

Although the manuscript appears to be dramatized and does not provide specific details about the period, the name and story theme which are almost identical to the Canggal Inscription seem to confirm that the manuscript is based on historical events.

Prambanan temple.

The period of the reign of Rakai Panangkaran to Dyah Balitung (range between 760–910) which lasted 150 years, marked the peak of the glory of ancient Javanese civilization. During this period, ancient Javanese art and architecture emerged, as a number of magnificent temples and monuments were erected spanning the horizons of the Kedu plains and the Kewu plains. The most famous temples are Sewu and Prambanan temples.

4. The Kingdom of Srivijaya

Muara Takus Temple is considered to have existed during the golden age of Srivijaya, so some historians consider it to be one of the relics from the Srivijaya Kingdom.

Sriwijaya is a maritime empire located in Sumatra, but its power reaches Java, Kalimantan, Sulawesi, the Malay Peninsula, Thailand, Cambodia and others. Sriwijaya comes from Sanskrit, sri which means “shining” and vijaya which means “victory”.

The Sriwijaya kingdom was originally established around 600 and lasted until 1377. The Srivijaya kingdom was one of the kingdoms that had been forgotten, which was then reintroduced by a French scholar named George Cœdès in the 1920s.

George Cœdès reintroduced Srivijaya based on his discoveries from inscriptions and news from China. George Coedes’ findings were later published in Dutch and Indonesian newspapers. Since then, the Sriwijaya Kingdom began to be recognized by the public.

The loss of news about the whereabouts of Sriwijaya was caused by the small number of relics left by the Sriwijaya Kingdom before it collapsed. Some of the causes of the collapse of the Sriwijaya Kingdom include:

• Attacks of the Chola Dynasty from Coromandel, South India (1017 and 1025). This attack succeeded in capturing the king of Sriwijaya and then the Chola dynasty became in power over the Srivijaya Kingdom. As a result of this attack, Srivijaya’s position in the archipelago began to weaken;
• The emergence of the Malay Kingdom, Dharmasraya. After the weakening of the power of the Chola Dynasty, the Dharmasraya Kingdom emerged which took over the Malay Peninsula and also suppressed the existence of Srivijaya;
• Another reason that led to the collapse of Sriwijaya was the war with other kingdoms such as Singasari, Majapahit and Dharmasraya. Aside from being the cause of the collapse of Sriwijaya, this war also caused many Sriwijaya relics to be damaged or lost, so that their existence was forgotten for several centuries.

The development of Buddhism during the Sriwijaya period can be known based on I-Tsing’s report. Before conducting studies at Nalanda University in India, I-Tsing made a visit to Sriwijaya. Based on I-tsing’s records, Sriwijaya was home to Buddhist scholars and became a center for learning Buddhism.

This proves that during the Sriwijaya Kingdom, Buddhism developed very rapidly. In addition, I-tsing also reported that in Sriwijaya there were Theravada (sometimes called Hinayana) and Mahayana Buddhist schools. Buddhism in Sriwijaya was further influenced by the Vajrayana school from India.

The rapid development of Buddhism in Sriwijaya was also supported by a Buddhist professor in Sriwijaya, namely Sakyakirti. The name Sakyakirti comes from I-tsing who met him during a stopover in Sriwijaya. Apart from the Buddhist Grandmaster, I-tsing also reported that there is a Buddhist school that has good relations with Nalanda University, India, so that there are quite a number of people studying Buddhism in this kingdom. In his notes, I-tsing also wrote that there were more than 1,000 priests studying Buddhism in Sriwijaya.

5. The Kingdom of Kadiri

Not much is known about the early days of the Kadiri or Panjalu Kingdoms. The inscription of Turun Hyang II (1044) issued by the Kingdom of Janggala only reported that there was a civil war between the two sons of Airlangga.

At the end of November 1042, Airlangga was forced to divide his kingdom because his two sons competed for the throne. The son named Sri Samarawijaya got a western kingdom called Panjalu and its center was in a new city, namely Daha. As for his son, Mapanji Garasakan, he got an eastern kingdom called Janggala and its center was in the old city, namely Kahuripan.

According to Nagarakretagama, before it was split into two, the kingdom led by Airlangga was already called Panjalu and its center was in Daha. Thus, the Janggala Kingdom was born as a splinter from Panjalu. Meanwhile, Kahuripan is the name of the old city that was abandoned by Airlangga and later became the capital of Janggala.

At first, the name Panjalu or Pangjalu was indeed more often used than the name Kadiri. This can be found in the inscriptions published by the kings of Kadiri. The name Panjalu is also known as Pu-chia-lung in the Chinese chronicle Ling wai tai ta (1178). The name “Kediri” or “Kadiri” itself comes from the Sanskrit word, khadri, which means pacé or Morinda citrifolia (noni).

Sri Jayabhaya photo illustration.

When ruled by Sri Jayabhaya, Panjalu experienced its heyday. The territory of this kingdom covered all of Java and several islands in the archipelago, even to the point of defeating the influence of the Sriwijaya Kingdom.

Jayabhaya is also entrusted with writing predictions in the Javanese tradition known as the Jayabaya Term or Jayabaya Prophecy. This prediction is known among the Javanese people and has been preserved for generations by the poets.

The main origin of Jayabaya’s Fiber Prediction can be seen in the Musasar Book composed by Sunan Giri Prapen. Even though there are many doubts about its authenticity, the first stanza of the book says that Jayabaya made these predictions.

6. The Kingdom of Singhasari

Singhasari Temple was built as a place of worship for Kertanegara, the last king of the Singhasari Kingdom.

Based on the Kudadu Inscription, the official name of the Singhasari Kingdom is the Tumapel Kingdom. According to Nagarakretagama, the capital of the Tumapel Kingdom was named Kutaraja when it was first founded in 1222.

In 1253, King Wisnuwardhana initially appointed his son Kertanagara as yuwaraja (crown prince) and changed the name of the royal capital to Singhasari. The name Singhasari, which is the name of the capital city, is even more famous than the name Tumapel.

This is what made the Tumapel Kingdom also known as the Singhasari Kingdom. The name Tumapel also appears in Chinese chronicles from the Yuan Dynasty with the spelling Tu-ma-pan.

Based on information at Pararaton, Tumapel was originally just a subordinate area of ​​the Panjalu Kingdom. The person who served as Akuwu (equivalent to sub-district head) of Tumapel at that time was Tunggul Ametung. He was killed by means of trickery by his own bodyguard named Ken Arok, who later became the new Akuwu. Ken Arok also married the wife of Tunggul Ametung named Ken Dedes. Ken Arok then intended to release Tumapel from the rule of the Kadiri Kingdom.

In 1254, there was a feud between Kertajaya, king of the Kadiri Kingdom, and the Brahmins. The brahmins then joined forces with Ken Arok who made himself the first king of Tumapel with the title Sri Rajasa Sang Amurwabhumi. The war against the Kadiri Kingdom erupted in Ganter Village which was won by Tumapel’s side.

Nagarakretagama also mentions the same year for the founding of the Tumapel Kingdom, but does not mention Ken Arok’s name. In the manuscript, the founder of the Tumapel kingdom was named Ranggah Rajasa Sang Girinathaputra who succeeded in defeating Kertajaya, the king of the Kadiri Kingdom.

The Mula Malurung inscription on behalf of Kertanagara in 1255 then stated that the founder of the Tumapel Kingdom was Lord Shiva. This name is probably the posthumous title of Ranggah Rajasa, because in Nagarakretagama the spirit of the founder of the Tumapel Kingdom is worshiped as Shiva.

Apart from that, Pararaton also mentioned that Ken Arok first used the nickname Bhatara Shiva before advancing in the war against the Kadiri Kingdom.

7. The Majapahit Empire

Majapahit is an ancient kingdom in Indonesia that existed from around 1293 to 1500 AD. This kingdom reached its peak of glory during the reign of Hayam Wuruk who ruled from 1350 to 1389. The Majapahit kingdom was the last Hindu-Buddhist kingdom that ruled the Malay Peninsula and was considered as one of the largest countries in the history of Indonesia.

Majapahit left many holy places, remnants of religious ritual facilities at that time. These sacred buildings are known as temples, holy baths (pertirtan) and hermitage caves. Most of the abandoned buildings are of the Shiva religion and a few are Buddhist, namely Candi Jago, Bhayalangu, Sanggrahan, and Jabung. Other relics from this kingdom are Kakawin Nagarakretagama, Arjunawijaya, and Sutasoma.

During the reign of Raden Wijaya (Kertarajasa), there were two Shiva and Buddhist high religious officials, namely Dharmadyaksa ring Kasiwan and Dharmadyaksa ring Kasogatan , then five Shiva officials under him were called Dharmapapati or Dharmadihikarana .

During the Majapahit era, there were two books outlining the teachings of Mahayana Buddhism, namely the Sanghyang Kamahayanan Mantrayana which contained teachings aimed at ordained monks, and the Sanghyang Kamahayanikan which contained a collection of teachings for a person to achieve release.

The main teaching in Sanghyang Kamahayanikan is to show that the various forms of renunciation are basically the same. It seems that the syncretism of the writer Sanghyang Kamahayanikan is reflected in Shiva’s identification with Buddha and calls him “Shiva-Buddha”, no longer Shiva or Buddha, but Shiva-Buddha as the highest consciousness.

Syncretism in the Majapahit era reached its peak in 1292 – 1478. It seems that at that time the Hindu-Shiva, Hindu-Vishnu and Buddhist schools could coexist. All three are seen as various forms of the same truth.

Shiva and Vishnu are seen as having the same value and are described as “Harihara”, i.e. an image (statue) of half Shiva and half Vishnu. Shiva and Buddha are seen as the same. Based on Mpu Tantular’s Kakawin Arjunawijaya Book, it is said that when Arjunawijaya entered the Buddhist temple, the pandhitas explained that the Jinas from all over the world depicted on the statues were the same as Shiva’s incarnations.

Vairocana is the same as Sadasiwa who occupies the middle position. Aksobya is the same as Rudra who occupies the eastern position. Ratnasambhava is the same as Brahma who occupies the southern position, Amitabha is the same as Mahadeva who occupies the western position and Amogasiddhi is the same as Vishnu who occupies the northern position. Therefore, the monks say there is no difference between Buddhism and Shiva.

Furthermore, in the Kunjarakarna Book it is stated that no one, both followers of Shiva and Buddha can get liberation if he separates the real one, namely Shiva-Buddha.

The renewal of the Shiva-Buddhist religion during the Majapahit era was seen, among other things, in the way of honoring the king and his family who died in two temples with different religious characteristics. This can be seen in the first king of Majapahit, namely Kertarajasa, who was worshiped in Sumberjati (Simping) Temple as a form of Shiva (Siwawimbha) and in Atahpura as Buddha.

Apart from that, the second king of Majapahit, Jayabaya, was also honored in Shila Ptak ( red. Sila Petak) as Vishnu and in Sukhalila as Buddha. This shows that belief in the highest reality in Shiva and Buddhism is no different.

Although Buddhism and Hinduism have spread in East Java, it seems that ancestral beliefs still play a role in people’s lives. This is indicated by the structure of the temple in which there is a place of worship of the ancestors, in the form of a megalith stone, which is placed on the highest terrace of the holy place.

After the Majapahit Empire suffered a setback at the end of the reign of King Brawijaya V (1468 – 1478) and collapsed in 1478, Buddhism and Hinduism were gradually replaced by Islam.

—

So, that’s information about the Famous Hindu-Buddhist Kingdom in Indonesia . The history of the Archipelago in the era of the Hindu-Buddhist Kingdom developed due to trade relations between the Archipelago and foreign countries, such as India, China and the Middle East. Since the arrival of Hinduism and Buddhism, the prehistoric people of the Archipelago who previously had animistic and dynamism beliefs turned to embrace Hinduism and Buddhism. 

• The Founder of the Kutai Kingdom: History, Heyday, and Legacy
• The Founder of the Majapahit Empire: History and the First King
• The Founder of the Singasari Kingdom: Origins and a Brief History
• History of the Founders of the Sriwijaya Kingdom and Their Lineages
• History of the Kingdom of Sunda and its Legacy

Fall Flower Song: Song Lyrics, Meaning and Profile of the Creator – Every time we welcome a certain national day, it is definitely not uncommon for several national TV or radio stations to play national anthems on social media. Like the song ‘Indonesia Raya’ which is popular every time it enters August because it coincides with the momentum of Independence Day.

Apart from that, there is the song ‘Our Mother Kartini’ which is highly recommended every Kartini Day celebration at the end of April. As well as there are many other songs with nationalism nuances that have a close connection with Indonesia’s historical moments. But did you know that many people are still not familiar with the obligatory anthem and the national anthem.

Even some people still can’t tell the difference between the two types of songs. The anthem is a song whose meaning in the lyrics is a condition for national values ​​and this song has become one of the symbols of the nation and state of Indonesia.

The song ‘Indonesia Raya’ is a mandatory anthem regulated in Law number 24 of 2009 concerning the Flag, Language and National Emblem, as well as the National Anthem. Therefore, in every official event or certain ceremony this song must be sung as a series of events.

Meanwhile, the national anthem is a song whose lyrics contain the values ​​of nationalism and patriotism. This type of song was indeed created to evoke the spirit of nationalism and instill love for the country. This song also usually contains lyrics that invite people to remember the struggles of the heroes in the hope that they can give encouragement to the nation’s spirit in the future.

There are many examples of national songs. Like the song ‘Berkibarlah Benderaku’ composed by Ibu Sud, it tells about pride in the red and white flag as the national symbol. Several national songs are also closely related to historical events, such as the song by Ismail Marzuki ‘Halo-Halo Bandung’ which contains the struggle of the people against the colonialists during the Bandung Sea of ​​Fire incident.

In general, the national anthem also invites everyone to remember the struggles of the heroes, one of which is Ismail Marzuki’s other work entitled ‘Autumn Flowers’. This song has very deep lyrics about the struggle of the heroes and their important role for the nation’s independence. Therefore, the feeling of loss and appreciation for their struggle is something that everyone who enjoys the fruits of their struggle should do.

Lyrics and Chords of Fall Flowers 

[Verses]

Am F Am

How my heart is not sad

E Dm F E

Has fallen.. my hero

Dm G C

How my heart will not be sad

G F#m G E

Servant left alone

Am F Am

Who is now the solace

E Dm F E

Nan is loyal.. and officer

Dm G C

Who is now the hero of the heart

G C

True defender of the nation

[Chorus]

G C

My hero has fallen

G E Am

Cash has pledged filial piety

G C

Falling one grows a thousand

G C E

Homeland glorious sacred..

Am F Am

My flowers fall in the dedication garden

E Dm F E

on the day you wake up motherland

Dm G C

Fragrant, longing for juice

G C E

Homeland glorious magic

[Interlude]

Am GCA Dm A Dm

Dm Em F Em Am

[Chorus]

G C

My hero has fallen

G E Am

Cash has pledged filial piety

G C

Falling one grows a thousand

G C

Homeland glorious sacred..

G C

My hero has fallen

G E Am

Cash has pledged filial piety

G C

Falling one grows a thousand

G C E

Homeland glorious sacred..

Am F Am

How my heart is not sad

E Dm F E

Has fallen.. my hero

Dm G C

How my heart will not be sad

G G C

Servant left alone

Meaning of Fall Flower Song

The song Autumn Flowers  has a deep meaning about nationalism and respect for the services of heroes. This song was made to commemorate every hero who fell on the battlefield while fighting for Indonesian independence. As this song was released right after Indonesia’s independence was proclaimed.

Each of the lyrics of this autumn flower song contains sadness for the loss of the heroes who have risked their lives for the nation’s future. This part of the song opens with a fragment of the lyrics ‘ How my heart will not grieve, my hero has fallen ‘. Describes the feelings of someone who is faced with the fact that someone who is loved and loved is facing the divine bosom.

The word ‘ fall ‘ in the lyrics is synonymous with the story of warriors who died on the battlefield. They became heroes for the Indonesian people because they fought for independence and dared to risk their lives. In the next lyrics, ” How my heart will not be sad, I am left alone “.

In this section and the two previous lines of lyrics, it describes sadness over the loss of a loved one. The departure of someone who is loved, especially if he is a beloved husband or wife, of course this incident will leave a sad feeling of loneliness. Like most couples during the struggle for independence, many women were abandoned by their husbands to fight against the colonialists.

Until finally not a few of them died and their wives and families were afflicted with loneliness after their spouses or family members had left forever. The meaning of this fragment is still continued in the next lyrics. ‘ Who is now the solace, the loyal and the officer, who is now the hero of the heart, the defender of the nation ‘.

These four lines of lyrics emphasize the importance of the presence of those who died on the battlefield, and it is not easy to find replacements. The impact of the departure of loved ones touches personal aspects as well as in the broader context as a nation. Personally, when a loved one leaves, there are no more loyal and courageous people (officers) to look after their partner, no one who can comfort them when they are sad.

A wife is abandoned by a husband who loves her, as well as children whose parents are their protectors. And likewise in the context of the nation’s society, the death of war fighters means that the Indonesian people have lost people who have fought with a sincere heart.

The figure of a true hero against the invaders and mortgaged his life for the sake of the nation. The dedication and loyalty of the freedom fighters were a valuable asset at that time, so their departure was everyone’s deep sadness.

In the next four lines of the lyrics ‘ My hero has fallen, Cash has promised service, One has fallen and a thousand has grown, Tanah Air Jaya Sakti ‘ emphasizes that everything the freedom fighters have done is for the benefit of the nation’s future.

The fragment in the lyrics of ‘ Death One Grows a Thousand’ implies a deep meaning about the struggle that will produce a worthy result. When thousands or even millions of lives were sacrificed, there was new hope for Indonesian independence.

That’s the reality, the loss of something may be a prelude to the emergence of something else. This message served as a reminder not only for the Indonesian people, who at that time were rearranging their post-colonial life, but also messages that were still applicable in today’s life. The bad situation that befell is not the end of everything, everything must rise to prepare for new hope.

In the last four lines, ” My flowers fall in the devotional garden, On the mother’s day, Fragrant fragrance adds essence, Jaya Sakti homeland “, means the sincerity and generosity of those left behind.

Thousands of people who had to die for independence did not die in vain, but left with a very meaningful future impact. The struggle of the heroes has left a spirit of nationalism for the nation, about the struggle for Indonesian identity.

This song has a very deep meaning about respect for the services of heroes. Because of this, the song ‘Autumn Flowers’ is often played every Hero’s Day commemoration which falls on November 10th. One of them was the song ‘Autumn Flowers’ which was also sung as an accompaniment to the departure of Indonesia’s third president, BJ Habibie who died in September 2019.

A few days after his death, this song is sung every morning apple together with the flag flying at half-mast as a form of respect for his services. Nuances of sadness are not only expressed through each of the song’s lyrics, but also a gentle melody that will instantly hypnotize anyone who listens to remembering sadness.

Plus the message of the song is deep, making anyone who hears it instantly be carried away by the atmosphere in the song. A sad mood, shrouded in gray clouds because of the departure of people who have made great contributions. At the same time, bringing about a mood full of respect and gratitude, thanks to the struggle of Indonesian heroes, they can achieve independence, which will soon celebrate its 76th year.

Historically, this song was released at the same time as the Surabaya battle. The first battle that took place after the proclamation of independence on August 17, 1945. The event involved freedom fighters who are often referred to as ‘ Arek-Arek Suroboyo ‘ against the Allied troops which occurred for several days in early November.

There were thousands of freedom fighters who died in the battle, and it was from this incident that November 10 was commemorated as Heroes’ Day. And the song ‘Autumn Flowers’ is often used to commemorate the departure of these fighters.

Even so, this song is not specifically an accompaniment to the deaths of thousands of heroes in the events of the November 10 battle. But also respect for the thousands of lives that were lost during the early years after the proclamation which was still filled with chaos.

After President Soekarno read out the text of the proclamation on August 17, it does not mean that the Netherlands just left Indonesia. The struggle for Indonesian independence continues, because the Dutch kingdom and its allies, England are still in Indonesia and have not recognized Indonesian independence. Even after the defeat of Japan, the Dutch apparently intended to re-occupy Indonesia.

This created a number of instability both from the political and social aspects, and triggered a number of bloody events such as what happened in Surabaya as well as other battles in the regions. Four years after the proclamation, the Dutch government finally recognized Indonesian sovereignty in 1949.

However, those four years were not a short time for the Indonesian people to defend their sovereignty. A number of important agreements were even made during this period in order to dampen the military ceasefire, such as the Renville agreement and the Linggarjati agreement.

The attitude of the Netherlands and its allies that did not comply with the two agreements which then contributed to various bloody events in those years. And even though it only lasted a few years, the chaos that occurred in the early days of Indonesia’s independence has claimed hundreds of thousands of lives, especially from civilians. Not only soldiers, the struggle of the people is the struggle of heroes who also deserve the highest respect.

As the years go by, this song can have a broader meaning. Along with the meaning of the word ‘ hero ‘ which is not only defined as people involved in independence, but also everyone who fights for the progress of the nation. Because of that, the song ‘ Death Flowers’ can be the right choice to pay homage to anyone who contributes to society today.

Profile Ismail Marzuki Composer song Fall Flowers

The song ‘ Leave Flowers ‘ was composed by Ismail Marzuki in 1945, not long after Indonesia officially became independent. He is known as an artist who has composed many national songs, as well as a radio announcer at Radio Rakyat Indonesia (RRI). His name was later named a national hero since 2004.

The man who was born on May 11, 1914 in Jakarta, has been involved in the world of art since he was small. Ismail Marzuki was born to an artist father, who was a tambourine and harp player in a group of keroncong musical instrument players. Gradually, entering his teenage years he began to interact more and more with the music artists in his environment.

In 1931, when he was 17 years old, Ismail joined a famous Keroncong music band at that time, Lief Java as a saxophone and guitar player. This orchestral music group existed when it was still in the Dutch colonial era, its headquarters were in the Kemayoran area, Jakarta.

Ismail along with other group members were often invited to perform keroncong music on a radio station made by the Dutch at that time, NIROM, which later became the forerunner of RRI. It was through his appearance at NIROM that Ismail Marzuki’s band began to attract a lot of fans.

Ismail’s first work was a song called ‘ O Sarinah ‘. This song was made when he was 17 years old and the lyrics are in Dutch. He and his group also appeared in a film called ‘ Terang Bulan ‘, in which he was also tasked with making several songs for film accompaniment.

Meanwhile, several other works which are also well-known as the national anthem are songs entitled ‘ Rayuan Pulau Kelapa’, ‘Indonesia Pusaka’, ‘Halo-Halo Bandung’ and a keroncong music ‘ A Pair of Ball Eyes ‘. It is estimated that there are more than 250 pieces of music that he has created. Most of these songs contain lyrics with a nuanced message of nationalism, along with a solemn and sad tone.

His family life is not far from music. He married his wife, Eulis Zuraidah in 1940. Eulis was a well-known singer from a keroncong band in Bandung. it was from there that Ismail began to know Eulis.

Apparently Ismail, who was also in the group, was attracted to Eulis and they decided to get married. From the results of their marriage, the two had an only daughter named Rachmi Aziyah. This artist and national hero later died at the age of 44.

He apparently struggled with a long-standing lung disease. After his departure, the Jakarta government under Governor Ali Sadikin then created Taman Ismail Marzuki in 1968. This 9-hectare park was originally a zoo area before being moved to Ragunan. Its construction was meant to commemorate the services of the Hero who had created many monumental works.

So, that’s an explanation of the song Autumn Bunga, which is one of the national anthems that Sinaumed’s needs to know. The song that we often sing at school or celebrate Heroes’ Day seems to have a philosophical meaning. As a generation of a good nation, we need to understand the national anthems so that we can interpret them in the life of the nation and state.

Also read other articles related to “Song of Fall Flowers” :

• Traditional musical instruments
• Melodic Musical Instruments
• Rhythmic Instruments
• Music Genres
• Kinds of Traditional and Modern Musical Instruments

Factors Causing Poverty – Poverty is one of the social problems that is always present in developing countries like Indonesia. Poverty is considered as one of the social problems that is difficult to describe, if it is not addressed immediately and find the root causes of poverty.

Poverty in general is a condition of a person’s economic inability to be able to meet the average standard of living of the people in an area. The condition of inability to meet these needs is characterized by the low ability of a person’s income to be able to meet basic needs such as clothing, food and shelter.

Some experts express their opinion regarding the definition of poverty. In addition, poverty also occurs because there are several causes that drive this phenomenon.

Definition of Poverty According to Experts

Previously, the definition of poverty in general was explained, several experts also expressed their opinions regarding the meaning of poverty, along with the definition of poverty according to experts.

Soerjono Soekanto, argues that poverty is a condition when an individual or a group of individuals is unable to maintain himself or herself with the standard of living of groups in society, and are unable to utilize their energy, mental and physical to achieve the standard of living of the group.

Gillin and Gillin expressed their opinion that poverty is a condition when an individual cannot maintain a scale of life that is high enough to be able to provide physical and mental efficiency, so that he and his family can carry out their functions properly in accordance with good societal standards. Due to inadequate income or unwise spending.

Reitsma and Kleinpenning, argue that poverty is the inability of an individual to be able to fulfill his life needs, both material needs and non-material needs.

Suparlan revealed that poverty is a standard or a low standard of living for a person, due to material shortages compared to the standard of living in the surrounding community.

In contrast to other opinions, according to Friedman poverty is an inequality of opportunities that a person gets to be able to formulate social power in the form of assets, financial resources, goods or services, socio-political organizations, social networks, skills, knowledge and information.

According to Ellis, poverty is a multidimensional phenomenon that can be studied in economic as well as social and political dimensions.

Hall and Midgley said that poverty is a condition of material and social deprivation that causes an individual to live below a decent standard of living, or it can be said that poverty is a condition of relative deprivation when compared to other individuals in the community.

The last expert who argues about the notion of poverty is Syaifudin who says that poverty is a way of thinking of someone who views poverty as an absolute symptom and a relative symptom.

Syaifudin divides this way of thinking about poverty into two, namely a cultural way of thinking or perspective and a structural perspective.

From some of the expert opinions above, it can be concluded that poverty is a condition, in which an individual is unable to meet his basic needs due to factors that affect the individual, making it difficult to get the same opportunities as other individuals.

Read more: Definition of Poverty

Factors Causing Poverty

As previously explained, poverty is a social problem that is difficult to unravel and often occurs in developing countries like Indonesia. Poverty can occur because there are several factors that cause poverty.

The following are the factors that cause poverty.

1. High Population Growth Rate

A high birth rate in an area can result in a country’s population growth rate being greater.

Thus, it can cause the available jobs to be limited to be able to recruit people who need jobs to get a salary so they can buy their basic needs.

In addition, when the population growth rate is high but not comparable to the economic growth rate. This will lead to an increase in poverty.

2. Unemployment Society Increases

A high population growth rate can cause jobs in a country to be limited. Thus, the unemployment rate in the area will increase. The more people are unemployed, the poverty rate will increase.

3. Low Education

Individuals who have low education tend not to have sufficient skills, insight or knowledge to get a job.

Thus, people with low education cannot compete with people who have higher education in the world of work and business. This is what makes people with low education less competitive and causes unemployment and poverty to increase.

4. A Natural Disaster Occurs

Natural disasters can be a factor causing unavoidable poverty. Natural disasters such as floods, landslides and tsunamis can cause damage to infrastructure and psychological damage to the people affected by the disaster.

In addition, natural disasters can be a cause of poverty, because the people affected by the disaster will lose their possessions.

5. Unequal Income Distribution

Unequal distribution of income can cause inequality in the pattern of resource ownership. Generally, people who have limited and low resources are generally below the poverty line.

In addition to the five factors that cause poverty, some experts argue that poverty can be caused by private property or exploitation of workers. Some experts such as Henry George, Karl Marx argue about the causes of poverty.

According to Henry George, the main cause of poverty is private ownership and monopoly by individuals on land. George’s view emerged, when land ownership has become a measuring tool to see the personal wealth of an individual.

Karl Marx argued that the cause of poverty is the exploitation that occurs to workers who are carried out by capitalism.

Meanwhile, Robert Malthus said that the cause of poverty is because the population tends to increase more geometrically, but food production only increases arithmetically.

Types of Poverty

There are four types of poverty that Sinaumed’s needs to know about. Here’s an explanation.

1. Absolute Poverty

Absolute poverty is poverty which is a condition where the income of an individual or group of people is below the poverty line. So that the individual or group of people will find it difficult to be sufficient and meet their standard needs such as clothing, food and shelter needed to be able to improve their quality of life.

The poverty line referred to in the sense of absolute poverty is the average expenditure or average consumption of an individual to meet basic needs related to the fulfillment of the individual’s welfare standards. This type of absolute poverty is the type of poverty that is most widely used as a concept to determine or define the criteria for an individual or group of people who are poor or not.

2. Relative Poverty

Relative poverty is a form of poverty that can occur, due to the influence of development policies that do not reach all levels of society. So that it can cause income inequality and inequality in welfare standards in the country. Regions that have not received the reach of development programs are known as disadvantaged areas.

3. Cultural Poverty

Cultural poverty is a form of poverty that can occur, due to the attitudes and habits of an individual or a society that generally come from culture and customs which are generally relatively unwilling to improve their standard of living in modern ways. The habits mentioned can be in the form of being lazy, less creative, wasteful and relatively dependent on other parties.

4. Structural Poverty

In contrast to cultural poverty, structural poverty is a form of poverty caused by low public access to resources which generally occurs in a social and cultural and socio-political order that does not support poverty liberation in a country. Generally, structural poverty sometimes has discriminatory elements.

Poverty Impact

Poverty as a social problem can have an impact on the individual and the wider community. Poverty can also have other impacts, here are the explanations.

1. Increasing Crime in an Area

Poverty can be one of the causes of crime. This is because the poor will tend to want to fulfill their basic needs by using any means, including by means of crime. Some forms of crime that can be committed by an individual are fraud, theft, robbery and murder.

2. Mortality Rate Increases

Poor people who are unable to meet their basic needs will find it difficult to get access to adequate health for themselves and their families. This difficult access to health can cause the death rate of a population to increase, especially the death rate of the poor.

3. Access to Closed Education

In developing countries like Indonesia, the cost of education that must be paid by an individual is quite high, so that this will close the poor’s access to education.

In fact, one of the causes of poverty is the low level of education. So that closed access to education can exacerbate the conditions of poverty that exist in an area or country.

4. Increasing Unemployment Rate

Poor people will find it difficult to get access to proper education. Thus, the poor will find it difficult to compete for jobs with rich or affluent people. This is what can trigger an increase in the unemployment rate.

5. Conflicts that Occur in Society will Emerge

Poor people generally will get different treatment from rich people. Examples include gaining access to certain facilities. The gap that occurs in the community will trigger conflict in social life because of the jealousy that arises.

Ways to Overcome Poverty

Poverty is a social problem that will be difficult to unravel if it is not handled early. Poverty can spread to areas that previously had low levels of poverty, because in a few years if poverty is not resolved immediately there will be an increase through other causes of poverty.

For example, in Indonesia poverty occurs due to the low level of education that can be obtained by the community. Because it was not immediately addressed, poverty that occurred due to low levels of education also increased due to other factors such as the spread of epidemics, natural disasters and others.

Therefore, it is important for the government to immediately overcome this social problem of poverty. There are several ways that the government can do to overcome poverty. Here’s an explanation.

1. Update Population Data

The government can update population data, especially to complete data on poor and vulnerable populations who are then categorized as deserving of social assistance from the government.

Thus, government budget funds that have been allocated for social assistance can be channeled to the right citizens and really need these social assistance funds. In addition, after updating the data, the government can increase the social assistance budget and expand the number of beneficiaries to citizens who have fallen into poverty due to influencing factors, for example, the Covid-19 pandemic.

2. Integrate Social Assistance Distribution

In various places, there are various forms of social assistance, differing in the types and amounts measured by the government. However, these differences actually created social tensions in several regions.

The social tension then got worse, because there was a database of social assistance, especially the Integrated Social Welfare Data (DTKS) which was used by the local government and did not include people who were not previously recorded. However, the unrecorded economic condition of the people has worsened due to several factors.

To be able to overcome this problem, the government can update data as in the first solution and integrate the distribution of social assistance, through cooperation between state banks so that social assistance funds can directly enter and be received by beneficiaries.

Integration of the distribution of social assistance funds can simplify the distribution process, and there will be no overlapping beneficiaries.

3. Reducing the Expenditure Burden of the Poor and Nearly Poor

One way to deal with poverty is to reduce the burden of spending on society, especially the poor and near-poor. Especially reducing costs controlled by the government or administered prices.

There are four costs that are controlled by the government and can be reduced to ease the burden on the poor and near-poor. These include water rates for households, electricity rates, LPG prices, and fuel prices.

4. Providing incentives in the fields of agriculture, livestock and fisheries

The government can tackle poverty by increasing incentives for farmers, ranchers and fishermen through product purchase schemes carried out by the government. In addition, the government can also improve logistics routes for agricultural, livestock and fishery products. So that residents who work in this field can increase their production and face the lack of market uptake.

By providing incentives in these three areas, the government will help to secure the availability of national food stocks, especially during times when food stocks are running low and hard to find.

By securing stock availability, the increase in cost of goods can be suppressed. So that people who are almost poor, can still meet their basic needs. Thus, the level of poverty can be reduced.

5. Manage the APBN Carefully

The government needs to manage its state budget carefully, so that it can increase the budget for social assistance that will be provided to the poor and near-poor. By managing the state budget more carefully, the government can allocate special funds for the poor and near-poor in order to meet their basic needs.

Example of Poverty

Here are some examples of poverty according to its types.

• Subjective Poverty: Occurs because of one’s own thinking with the assumption that the individual’s needs cannot be met sufficiently. Even though the individual is actually not poor. Example: seasonal beggars.
• Absolute Poverty : Occurs in families or individuals who have no income. Example: poor family.
• Relative Poverty: Occurs due to the influence of uneven development in society. Example: people are unemployed because of a lack of available jobs.
• Natural Poverty: Occurs due to scarcity of natural resources. Example: residents who are in the region of the African continent.
• Cultural Poverty: Occurs because the individual does not want to improve his standard of living. Example: people in the interior who still hold fast to their customs and do not open up opportunities for modernity, such as the Baduy people.
• Structural Poverty: Occurs because of the social structure. Example: Papuan people who do not benefit from Freeport.

Factors Causing High Population Growth – The cause of population growth is the increase or decrease in the number of population which can be influenced by several factors, such as births, deaths and migration.

As calculated by the population census up to last December 2020, the total population of Indonesia has reached 271,349,889 people, according to what has been calculated by the Ministry of Home Affairs.

The census says that Indonesia is in the fourth position as the country with the largest population in the whole world. Its position is below China, India, and even the United States.

However, the pace of population growth in Indonesia has actually slowed down in recent decades. Reported by Antara, from 2010 to 2020, the average rate of movement of Indonesia’s population growth has only moved by 1.25 percent. This percentage has decreased from the 1971-1980 period which was 2.31 percent.

“One of the reasons for the decrease in the rate of population growth is a government policy aimed at suppressing the rate of population growth through the Family Planning Program which has been implemented since the 1980s,” said BPS head Suhariyanto.

In its own definitive sense, population growth is an increase or decrease in the population. The causal factor is the number of births (births), deaths (mortality), and even migration (migration) between one region to another, as quoted from “Number and Population Density of Indonesia” which has been published by the Ministry of Education and Culture.

Understanding of population growth by Members

Many thinkers expressed their opinions and thoughts on population growth. This is due to population growth is an important thing in a state order. Each country has different needs and capacities at this stage of population growth.

Some of the theories include:

Malthusian theory

Prior to Malthus himself, the idea of ​​population growth was only a reproduction which was an attempt to replace people and people who had died because of the relatively high number of deaths. Some of the views on population prior to Malthusian theory as well as the discordance in practice before and after Malthus’s time.

1. The teachings of Confucius in ancient China in 500 BC stated that the high population growth reduced the output value of production. This teaching also states that the government has a responsibility to be able to maintain the stability of the population and the area of ​​land where the population lives and does activities. So, the solution is by migrating to a place with a small population.
2. Plato and Aristotle had the opinion that the quality of humans in producing goods was more important than the quantity of society itself, especially maintaining the welfare of the people. So the large population is not necessarily efficient in carrying out a production activity.
3. In the 17th century, since the emergence of Mercantilism which spread the pronatalist doctrine which had a view on population growth which was very important because it became an instrument for increasing people’s income. Pronatality itself is a theory which states that the national income is the same as that of all production results minus the wages received by the workforce. Because labor wages at that time tended to fall, so that the labor force itself would rise and countries that had dense populations would benefit.
4. The next idea came from William Godwin, he believed that the food supply could increase drastically with the advent of advanced technology. He also added that this would not cause overpopulation or overpopulation because society would naturally continue to limit births. Meanwhile, poverty and unemployment are not caused by overpopulation, they are caused by unequal social institutions.

Teori Adam Smith

In the 18th century Adam Smith and the Physiocrats argued against the Pronatalist doctrine. These people view that population is not a very vital issue that affects the welfare of a society, but it is the land factor which is very closely related to a level of production.

Adam Smith added that there is a harmonious relationship between population growth and economic growth, in which population growth is strongly influenced by economic growth.

He also said that population growth was influenced by the demand for labor or the demand for labor and the demand for labor was influenced by the productivity of a piece of land.

Neo-Classical Theory

Some of the Neo-Classical thinkers have the view that in the long term economic development will experience a stationary state, namely in a state where the form of the economy will not experience growth but is static. According to classical economic thinkers, this form of high population growth will result in the population doubling in a generation and will reduce the level of development back to a lower term. So as a result, at this level workers will get very minimal wages.

Population Density Factor 

The number of population growth is a rate of increase in a region or country in a certain period of time. Population increase is a change in the total population as well as its increase and decrease which is caused by the following factors.

Below are the factors that influence the density of the population:

Death (mortality)

There are so many factors that cause this death, usually influenced by age, the surrounding environment, where you live, whether there are infrastructure to support life. Examples include food, hygiene, health. In addition to these factors, it can be influenced by major events such as other unexpected natural disasters.

Usually this factor has a low percentage. If the death rate increases, the population number will decrease, but conversely if the death rate decreases, the population number will also increase because the birth rate has increased drastically. Death is the permanent loss of signs of human life.

birth (fertility)

The factor of this birth can be said to be the main factor causing population growth in this world because the average growth of the population is the cause of the high birth rate compared to the death rate because there is still an embedded ideology that advocates having many children.

If the birth can be accelerated with health technology, then automatically the increase in the population can increase drastically due to the increase in the birth rate. Births that increase the population and factors that can inhibit births (antinatal) and support births (pronatal).

Factors supporting birth (pronatality)

Marriage at a young age, because there is an assumption that late marriage will cause embarrassment to the family. Children are often seen as a source of energy to help parents. Furthermore, with the assumption that many children have a lot of fortune and children will be a source of pride for parents.

Factors inhibiting birth (anti-natality)

There is a family planning program that can support limiting the number of children, as well as provisions on the age limit for marriage, for women who are at least 16 years old and for men who are at least 19 years old. There are restrictions on civil servants, namely they are only allowed to have 2 children. Postpone marriage until the end of education and until allowed fatherly get a job.

Migration

Migration is an event of moving a group from one area to another. In many cases, a group migrates to be able to find new sources of food reserves to avoid scarcity that occurs due to population density. Apart from migration, there is another term for population dynamics called mobility.

This definition of mobility has a broader meaning than migration because it includes the permanent as well as temporary movement of an area. A review of regional migration is very important, especially related to density and uneven distribution of the population.

Types of Population Growth

Population growth can be divided into three types, which are explained as follows:

1. Natural Population Growth

Population growth is obtained from the calculation of the difference between birth and death rates in one year which is called natural population growth. Growth is expressed in thousandths. The simplest can be done by observing residents in our environment.

In one year, there are how many births occur. For example, currently the population in area A is 1000 people, then calculating the difference between the birth and death rates will find the population growth rate in area A. For example, if the number of babies born is 40, then the population who died is 20. then using the formula below population growth in the village is 40-20 per thousand, or 20 per thousand or 2%.

The calculation can be used the formula:

P = L – M

P = Population growth

L = Born

M = Dead

 

2. Non-Natural Population Growth

For non-natural population growth is obtained from the difference in the number of people who do immigration (in-migration) and emigration (migration out). Non-natural population growth is called population growth due to migration.

Calculation of non-natural population can use the following formula:

P = I – E

P = Population growth

I = Immigration

E = Emigration

 

3. Total population growth

Total growth is a population growth that is calculated from the difference between the number of births and deaths plus the difference from non-natural growth.

Calculation of the total population can use the following formula:

P = (L – M ) + (I – E)

P = total population growth in one year

L = number of births in one year

M = number of deaths in one year

I = Immigration

E = Emigration

 

The rate of growth of the total population in Indonesia is not too much different from the natural rate of population growth, because the number of migrants (immigration or emigration) will not be so large that the effect will be very small and can be neglected. The growth of the population can usually be expressed as a percentage (%) and is generally calculated for a period of time per year.

In terms of population, there is a term population growth and population growth. Population growth in percent (%) and for population growth the amount will be stated with a certain number. For example, Indonesia’s population increased to 250 million in 2014 with a population growth rate of 1.49% per year.

Birth and death are a major factor in population growth which is strongly influenced by health conditions, environmental quality, and education. Health in the community is very much influenced by environmental conditions and awareness of health through education.

Unkempt environment, slums, factory waste that is above a reasonable threshold, untreated sewers and others are examples that cause various diseases to come. This has an impact on the death rate from an area which can cause the death rate to be high.

The country of Indonesia itself has a population that continues to grow every year. This resulted in the Indonesian state continuing to be active in improving the quality of the population for development purposes. Education is a suitable and strategic way to be able to improve the quality of the Indonesian population.

The total population of Indonesia in 2010 was recorded at 237.6 million people with a total growth rate of 1.49%. If the rate of population growth remains constant, then the figure is 1.49%, so that in 2045 Indonesia’s population is expected to reach 450 million people. The population growth that occurred was far higher than Indonesia’s ideal growth of 0.5%.

China is still considered to rule this world with the largest population at this time. The country occupies the first position with a population of 1.355 billion.

For the country India itself is in second position which has a population of 1.236 billion. Meanwhile, the US is still in third position with a population of 318,892 million. Indonesia is in fourth position with a population of 253.60 million people, followed by Brazil which has a population of 202.65 million (Population Reference Bureau, World Population Data Sheet 2014)

Impact of Population Growth

Rapid or uneven population growth without being matched by the attainment of high quality human resources resulting in the emergence of various kinds of problems in the population. The fast, irregular population has a negative impact on the environment, and all of this is caused by the increasing needs of the growing population.

The following are some of the impacts of population growth:

Chemistry

Poverty is the inability of a person to be able to meet basic material needs at certain standards. This standard is better known as the poverty line, which is the level of spending on basic needs, including clothing, food, adequate shelter.

To be able to tackle the problem of poverty, the Indonesian government is planning an Presidential Instruction for Disadvantaged Villages. This program is executed in two stages. First, the government determines which village has the highest concentration of the poorest population. The number of villages that are left behind is up to a third of the total number of villages in Indonesia.

Second, the government then gathers residents in underdeveloped villages into a shelter under village welfare institutions, such as KUD, farmer groups, and so on. Then the government will provide a budget for each lagging village that can be used by groups there to be able to start businesses that are sustainable, environmentally friendly, even appropriate.

The environment is polluted to meet human needs

Humans certainly have a lot of needs. From clothing, food, boards, with an increasing population, of course, their needs will also increase, one example is the need for paper for printing in offices and schools.

Paper made from trees. Trees are cut down to produce paper for human use. This has been faced by the government, however, if the population increases, of course more trees will be cut down. So that government programs cannot run smoothly due to the increasing amount of paper needed.

Even in dense areas, the denser the population, the more waste continues to grow. The increase in population will also affect the development of government development in Indonesia.

The development carried out in the regions as well as in cities in Indonesia is one of the programs undertaken by the central and even regional governments to be able to advance the country’s infrastructure. The more active development is carried out the lower the quality of nature. This is due to the low level of people’s concern for the natural surroundings and the development carried out by the residents is not in accordance with the appropriate regulations.

 

Clean water is reduced

People who live near the river will use the river water to carry out their daily activities, such as washing, bathing, etc. If someone who lives by the river then throws garbage into the river, the water will be polluted and the living things that live in it will die. Contaminated water will be thought of as trivial, but there will be many losses that can occur, for example there will be floods, as well as various kinds of diseases.

Unemployment

The low level of health and the high rate of malnutrition in the community, in general, can have an impact on the low level of thinking and working skills of the population. So in some developing countries and poor countries, the quality of human resources is still low, both in skills and knowledge. This is what causes the high unemployment rate. Because in general it is difficult for these residents to float in the world of work.

On the other hand, the cause of the high unemployment rate is the low quality of education of the population and high population growth. With population growth that is not balanced with employment growth, resulting in a high level of competition and employment opportunities will tend to decline. To be able to overcome this problem, two efforts are needed, namely efforts to improve quality and create jobs.

How to balance population growth

According to Thomas Robert Malthus, population growth is like a geometric progression (1, 2, 4, 8, 16, …) while the increase in the amount of food production is like an arithmetic progression (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, … ). This of course will be very worrying for the future where we will lack stocks for food.

Things to do to reduce the rapid growth of population:

1. Intensifying family planning and family planning programs, limiting the number of children in a family in general and en masse, so as to reduce the number and birth rate.
2. Postpone the period of marriage in order to reduce the number of higher birth rates and establish a marriage law that contains rules and stipulates the limit between the ages of marriage.
3. Improving the form of health services and facilities for family planning acceptors.
4. Facilitate and improve services in the education sector, so that the desire to marry can be inhibited and make it compulsory to study basic education for the community from 6 years to 12.

Things that must be done to be able to keep up with the increase in population:

• Add to the creation of jobs

With the increase in the standard of living of the people, it is hoped that the trust of many children will be lost – a lot of fortune. In addition, it is also expected to increase the level of education that can change the pattern of thinking in the field of population.

• Increase awareness and education of the population

By becoming more aware of the impact and effects of uncontrollable growth, it is hoped that the general public will voluntarily contribute to the success of the family planning movement.

• Reducing population density with the transmigration program

By spreading the population in areas that still have low population density, it is expected to be able to reduce the rate of unemployment due to the discrepancy between the number of residents and the number of jobs available.